Chapter 33 | New York City Building Code

NEW YORK CITY BUILDING CODE

CHAPTER 33

SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION SECTION BC 3301 GENERAL

3301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the conduct of all construction or demolition operations with regard to the safety of the public and property. For regulations relating to the safety of persons employed in construction or demolition operations, OSHA standards shall apply.

3301.1.1 Responsibility for safety. Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to relieve persons engaged in construction or demolition operations from complying with other applicable provisions of law, nor is it intended to alter or diminish any obligation otherwise imposed by law on any party engaged in a construction or demolition operation, including but not limited to the owner, construction manager, general contractor, sub contractors, material men, registered design professionals, or other party to engage in sound design and engineering, safe construction or demolition practices, including but not limited to debris removal, and to act in a reasonable and responsible manner to maintain a safe construction or demolition site.

3301.1.2 Fire code. In addition to the requirements of this chapter, construction or demolition operations shall also be conducted in conformance with the New York City Fire Code.

3301.1.3 Manufacturer specifcations. See Section 3301.6.1.

3301.1.4 Sizes. All sizes and dimensions prescribed in this chapter are minimum requirements, unless otherwise specifed. Lumber sizes are nominal or commercial except where stated otherwise.

3301.2 Safety measures and standards. Contractors, construction managers, and subcontractors engaged in construction or demolition operations shall institute and maintain all safety measures required by this chapter and provide all equipment or temporary construction installations necessary to safeguard the public and property affected by such contractor’s operations.

3301.3 Site safety managers, coordinators and construction superintendents. A site safety manager or site safety coordinator must be designated and present at the construction or demolition of a major building in accordance with Section 3310. A construction superintendent is required for the construction or demolition of buildings as identifed in Section 3301.13.3.

3301.4 Inspection. Structures, temporary construction installations, materials, operations, and equipment shall be inspected as required by this code, and records of such inspections shall be maintained as required by this code.

3301.4.1 Inspection of equipment where the code does not specifically require an inspection. Where this code does not specifcally require an inspection, any equipment, except hand tools, that would affect the safety of the public and property when operated shall be inspected by a competent person designated by the contractor using the equipment before the equipment is used at the site and on a periodic basis thereafter throughout the duration of the job. The results of the inspection shall be documented in an inspection checklist signed and dated by the competent person who performed the inspection.

3301.5 Unsafe conditions. Any structure, temporary construction installation, material, operation, or equipment found to be defective or unsafe, and posing a risk to the public and property, shall be immediately secured and corrected, or removed from the site.

3301.6 Manufacturer specifcations, design, and capacity. The permit holder, or where there is no permit holder, the contractor or other entity causing the work to be performed, shall ensure compliance with manufacturer specifcations, design documents, and capacity restrictions in accordance with Sections 3301.6.1 through 3301.6.5 and other applicable sections of the code. Where there is a discrepancy between a manufacturer specifcation, design document, capacity restriction, or other applicable code section, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

3301.6.1 Manufacturer specifcations. During construction or demolition operations, structures, building systems or components, temporary construction installations, materials, and equipment shall be installed, removed, and utilized in accordance with the specifcations of their manufacturer, where such specifcations exist.

3301.6.2 Design requirements. Whenever design is required by this chapter, the design shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code. This requirement does not alleviate any other design requirements imposed by law or the manufacturer.

3301.6.3 Designer. Where design is required by this chapter, the design shall be executed by or under the supervision of a registered design professional, who shall cause his or her seal and signature to be affxed to such documents that may be required for the work

Exception: Where this chapter specifcally indicates that the design may be executed by another individual.

3301.6.4 Capacity. No structure, building system or component, temporary construction installation, material, or equipment, including

any partially or fully completed element or section, shall be utilized in excess of its capacity.

3301.6.5 Design documents. Whenever design is required by this chapter, the design shall be indicated in plans and specifcations and other written, graphic and pictorial documents that are prepared or assembled for describing the design, location, physical characteristics, and other elements of the project. Design documents shall be complete and of suffcient clarity to indicate the location and entire nature and extent of the work proposed, and shall show in detail that the work conforms to the provisions of this code and other applicable laws and rules.

3301.7 Documents to be maintained on site. Where this chapter requires documents, including but not limited to construction documents, submittal documents, shop drawings, inspection reports, logs, checklists, meeting records, pre-construction surveys, designation letters, site safety plans, fre safety and evacuation plans, tenant protection plans, occupant protection plans, or monitoring plans, copies of such documents shall be maintained at the site for the duration of the job and made available to the commissioner upon request. Copies of required construction documents or other design drawings shall also be maintained by the permit holder and the designer. Copies of required inspection records, including but not limited to reports, logs, or checklists, shall also be maintained by the permit holder and the entity that performed the inspection. Copies of required plans shall also be maintained by the permit holder and the entity that developed the plan. Copies of all other documents required by this chapter shall also be maintained by the permit holder.

3301.7.1╪ Other obligations. Where this chapter requires documents to be maintained by another specifed entity, such documents shall be maintained by such specifed entity.

3301.7.2 Manufacturer specifcations. Where compliance with manufacturer specifcations is required by this chapter, copies of such manufacturer specifcations shall be available at the site and made available to the commissioner upon request. Manufacturer specifcations that can be readily downloaded from the manufacturer’s website or that are stored in an electronic format acceptable to the commissioner shall satisfy the requirements of this section. A serial number, make and model number, or other similar identifcation shall be maintained in a legible condition on the item for which the manufacturer specifcation is required such that the identifcation can be used to match the item to the manufacturer specifcation.

Exception: Where this chapter specifcally requires that the

manufacturer specifcations for a specifc item be physically maintained at the site, downloadable or electronically formatted manufacturer specifcations will not satisfy the accessibility and availability requirements of this section.

3301.8 Incidents and damage to adjoining property. The department shall be notifed immediately by the permit holder, or a duly authorized representative, of any incident at a construction or demolition site, or of any damage to adjoining property caused by construction or demolition activity at the site. Where required by Section 3301.13.11 or Section 3310.8.2.1, incidents or damage to adjoining property shall instead be reported by the construction superintendent or the site safety manager or coordinator.

3301.8.1 Additional notifcations. Nothing in this section shall diminish or relieve other notifcation requirements imposed by this chapter, including but not limited to, notifcations by the site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, or hoisting machine operator.

3301.8.2 Use and tampering prohibited. Following an incident, no person shall permit any of the following without the permission of the commissioner, or without a lawful order from the New York city police or fre department:

1. Use or operation of any equipment or structure damaged or involved in the incident; or

2. Removal or alteration of any equipment, structure, material, or evidence related to the incident.

Exception: Immediate emergency procedures taken to secure structures, temporary construction installations, operations, or equipment that pose a continued imminent danger or to facilitate assistance for persons who are trapped or who have sustained bodily injury.

3301.9 Signs at a construction or demolition site. Signs shall be posted at a construction or demolition site in accordance with Sections 3301.9.1 through 3301.9.8. It is the responsibility of the permit holder for the underlying construction or demolition work, or where there are no active permits, the building owner, to ensure such signs are posted and maintained at the site in accordance with Sections 3301.9.1 through 3301.9.8, and to ensure that such signs are updated in a timely fashion to refect any revised information.

3301.9.1 Fence project information panel. Where a site is enclosed

with a fence in accordance with Section 3307.7, a project information panel meeting the requirements of Sections 3301.9.1.1 through 3301.9.1.6 shall be posted. Required project information panels shall be in place throughout the duration that the fence remains at the site.

Exception: Project information panels at government-owned sites or at sites with government funding may be modifed in accordance with department rule.

3301.9.1.1 Project information panel content. Project information panels shall

contain the following information:

1. A rendering, elevation drawing, or zoning diagram of the building exterior that does not contain logos or commercially recognizable symbols;

2. A title stating “Work in Progress:” and specifying the intended type(s) of zoning use(s) (e.g. Residential, Commercial, Manufacturing, Retail, Offce, Hospital, School);

3. Anticipated project completion date;

4. The corporate name, address, and telephone number of the owner of the property;

5. Website address or phone number to contact for project information;

6. The corporate name and telephone number of the general contractor, or for a demolition site, the demolition contractor;

7. The statement, in both English and Spanish, “TO ANONYMOUSLY REPORT UNSAFE CONDITIONS AT THIS WORK SITE, CALL 311.”; and

8. A copy of the primary project permit, with accompanying text “To see other permits issued on this property, visit: www.nyc.gov/buildings.” The permit shall be laminated or encased in plastic covering to protect it from the elements or shall be printed directly onto the project information panel.

Exception: A rendering, elevation drawing, or zoning diagram of the building exterior is not required for demolition projects.

3301.9.1.2 Posting of project information panels. A project information panel shall be posted on the fence on each perimeter fronting a public thoroughfare. Where such perimeter is more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) in length, a project information panel shall be posted at each corner. Such panels shall be posted on the fence at a height of 4 feet (1219 mm) above the ground, with such distance measured from the ground to the bottom edge of the panel.

3301.9.1.3 Project information panel material. Project information panels shall be constructed out of a durable and weatherproof material such as vinyl, plastic, or aluminum, and such material shall be fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701 or listed under UL 214.

3301.9.1.4 Project information panel specifcations. Project information panels shall be 6 feet (1829 mm) wide and 4 feet (1219 mm) high, with the content required by Section 3301.9.1.1 arranged in accordance with Figures 3301.9.1.4(1) and 3301.9.1.4(2). The content required by Section 3301.9.1.1, Items 2 through 7, shall be written in the Calibri font or similar sans serif font style, with letters a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) high, as measured by the upper case character. Such letters shall be white, on a blue background, with such blue color of a shade matching Pantone 296, or RGB 15, 43, 84, or CMYK 100, 88, 38, 35.

Exceptions:

1. The dimensions for a project information panel posted in conjunction with a demolition project shall be 2 feet 4 inches (711 mm) wide and 4 feet (1219 mm) high, in accordance with Figure 3301.9.1.4(1).

2. For construction sites with a street frontage less than 60 feet (18 288 mm), the dimensions for a project information panel, other than that posted in conjunction with a demolition project, shall be 55 inches (1397 mm) wide and 36.5 inches (927 mm) high, in accordance with Figure 3301.9.1.4(3).

FIGURE 3301.9.1.4(1) FENCE PROJECT INFORMATION PANEL TEXT DETAIL

FIGURE 3301.9.1.4(2) FENCE PROJECT INFORMATION PANEL LAYOUT

3301.9.1.5 Updating content. When content required by Section 3301.9.1.1 changes, the project information panel shall be

updated.

3301.9.1.6 Maintenance of project information panels. Project information panels shall be maintained so that the panel remains legible, securely attached, and free of sharp edges, protruding nails, or similar hazards. Content required by Section 3301.9.1.1 shall not be obscured by panel attachments, including but not limited to grommets or grommet holes.

3301.9.2 Sidewalk shed parapet information panel. Where a sidewalk shed is installed, a sidewalk shed parapet information panel meeting the requirements of Sections 3301.9.2.1 through 3301.9.2.6 shall be posted. Required sidewalk shed parapet information panels shall be in place throughout the duration that the sidewalk shed remains at the site.

3301.9.2.1 Sidewalk shed parapet information panel content. Sidewalk shed parapet information panels shall contain the fol-

FIGURE 3301.9.1.4(3)

FENCE PROJECT INFORMATION PANEL LAYOUT FOR SMALL LOTS

lowing information and be arranged in accordance with Figure 3301.9.2.1:

1. The street address of the site;

2. Name (which may incorporate a logo) of the contractor responsible for the site or where there is no contractor, the name (which may incorporate a logo) of the owner of the site; and

3. The statement “For more information, visit www.nyc.gov/ buildings.”

3301.9.2.2 Posting

of sidewalk shed parapet information

panels. Sidewalk shed parapet information panels shall be posted on the parapet that runs along the long axis of the sidewalk shed. Where a sidewalk shed extends along multiple street frontages, not including incidental extensions at a street corner, a parapet information panel shall be posted along each long axis. Such sidewalk shed parapet information panel:

1. Shall not be posted above or below the level of the parapet; and

2. Shall be posted, as viewed from the perspective of an individual on the sidewalk opposite the long axis of the sidewalk shed and facing the sidewalk shed, in a location that is

FIGURE 3301.9.2.1

SIDEWALK SHED PARAPET INFORMATION PANEL LAYOUT

at least 3 feet (914 mm) but no more than 6 feet (1218 mm) to the right of the left edge of the sidewalk shed parapet, or where the sidewalk shed parapet extends beyond the projection of the property line, in a location that is at least 3 feet (914 mm) but no more than 6 feet (1218 mm) to the right of the projection of the property line through the left side of the sidewalk shed; or

3. Where a project information panel in accordance with Section 3301.9.1 is posted on the fence, the horizontal center of the sidewalk shed parapet information panel shall be in line with a vertical plane drawn through the horizontal center of the project information panel on the fence in accordance with Figure 3301.9.2.2.

3301.9.2.3 Sidewalk shed parapet information panel material. Sidewalk shed parapet information panels shall be constructed out of a durable and weatherproof material such as vinyl, plastic, or aluminum, and such material shall be fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701 or listed under UL 214.

FIGURE 3301.9.2.2

PANEL POSTING ELEVATION DIAGRAM

3301.9.2.4 Sidewalk shed parapet information panel specifcations. Sidewalk shed parapet information panels shall be 3 feet (914 mm) high and 6 feet (1829 mm) wide, with the content required by Section 3301.9.2.1 arranged in accordance with Figure 3301.9.2.1. The sign shall have a white background. The content required by Section 3301.9.2.1 must be written in Calibri font or similar sans serif font style, and such letters shall be blue, with such blue color a shade matching Pantone 296, or RGB 15, 43, 84, or CMYK 100, 88, 38, 35.

3301.9.2.5 Updating content. When content required by Section 3301.9.2.1 changes, the sidewalk shed parapet information panel shall be updated.

3301.9.2.6 Maintenance of sidewalk shed parapet information panels. Sidewalk shed parapet information panels shall be maintained so that the panel remains legible, securely attached, and free of sharp edges, protruding nails, or similar hazards. Content required by Section 3301.9.2.1 shall not be obscured by sign attachments, including but not limited to grommets or grommet holes.

3301.9.3 Reserved.

3301.9.4 Reserved.

3301.9.5 Other temporary signs required by law. Other temporary signs required by law to be displayed at a construction or demolition site shall be posted within the site, readily visible to workers, and shall not be posted in any location readily visible to the public unless otherwise required by law.

3301.9.6 Obscured lawful signs. When a protective structure constructed in accordance with Section 3307 obscures from view a lawful and existing sign, a temporary sign may be posted on such protective structure. The temporary sign shall comply with the following requirements:

1. The temporary sign shall be securely fastened to the protective structure at a location directly in front of such business storefront;

2. The temporary sign shall be limited to a maximum height of 4 feet (1219 mm) and shall not exceed the square footage of the obscured lawful sign;

3. The temporary sign shall not project from the side or face of the protective structure;

4. When affxed to a sidewalk shed, the temporary sign shall not extend above or below the sidewalk shed parapet;

5. The temporary sign shall not be hung under the deck of a sidewalk shed or protective structure; and

6. Except where the sidewalk shed obscures a lawful projecting sign, the temporary sign shall not be placed on the end of a sidewalk shed that is perpendicular to the building.

3301.9.7 Other signs prohibited. Except as specifed by Sections 3301.9.1 through 3301.9.6 or as otherwise authorized by law, no sign, information, pictorial representation, or any business or advertising message shall be posted on any construction or demolition equipment or temporary construction installation, including but not limited to, protective structures.

3301.9.8 Illuminated signs prohibited. No illuminated business or advertising sign shall be permitted on any construction or demolition equipment or temporary construction installation, including but not limited to, protective structures.

3301.10 Reserved.

3301.11 Site safety orientation and refresher. Each permit holder at a site that requires a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, or construction superintendent shall ensure that each construction or demolition worker employed or otherwise engaged at such site by the permit holder or performing subcontracted work for or on behalf of such permit holder receives a site safety orientation and refresher in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3301.11.1 through 3301.11.5.

3301.11.1 Site safety orientation. Each worker employed or otherwise engaged at such site by the permit holder or performing subcontracted work for or on behalf of such permit holder shall receive a site safety orientation before such worker commences any construction or demolition work at such site.

3301.11.2 Site safety refresher. Each worker employed or otherwise engaged at such site by the permit holder or performing subcontracted work for or on behalf of such permit holder shall receive a site safety refresher if such worker (i) has performed construction or demolition work at such site for one year or more and (ii) one year or more has

elapsed since such worker received a site safety orientation or refresher with respect to such site.

3301.11.3 Site safety orientation and refresher to be conducted by qualifed person. Site safety orientations and refreshers required by this section shall be conducted by a qualifed person designated by the permit holder. Such qualifed person shall have the ability to communicate with each worker who takes part in such orientation or refresher.

3301.11.4 Site safety orientation and refresher content. Site safety orientations and refreshers required by this section shall include a review of safety procedures at such site and any hazardous activities to be performed at such site. In addition, information pertaining to the site safety training required by Section 3321 shall be made available to each worker in the designated citywide languages, as such term is defned in Section 23-1101 of the Administrative Code, and any other language as may be required by rule of the department, in a form and manner established by the department.

3301.11.5 Records. A record of all orientations conducted for the site shall be maintained by the permit holder and kept at the site. Such record shall include for each such orientation or refresher:

1. The date and time of such orientation or refresher;

2. The name, title and company affliations of each worker who participated; and

3. The name, title and company affliation of the qualifed person who conducted such orientation or refresher, along with such person’s signature.

3301.12 Pre-shift safety meetings. Each permit holder at a site that requires a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, or construction superintendent shall ensure that each construction or demolition worker employed or otherwise engaged at such site by the permit holder or performing subcontracted work for or on behalf of such permit holder takes part in a safety meeting at the beginning of such worker’s shift, but before such worker commences any construction or demolition work in such shift, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3301.12.1 through 3301.12.3.

Exception: Where other sections of this code or rules promulgated thereunder specify pre-task or pre-shift meetings for specifc types of work, those requirements shall instead apply.

3301.12.1 Pre-shift safety meeting to be conducted by a

competent person. Pre-shift safety meetings shall be conducted at the beginning of each worker’s shift, but before such worker commences any construction or demolition work in such shift, by a competent person designated by the permit holder, or where so authorized by the permit holder, by a competent person designated by the subcontractor. Such competent person shall have the ability to communicate with each worker who takes part in such meeting.

3301.12.2 Pre-shift safety meeting content. The pre-shift safety meeting shall include a review of activities and tasks to be performed during the shift, including specifc safety concerns or risks associated with fulflling such work.

3301.12.3 Records. The permit holder shall maintain, for each worker, a record of one pre-shift safety meeting per week. Such record shall include for each such meeting:

1. The date and time of each such meeting;

2. The name, title and company affliation of each worker who participated; and

3. The name, title and company affliation of the competent person who conducted such meeting, along with such person’s signature.

3301.13 Scope. This section sets forth requirements for construction superintendents at certain construction or demolition sites.

3301.13.1 Site safety plan. For jobs that require the designation of a primary construction superintendent pursuant to Section 3301.13.3, a site safety plan that meets the applicable requirements of Article 110 of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code shall be kept on site and made available to the department upon request. Prior to the commencement of work, the permit holder must submit a statement to the department attesting that the site safety plan meets the requirements of Article 110 of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code and coordinates with the scope of work intended.

Exception: For a major building subject to the provisions of Section 3310, the site safety plan requirements of Section 3310.3 shall apply.

3301.13.2 Defnitions. For the purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Approved documents. For the purpose of this section, approved documents include construction documents as defned by this code, and any and all documents that set forth the location and entire nature and extent of the work proposed with suffcient clarity and detail to show that the proposed work conforms to the provisions of this code and other applicable laws and rules. In addition to construction documents, such documents include, but are not limited to, site safety plans, tenant or occupant protection plans, shop drawings, specifcations, manufacturer’s instructions and standards that have been accepted by the design professional of record or such other design professional retained by the owner for this purpose.

Job. A design and construction/demolition undertaking consisting of work at one building or structure, as well as related site improvements and work on accessory structures. A job may consist of one or more plan/work applications, and may result in the issuance of one or more permits.

Permit holder. The individual who receives the primary department-issued permit for the job.

3301.13.3 Designation of primary construction superintendent. The permit holder shall designate a primary construction superintendent who shall carry out all duties and responsibilities assigned to the construction superintendent by this chapter and rules promulgated by the commissioner, and notify the department of such designation, prior to the commencement of work, for the following types of jobs:

1. The construction of a new building;

2. The full demolition of an existing building;

3. An alteration to an existing building that involves one or more of the following:

3.1 A vertical enlargement;

3.2 A horizontal enlargement;

3.3 The alteration or demolition of more than 50 percent of the gross foor area of the building during the course of work over any 12-month period;

3.4 The removal of one or more foors during the course of work over any 12-month period;

3.5 Work that requires a special inspection for underpinning; or

3.6 Work that requires a special inspection for the protection of sides of excavations; or

4. Other jobs that pose an enhanced risk to the public and property, as determined by the commissioner.

Exception: A construction superintendent is not required for work that solely involves a 1-, 2-, or 3- family building, or an accessory use to such building, provided the permit holder for such work is registered as a general contractor in accordance with Article 418 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

3301.13.4 Change of designation. The permit holder must immediately notify the department of any permanent change to the primary construction superintendent.

3301.13.5 Alternate construction superintendent. In the event the primary construction superintendent is temporarily unable to perform their duties, an alternate construction superintendent, designated by the permit holder, must act in place of the primary construction superintendent and carry out all duties and responsibilities assigned to the construction superintendent by this chapter and rules promulgated by the commissioner. In the event that an alternate construction superintendent will be acting in place of the primary construction superintendent for a period longer than two consecutive weeks, the permit holder must notify the department of such circumstance.

3301.13.6 Limitations on the designation of primary or alternate construction superintendents. An individual may only be designated as a primary or alternate construction superintendent for that number of jobs for which he or she can adequately perform all required duties. No individual may be designated as the primary construction superintendent on more than ten jobs.

Exceptions:

1. If one of the jobs for which the construction superintendent is designated as a primary construction superintendent is on a building that meets the defnition of a major building, the individual may only be designated as the primary construction superintendent for that job and may not serve as the

primary construction superintendent for any other job.

2. Notwithstanding exception 1, beginning on June 1, 2022, no individual may be designated as the primary construction superintendent for more than fve jobs.

3. Notwithstanding exception 1, beginning on January 1, 2024 or a later date established by the department, provided that such date is not later than January 1, 2025, no individual may be designated as the primary construction superintendent for more than three jobs.

4. Notwithstanding exception 1, beginning on January 1, 2026 or a later date established by the department, provided that such date is not later than January 1, 2027, no individual may be designated as the primary construction superintendent for more than one job.

5. A construction superintendent designated as the primary construction superintendent at a job site may serve as a non-primary construction superintendent at another job site, provided there is no work requiring the presence of such individual occurring at the job site for which the individual has been designated as the primary construction superintendent.

6. Subject to the approval of the commissioner, a construction superintendent may serve as the primary construction superintendent for multiple non-major building jobs located on the same lot or on contiguous lots.

3301.13.7 Duties of construction superintendents. The duties of a construction superintendent shall include:

1. Acting in a reasonable and responsible manner to maintain a safe job site and ensure compliance with this chapter and any rules promulgated thereunder at each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible;

2. To the extent that a registered design professional or special inspection agency is not responsible, the construction superintendent must ensure compliance with the approved documents at each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible;

3. Fulflling the duties of a superintendent of construction as-

signed by Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code at each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible; and

4. Visiting each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible each day when active work is occurring; or, beginning January 1, 2026 or a later date established by the department, provided that such date is not later than January 1, 2027, where Section 3301.13.6 requires the construction superintendent to be dedicated to one job, being present at the job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible during all times when active work is occurring.

Exception: The construction superintendent is not required to be present at the site during the following activities, provided no other work is in progress:

1. Surveying that does not involve the disturbance of material, structure, or earth;

2. Use of a hoist exterior to the building to transport personnel only;

3. Use of a hoist that is fully enclosed within the perimeter of the building to transport personnel or material;

4. Work limited to fnish troweling of concrete foors;

5. Work limited to providing the site with temporary heat, light, or water; or

6. Truck deliveries to the site, provided the delivery occurs within the site while the gate is closed and fagpersons are provided to direct traffc while the truck is entering and exiting the site;

7. Painting; or

8. Landscaping that does not that does not involve the disturbance of material, structure, or earth.

3301.13.8 Inspection by the construction superintendent. Each time the construction superintendent visits a job site for which he or she is responsible, the construction superintendent must inspect all areas and foors where construction or demolition work, and ancillary activity, is occurring, and:

1. Verify work is being conducted in accordance with sound construction/demolition practices;

2. Verify compliance with the approved documents; and

3. Verify compliance with this chapter and any rules promulgated thereunder.

Exception: Where a site safety manager or coordinator has been designated for the job in accordance with Section 3310, the construction superintendent does not need to perform the inspections required by this section. Site safety inspections shall be performed by the site safety manager or coordinator in accordance with Section 3310.

3301.13.9 Correcting unsafe conditions. In the event the construction superintendent discovers work or conditions at a job site for which he or she is responsible that are not being conducted in accordance with sound construction/demolition practices, not in compliance with approved documents, or not in compliance with this chapter and any rules promulgated thereunder, the construction superintendent must take all appropriate action to correct the unsafe work or condition, including but not limited to immediately notifying the person or persons responsible for creating the unsafe work or condition, and ordering the person or persons to correct the unsafe work or condition, to cease operations, or to leave the job site. Where unsafe work or an unsafe condition relates to an item which a registered design professional or special inspection agency is responsible for implementing or verifying, the construction superintendent must also notify the responsible registered design professional or special inspection agency of the unsafe work or condition. All such unsafe conditions, work, notices, orders, and corrective action must be recorded in the log required by Section 3301.13.13.

3301.13.10 Notifcation of conditions to the department. The construction superintendent must immediately notify the department when he or she discovers, at any job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible, any of the conditions listed in Section 3310.8.2.1. Notifcation to the department does not relieve the construction superintendent of their obligations under Section 3301.13.9.

Exception: Where a site safety manager or coordinator has been designated for the job in accordance with Section 3310, the construction superintendent does not need to provide the notifcation required by this section. Notifcations shall be made

by the site safety manager or coordinator in accordance with Section 3310.

3301.13.11 Reporting of incidents and damage to adjoining property. The construction superintendent must immediately notify the department of any incident at any job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible, or any damage to adjoining property caused by construction or demolition activity at the job site.

Exception: Where a site safety manager or coordinator has been designated for the job in accordance with Section 3310, the construction superintendent does not need to provide the notifcation required by this section. Notifcations shall be made by the site safety manager or coordinator in accordance with Section 3310.

3301.13.12 Competent person. The construction superintendent must designate a competent person for each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible and ensure such competent person is present at the designated job site at all times active work occurs when the construction superintendent is not at the site. The designation of a competent person does not alter or diminish any obligation imposed upon the construction superintendent. The competent person must carry out orders issued by the construction superintendent; be able to identify unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous conditions; take prompt corrective measures to eliminate such conditions; immediately report to the construction superintendent incidents at the job site or any damage to adjoining property caused by construction or demolition activity at the job site; and be able to effectively communicate workplace instructions and safety directions to all workers at the site.

Exception: Beginning January 1, 2026 or a later date established by the department, provided that such date is not later than January 1, 2027, where Section 3301.13.6 requires the construction superintendent to be dedicated to one job, the designation of a competent person is not authorized. In the event the primary construction superintendent cannot be present at the job site while active work is occurring, an alternate construction superintendent shall act on behalf of the primary construction superintendent in accordance with Section 3301.13.5.

3301.13.13 Log. The construction superintendent must maintain a log at each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible. Such log must be made available to the commissioner upon re-

quest. The construction superintendent must complete such log prior to departing the job site, or, where the job occurs on a building that meets the defnition of a major building, by the end of the day. Each day’s log entry must be signed and dated by the construction superintendent. Such log must contain, at a minimum, the following information:

1. The presence of the construction superintendent at the job site as evidenced by their printed name and signature and a notation indicating the times of arrival at, and departure from the site, which must be recorded immediately after arriving at the site and immediately prior to leaving the site, respectively;

2. The general progress of work at the job site, including a summary of that day’s work activity;

3. The construction superintendent’s activities at the job site, including areas and foors inspected;

4. Any unsafe condition(s) observed pursuant to Section 3301.13.9, and the time and location of such unsafe condition(s);

5. Orders and notice given by the construction superintendent pursuant to Section 3301.13.9, including the names of individuals issued orders or notices, any refusals to comply with orders or respond to notices given, follow up action taken by the construction superintendent, and where the condition giving rise to the order or notice is corrected, the nature of the correction;

6. Any violations, stop work orders, or summonses issued by the department, including date issued and date listed or dismissed;

7. Any incidents or damage to adjoining property caused by construction or demolition activity at the site;

8. The name of the competent person designated in accordance with Section 3301.13.12, along with an accompanying signature of the competent person. If the construction superintendent assigns a new competent person, the date and time of this change, along with the name of the new competent person, must be recorded, accompanied by the signature of the new competent person. If the construction superinten-

dent is not at the site when this occurs, the new competent person must instead make the log entry, which the construction superintendent must sign and date upon his or her next visit to the job site.

9. All construction superintendent personnel changes, accompanied by the signature of the new construction superintendent. Construction superintendent personnel changes include, but are not limited to: a change to the primary construction superintendent; an alternate construction superintendent acting in the place of the primary construction superintendent; or a new alternate

10. construction superintendent taking over for the previous alternate construction superintendent; and

11. A record of the weekly safety meeting required by Section 3301.13.19╪, including date and time of meeting, summary of issues discussed, and the names and affliation of those who attended.

3301.13.14 Reserved.

3301.13.15 Reserved.

3301.13.16 Obligation of others. Nothing in this section is intended to alter or diminish any obligation otherwise imposed by law on others, including but not limited to, the owner, permit holder, construction manager, general contractor, contractor, materialman, architect, engineer, land surveyor, site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, or other party involved in a construction project to engage in sound engineering, design, and construction practices, and to act in a reasonable and responsible manner to maintain a safe job site.

3301.13.17 Licensing of construction superintendents. No person shall perform the duties and responsibilities of a construction superintendent, including but not limited to serving as a primary construction superintendent or as an alternate construction superintendent, unless such person is licensed as a construction superintendent in accordance with Article 428 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

3301.13.18 Release of the construction superintendent. The department may release the construction superintendent from the job when the construction superintendent demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the commissioner, that the job is substantially complete.

3301.13.19 Weekly safety meeting. The construction superintendent shall, for each job site for which the construction superintendent is responsible, lead a safety meeting with the designated representative of the general contractor, construction manager, and each subcontractor to ascertain that all contractors and subcontractors are complying with the applicable provisions of this chapter, the site safety plan, and the tenant or occupant protection plan. Where a site safety manager or coordinator has been designated for the job in accordance with Section 3310, the site safety manager or coordinator shall also attend the meeting. Such meeting shall occur at least once a week while active work is occurring.

3301.14 Contractor shall inform personnel. General contractors and subcontractors shall state to their directly employed personnel at the construction or demolition site, prior to such directly employed person commencing work at the site, that they are to follow all safety regulations at all times and that they are required to obey and implement all orders and directives issued by the general contractor/subcontractor, the general contractor’s/subcontractor’s designee, the construction superintendent, and the worker’s direct supervisor relating to safety requirements. Where a site safety manager or coordinator is required, the general contractor or subcontractor shall also state to their directly employed personnel at the site, prior to such directly employed person commencing work at the site, that the site safety manager or coordinator is responsible for monitoring compliance with laws and rules governing site safety; and shall inform their supervisory personnel at the site, prior to such supervisor commencing work at the site, of the name and responsibilities of the site safety manager or coordinator.

SECTION BC 3302 DEFINITIONS

3302.1 Defnitions. The following terms are defned in Chapter 2: 100-HOUR TRAINING PROGRAM. ACTIVELY PROCTORED ONLINE TRAINING. ADJUSTMENT (SCAFFOLD). ARTICULATING BOOM CRANE. AXIS OF ROTATION. AXLE. BASE (MOUNTING). BEARER (PUTLOG). BOOM (CRANE OR DERRICK).

BOOM POINT.

BRAKE. BUCKET HOIST. CABLEWAY.

CEMENTED SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

CERTFICATE OF APPROVAL.

CERTIFICATE OF OPERATION.

CERTIFICATE OF ON-SITE INSPECTION. CLAMSHELL.

CLIMBER CRANE.

COHESIVE SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

COMMERCIAL TRUCK MOUNTED CRANE (BOOM TRUCK).

COMPETENT PERSON.

COMPLETED STEEL FLOOR (CHAPTER 33).

CONCRETE WASHOUT WATER. CONSTRUCTION.

CORNER SCAFFOLD (ANGLE SCAFFOLD).

COUNTERWEIGHT.

CRANE.

CRAWLER CRANE.

CRITICAL PICK.

CURB LEVEL.

DEBRIS.

DEBRIS NET or NETTING.

DEDICATED PILE DRIVER.

DEMOLITION.

Full demolition.

Partial demolition.

DERRICK.

DEWATERING.

DIRECT AND CONTINUING SUPERVISION.

DIRECT EMPLOY.

DISMANTLING.

DRUM.

DRY (SOIL, CHAPTER 33).

EQUIPMENT. ERECTION. EXCAVATION.

FISSURED (SOIL, CHAPTER 33).

GRANULAR SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

GUARDRAIL SYSTEM (SCAFFOLD). GUY.

HANDHELD DEVICE (DEMOLITION).

HEAVY DUTY SCAFFOLD.

HEAVY DUTY SIDEWALK SHED.

HISTORIC STRUCTURE.

HOISTING EQUIPMENT.

HOISTING MACHINE.

HOISTING MECHANISM.

INDUSTRIAL ROPE ACCESS. INCIDENT.

INSTALLING/INSTALLATION/INSTALL (SCAFFOLD).

Initial installation (scaffold). Reinstallation (scaffold).

JIB.

JUMP (JUMPING or CLIMBING).

LAYERED (SOIL, CHAPTERΩ33).

LIGHT DUTY SCAFFOLD.

LIGHT DUTY SIDEWALK SHED.

LIMITED SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CARD.

LOAD BLOCK, LOWER.

LOAD BLOCK, UPPER.

LOAD RATINGS.

LOAD RATING CHART.

LOAD (WORKING).

MAINTENANCE (SCAFFOLD).

MAJOR BUILDING.

MANUFACTURE DATE (CRANE)╪.

MAST CLIMBER.

MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT.

MATERIAL HOIST (MATERIAL HOISTING EQUIPMENT). ME-

CHANICAL DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT.

MEDIUM DUTY SCAFFOLD.

MOBILE CRANE.

MOBILE SCAFFOLD.

MOIST (SOIL, CHAPTER 33).

MULTIPOINT ADJUSTABLE SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD. ORDINARY REPAIRS.

OSHA.

OSHA 10-HOUR CLASS.

OSHA 30-HOUR CLASS.

OUTRIGGER (CRANE). OUTRIGGER (SCAFFOLD).

OUTRIGGER BEAM (THRUSTOUT).

OUTRIGGER SCAFFOLD. PERSONNEL HOIST.

PILE DRIVER.

PLASTIC (SOIL, CHAPTER 33).

PLATFORM.

POWER BUGGIES. QUALIFIED PERSON.

REMOVING/REMOVAL/REMOVE (SCAFFOLD).

REPAIR (SCAFFOLD).

REPLACEMENT (SCAFFOLD).

ROPE.

ROTATING TELEHANDLER.

RUNBACK STRUCTURE.

SAFETY NETTING SYSTEM (SAFETY NETTING).

Horizontal safety netting.

Vertical safety netting.

SCAFFOLD.

SCAFFOLD CONTROLLING ENTITY.

SELF-ERECTING TOWER CRANE.

SHORE, MULTI-STAGE.

SINGLE-POINT ADJUSTABLE SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CARD.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CREDIT.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) FULL COMPLIANCE DATE.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) PROVIDER.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) SECOND COMPLIANCE DATE.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) SUPERVISOR CARD.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) TASK FORCE.

SOIL AND FOUNDATION WORK (SOIL OR FOUNDATION WORK).

STABLE (ROCK, CHAPTER 33).

STAIR TOWER (SCAFFOLD STAIRWAY/TOWER).

STANDARD GUARDRAIL SYSTEM (SCAFFOLD).

STAND-OFF BRACKET (SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD). ╪

STRIPPING OPERATIONS.

STRUCTURAL NET (STRUCTURAL NETTING).

SUBMERGED SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

SUPERSTRUCTURE. SUPPORTED SCAFFOLD.

SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD.

SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD FOREMAN.

SWING.

TELEHANDLER.

TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATIONS.

TEMPORARY SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CARD. TOOL.

TOWER CRANE. TRANSIT. TRAVEL.

TRENCH.

TWO-POINT SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD (SWING STAGE). TYPE A SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

TYPE B SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

TYPE C SOIL (CHAPTER 33).

UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (SOIL, CHAPTER 33).

UNENCLOSED PERIMETER. USE/USING (SCAFFOLD).

WALKABLE FLOOR (CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). WALKABLE FLOOR (PRECAST CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). WALKABLE FLOOR (STEEL CONSTRUCTION).

WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (MULTIPLE CONTROL STATIONS). WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (SINGLE CONTROL STATION).

WORKING DECK (CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). WORKING DECK (DEMOLITION).

WORKING DECK (PRECAST CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). WORKING DECK (STEEL CONSTRUCTION).

SECTION BC 3303 SAFEGUARDS AND MAINTENANCE OF SITE

3303.1 Scope. Sites shall be safeguarded and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this section to protect the public and property.

3303.2 Utilities. Utilities at a site shall meet the requirements of Sections 3303.2.1 through 3303.2.6.

3303.2.1 Existing services. The location of all existing utilities and service lines shall be determined and adequate measures taken, or devices provided, to safeguard the public and property before such utilities are disturbed.

3303.2.2 Maintaining essential services. See Section 3303.9.

3303.2.3 Electrical work. All temporary electrical equipment and wiring shall meet the requirements of the New York City Electrical Code, and shall be maintained in compliance with such requirements. Portions of permanent electrical installations may be used for temporary operations provided the requirements of the New York City Electrical Code are met.

3303.2.3.1 Temporary lighting for construction sites. Temporary lighting for construction sites shall use high-effcacy lamps with the following minimum effcacies:

1. 60 lumens per watt for lamps over 40 watts;

2. 50 lumens per watt for lamps over 15 watts but less than or

equal to 40 watts; and

3. 40 lumens per watt for lamps 15 watts or less.

3303.2.4 Sanitary facilities. Sanitary facilities shall be provided during construction or demolition activ- ities in accordance with the New York City Plumbing Code.

3303.2.5 Removing, relocating, or interrupting services. If any utility is to be removed, relocated, or have its service interrupted, the utility company or city agency affected shall be notifed at least 72 hours in advance.

3303.2.6 Disconnecting, capping, and certifcations. Prior to the removal of any service, the utility connection shall be disconnected and capped, and certifcations to that effect issued by the representative utility company shall be fled with the department.

3303.3 Watchperson. Where an individual building being constructed or demolished has a footprint of between 5,000 square feet (1524 m2) and 40,000 square feet (12 192 m2), a competent watchperson shall be on duty at the site during all hours when operations are not in progress, from the time when the foundation is poured to when all work has concluded and the certifcate of occupancy or temporary certifcate of occupancy has been issued. Where the building has a footprint of more than 40,000 square feet (12 192 m2), at least one additional watchperson shall be on duty for each additional 40,000 square feet (12 192 m2) of building footprint, or fraction thereof. The watchperson shall be familiar with emergency notifcation procedures to the Fire Department, shall possess a valid security guard registration with the State of New York, shall hold a valid watchperson certifcate from the Fire Department, and shall have completed a course that is at least 10-hours in length and approved by OSHA in construction industry safety and health.

Exceptions:

1. Where the square footage of the building footprint requires two or more watchpersons, the number of watchpersons may be reduced, subject to the approval of the commissioner, where:

1.1 A video monitoring system is in place, or where the layout of the building allows a continuous line of sight across the entire building; and

1.2 At least one watchperson is provided.

2. The building is being actively monitored in accordance with a fre

safety and evacuation plan approved by the Fire Department in accordance with the New York City Fire Code.

3303.4 Housekeeping. Housekeeping at a site shall be in accordance with Sections 3303.4.1 through 3303.4.11.

3303.4.1 Slipping and tripping hazards. Slipping and tripping hazards in areas used by the public shall be minimized in accordance with Sections 3303.4.1.1 and 3303.4.1.2.

3303.4.1.1 Maintenance of public areas. All areas used by the public shall be maintained free from ice, snow, grease, debris, equipment, materials, projections, tools, or other items, substances, or conditions that may constitute a slipping, tripping, or other hazard.

3303.4.1.2 Location of hose lines, wires, ropes, pipes, chains and conduits. Hose lines, wires, ropes, pipes, chains, and conduits shall be located so that they will not constitute a tripping hazard to the public. Where it is necessary to carry such across sidewalks, or any public way, they shall either be suspended at least 8 feet (2438 mm) above ground or, if left on the ground, suitable chamfered planks or a pedestrian bridge shall be provided to cover such.

3303.4.2 Containers. Suffcient containers, including but not limited to waste dumpsters, debris boxes, and skip boxes, shall be available for the storage of all debris or waste. Such containers shall comply with the following requirements:

1. Containers shall be made of metal, fame-retardant plastic, or other noncombustible material.

2. Containers with wheels shall be secured at the end of the workday by rope, cable, or chocking at the wheels in order to prevent movement.

3. Containers shall not be placed at the edge of an unenclosed perimeter at any time, except when being moved from the foor or building.

4. Containers holding debris or waste shall be covered at the end of the workday and at any time when full to near the rim. However, containers need not be covered when they are empty and not in use, or while stored in a fully enclosed space at the end of the workday and not full to near the rim.

Exception: Combustible debris shall not be permitted to accumulate and shall be removed from the site in accordance with Section 3303.5.1.

3303.4.3 Reserved.

3303.4.4 Control of debris. Control of debris during construction and demolition work shall include the measures specifed in Sections 3303.4.4.1 through 3303.4.4.3.

3303.4.4.1 Daily cleaning. All areas of the construction or demolition site shall be cleaned of debris at least daily.

3303.4.4.2 Cleaning near unenclosed perimeters. Areas that are at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from an unenclosed perimeter, as measured in all directions from the unenclosed perimeter, shall be cleaned of debris periodically throughout the day.

Exception: In locations where unenclosed perimeter protection has been temporarily removed, the requirements of Section 3308.10 shall apply.

3303.4.4.3 Securing debris that cannot be removed by the end of the shift. Debris that cannot be removed from the site by the end of the shift shall be:

1. Placed in containers meeting the requirements of Section 3303.4.2; or

2. Secured overnight to protect the public and property and shall be removed from the site or placed in containers meeting the requirements of Section 3303.4.2 at the beginning of the next shift. For demolition operations, debris stored overnight on grade or earth, and neatly piled to prevent dislodgement, tipping, or spillage, shall be considered to be in compliance with this section.

Exception: Combustible debris shall not be permitted to accumulate and shall be removed from the site in accordance with Section 3303.5.1.

3303.4.5 Storage and safeguarding of materials and equipment during construction or demolition. Material and equipment located at a site during construction or demolition operations shall comply with Sections 3303.4.5.1 and 3303.4.5.2.

3303.4.5.1 Open and exposed areas. Material or equipment lo-

cated on a working deck, unenclosed foor, roof, ground area, or similar exposed area shall be secured or otherwise safeguarded to prevent dislodgement by wind, vibration, accidental impact, or other means.

3303.4.5.2 Storage near unenclosed perimeters. When not being used, material or equipment shall be stored at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from all unenclosed perimeters, as measured in all directions from the unenclosed perimeter. Material or equipment shall also be secured or safeguarded in accordance with the requirements of Section 3303.4.5.1.

Exceptions: Provided the material or equipment is secured against dislodgement by wind, vibration, accidental impact, or other means, in lieu of the 10-foot (3048 mm) set back distance:

1. Material or equipment that weighs 750 pounds (340.2 kg) or more may be stored at least 5 feet (1524 mm) from the unenclosed perimeter.

2. Where the gross foor area is less than 1,000 square feet (93 m2), material or equipment, regardless of weight, may be stored at least 5 feet (1524 mm) from the unenclosed perimeter.

3. Where located on a foor that is at or above the level of the horizontal safety netting in accordance with Section 3308, material or equipment may be stored at least 2 feet (610 mm) from the unenclosed perimeter.

4. Material related to concrete operations may overhang the unenclosed perimeter of the building or structure, provided:

4.1 The material is banded with a minimum of two equally spaced bands to prevent dislodgement;

4.2 The material is braced and secured in place by positive means as indicated on the site safety plan, or where there is no site safety plan, in accordance with drawings prepared by a registered design professional;

4.3 The material overhangs by no more than one-third of its length;

4.4 The material is stored in an area designated on the

site safety plan, or where there is no site safety plan, in an area designated on drawings prepared by a registered design professional;

4.5 Such designated area is broom swept and cleared of all materials, equipment, and debris prior to the temporary removal of the vertical netting and placement of overhanging material in the designated area;

4.6 The perimeter of such designated area, except for the perimeter along the unenclosed perimeter, is protected by vertical netting meeting the requirements of Section 3308.5 or an alternative system acceptable to the commissioner;

4.7 Horizontal safety netting meeting the requirements of Section 3308.6 is provided at a level not more than two stories or 30 feet (9144 mm) below the overhanging material, whichever is less, with such nets in place for the full time the material is overhanging, except that the nets may be pulled in at the immediate time the material is being hoisted or lowered where such nets would confict with the hoisting or lowering operation; and

4.8 The material is relocated on the next workday.

3303.4.6 Storage of combustible material and equipment. Storage of combustible material and other material and equipment that may present a fre hazard shall comply with the New York City Fire Code.

3303.4.7 Storage near sidewalks, walkways, and pathways. Material stored adjacent to a sidewalk, walkway, or pathway that remains open to the public shall not be piled higher than 3 feet (914 mm), or where a solid fence or barrier is provided, to within one foot (305 mm) of the top of such fence or barrier. For the purposes of this section, the term “adjacent to” shall be any area that is within a horizontal distance that is equal to or less than the vertical height of the piled material.

Exception: Material stored within a dumpster or similar solid container, provided such material is not piled above the top of such dumpster or container.

3303.4.8 Machinery. All exposed, electrically charged, moving or otherwise dangerous parts of machines and construction or demolition

equipment shall be located, guarded, shielded, or barricaded so as to prevent contact by the public.

3303.4.9 Internal combustion-powered equipment. In addition to the requirements of this chapter, the use of internal combustion-powered equipment shall comply with the New York City Fire Code.

3303.4.10 Stairs, hallways, and other means of egress. Stairs, hallways, pathways, and other means of egress, including but not limited to ladders used to facilitate access to a working level, shall not be encumbered by debris, material, or equipment.

3303.4.11 Daily inspection of housekeeping. A daily inspection shall be made by a competent person to verify compliance with the housekeeping requirements of Sections 3303.4.1 through 3303.4.10. If the building is a major building, the occurrence of this inspection shall be noted in the site safety log. If the building is not a major building but requires a construction superintendent, the occurrence of this inspection shall be noted in the construction superintendent’s log.

3303.5 Removal of material and debris. Material and debris shall be removed in a manner that prevents injury or damage to the public or property.

3303.5.1 Removal of combustible debris. Combustible debris shall not be permitted to accumulate, and shall be removed from the site at reasonable intervals in accordance with the requirements of the New York City Fire Code.

3303.5.2 Dropping or throwing prohibited. No material, debris, or equipment shall be intentionally dropped or thrown from a building or structure.

3303.5.3 Clogging. Precautions shall be taken to prevent concrete or mortar washings, sand, grit, or any other material that would cause clogging from entering a sewer, drain, vault, or subsurface structure. Concrete washout water shall also meet the requirements of Section 3303.15.

3303.5.4 Air pollution. The provisions of the Air Pollution Control Code shall apply in order to prevent dust from becoming airborne.

3303.5.5 Chutes. Chutes used in association with the removal of materials shall comply with Sections 3303.5.5.1 through 3303.5.5.5.

3303.5.5.1 Enclosures. Chute enclosures shall comply with the following requirements:

1. Material chutes that are at an angle of more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal shall be entirely enclosed on all sides, except for openings at the foor levels for the receiving of materials. Such openings shall not exceed 48 inches (1219 mm) in height, measured along the wall of the chute, and all openings, except the top opening, shall be closed and secured when not in use.

2. Chutes at an angle of less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal may be open on the upper side.

3303.5.5.2 Chute construction. Chute construction shall comply with the following requirements:

1. Every chute used to convey debris from a building or structure shall be rigidly supported and braced throughout its height.

2. Non-manufactured chutes less than 24 inches (610 mm) in maximum dimension shall be constructed of not less than 1-inch (25.4 mm) (nominal) wood, or ⅛-inch thick (3.18 mm) steel, or a material of equivalent strength and durability acceptable to the commissioner. Chutes more than 24 inches (610 mm) in maximum dimensions shall be constructed of not less than 2-inch (51 mm) (nominal) wood, or 3/16-inch thick (4.76 mm) steel, or a material of equivalent strength and durability acceptable to the commissioner.

3. Chutes shall be provided with a metal impact plate where material is forced to change direction while falling.

4. A gate shall be provided at the lower end of every chute to control the loading of material into trucks and to close the chute at all other times. Splash-boards or baffes shall be erected to prevent materials from rebounding into the street or under the sidewalk shed.

5. A bumper or curb at least 4 inches by 4 inches (102 by 102 mm) in section shall be provided at each chute opening where such opening is level with, or below, the foor or platform. Every space between the chute and the edge of the opening in the foor or platform shall be solidly planked.

6. Chutes that are over 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height, or utilized in Group I occupancy, shall also comply with the

requirements of Section 3303.5.5.3.

3303.5.5.3 Chute construction where the chute is over 75 feet in height, or utilized in Group I occupancy. Chutes that exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height, or that are used in an occupied building where the main use or dominant occupancy is in Group I, shall either:

1. Be constructed of noncombustible material; or

2. Where constructed of combustible material, the combustible material of the chute shall be covered on the exterior of the chute with corrugated steel sheeting having a minimum thickness of 24 gauge through the entire height of the chute.

3303.5.5.4 Supports. All structural supports of material chutes shall be of noncombustible material.

3303.5.5.5 Design and permit. No chute shall be installed until a permit has been issued by the commissioner on the basis of drawings prepared by a registered design professional.

Exception: Design and permit is not required for a chute that meets all of the following criteria:

1. The chute is installed on the exterior of a building or structure at a height of 40 feet (12 192 mm) or less above the level of the adjoining ground;

2. The chute is a manufactured product and is installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations; and

3. The chute does not attach to or impart a load on a scaffold.

3303.6 Escape hatches. Where portable fuel fred heaters or other heating equipment are used to provide temporary heating during the placing of concrete for a foor, an escape hatch shall be provided. The escape hatch shall be located as near to the center of the building or structure as practical.

Exceptions:

1. An escape hatch is not required where either the concrete placement foor or heating foor is the ground foor.

2. An escape hatch is not required provided at least one permanent stairway is available for use on the foor where the concrete is being placed and the stair shaft is enclosed from the top of the foor where concrete is being placed to at least the top of the heating foor with either its permanent

construction, a temporary smoke proof 1-hour fre rated assembly, or a 1-hour freproof tarp wrapped tightly around the stair shaft so that no smoke can penetrate.

3303.6.1 Required ladders and shields. The escape hatch shall be constructed with at least two fxed, vertical ladders enclosed in a solid non-combustible shield. The ladders shall extend from a distance of 3 feet (914 mm) above the foor where the concrete is being placed to at least the story below the heating foor, or to the ground foor, whichever is less. The solid non-combustible shield shall enclose the ladders on all sides from the top of the foor where the concrete is being placed to at least the top of the heating foor. The inside dimensions between faces of the shield shall be not less than 3 feet 8 inches (1118 mm).

Exception: Extension ladders may be utilized where the horizontal dimension between the faces of the shields is equal to or greater than one-quarter the height of the shaft.

3303.6.2 Shield space and decking. Any gap between the shield and the perimeter of the opening in the foor under construction and also between the shield and the perimeter of the opening in the heating foor shall be decked over with 2-inch (51 mm) or heavier planking covered with plywood or sheet metal so as to make the decking smoke tight. At the termination of the ladders, the opening in the foor shall be covered completely with 2-inch (51 mm) planking or other material of equivalent strength.

3303.7 Fire prevention and fre protection. Firefghting equipment, fre fghting access at the construction or demolition site, and the conduct of all construction or demolition operations affecting fre prevention and fre fghting shall comply with the New York City Fire Code and the provisions of Sections 3303.7.1 through 3303.7.7.

3303.7.1 Water supply. A water supply for fre protection shall be provided in accordance with the New York City Fire Code.

3303.7.1.1 Large footprint construction. For a building that has a footprint of 100,000 square feet (30 480 m2) or more, regardless of the height of the building, and the building is substantially enclosed, permanent or temporary fre hydrants available for fre department use shall be provided during the course of construction:

1. Within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the main entrance; and

2. Along the perimeter of the building, with the hydrants located so that there is at least one hydrant along every 250 feet (76 200 mm) of building perimeter, and with no hydrant more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the exterior wall.

3303.7.2 Fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with the New York City Fire Code.

3303.7.3 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited at all construction and demolition sites. No smoking signs shall be posted at the site in accordance with the provisions of the New York City Fire Code.

3303.7.4 Sprinkler systems. Existing sprinkler systems in buildings undergoing an alteration or demolition shall comply with the requirements of Section 3303.7.4.1 through 3303.7.4.3.

3303.7.4.1 Sprinklers during alteration. Existing sprinkler systems in buildings undergoing an alteration shall be maintained in accordance with Section 3303.9, except as provided in Section 3303.7.4.3. The red paint required pursuant to Section 903.6 shall be maintained during any alteration operation.

3303.7.4.2 Sprinklers during demolition. When existing sprinkler systems with fre department hose connections are present in buildings undergoing full or partial demolition, such systems shall be maintained as a nonautomatic sprinkler system, except as provided in Section 3303.7.4.3. When demolition starts, the sprinkler risers shall be capped immediately below the foor being demolished so as to maintain the sprinkler system on all lower foors for Fire Department use. Cutting and capping of sprinklers during demolition work shall be performed only by a licensed master plumber or licensed master fre suppression piping contractor who has obtained a permit for such work. Fire department hose connections shall be kept free from obstruction and shall be marked by a metal sign reading “Sprinkler Connection” and by a red light at night. The red paint required pursuant to Section 903.6 shall be maintained during any demolition operations.

3303.7.4.3 Removal of damaged sprinklers. Requests for a variance from the sprinkler requirements of this section shall be limited to requests to remove a damaged or inoperable sprinkler system or a portion of such system in connection with demolitions or gut rehabilitations. Applications for construction docu-

ment approvals for such requests shall be fled with the department by a registered design professional in accordance with the following procedure:

1. The fled application shall include a complete report prepared by the professional describing the extent of the damage and attesting as to why the system cannot be restored; and

2. The variance shall not be approved by the department without the concurrence of the Fire Department as follows:

2.1 The applicant shall fle the request for variance with the Fire Department;

2.2 The Fire Department shall review and recommend any necessary safety measures required as a condition of granting the variance; and

2.3 The applicant shall submit the Fire Department’s recommendation to the department along with proof of satisfactory implementation of such safety measures.

3303.7.5 Standpipe systems. Standpipe systems shall meet the requirements of Section 3303.8.

3303.7.6 Floor numbering and foor elevation. During new building construction, a vertical or horizontal enlargement, or a demolition operation that results in the removal of one or more foors in a building that is greater than 420 feet (128 m) in height above grade, or in any building, regardless of height, with non-sequential foor numbers, the following shall be provided:

1. A sign at each hoistway landing prominently displaying the designated foor number and elevation above grade.

2. A sign at each stair landing prominently displaying the designated foor number and elevation above grade.

3. A sign or other acceptable marking immediately adjacent to the standpipe hose outlet on each foor indicating the elevation above grade of the standpipe hose outlet and, in multi-zone standpipe buildings, the zone of the riser (low, mid, high).

4. A chart of the entire building listing the designated foor

number and the elevation above grade of the standpipe hose outlet on each foor. The chart shall be posted in each construction elevator or hoist, and at such ground foor locations as specifed in the New York City Fire Code.

3303.7.7 Special provisions for Type IV construction. In addition to the fre prevention and fre protection requirements imposed by this code, the New York City Fire Code, and other applicable law, the following provisions shall also apply during the construction of structures categorized as Type IV construction by Chapter 6 of this code.

3303.7.7.1 Interior exit stair enclosures. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 3303.11, no wooden structural components shall be installed until the permanent stairs and interior exit stair enclosures have been constructed to a height of at least two foors above the topmost working deck, or to their full height, and enclosed with their permanent fre protected rated material. A temporary or permanent self-closing door that meets the requirements of Section 715 shall be installed at each level as soon as a walkable surface is in place at that foor level. Openings in the interior exit stair enclosures at levels where a walkable surface has not been placed shall be protected with guardrails that meet the requirements of Section 3308.7. The top of the interior exit stair enclosure, if not permanently enclosed, shall be covered with a tarp or other temporary weather protection. The stair shall be provided with temporary or permanent handrails. Permanent signs, markings, or anti-slip materials in the stairs are not required during construction.

3303.7.7.2 Standpipes. A permanent or temporary standpipe system meeting the requirements of Sections 905 and 3303.8 shall be provided in each interior exit stair enclosure and kept in a state of readiness at all times for use by frefghting personnel, even if the site does not otherwise trigger the standpipe requirements of Section 3303.8, Item 1. The standpipe system shall be in place prior to the installation of wooden structural components and shall serve all levels where the interior exit stair enclosure has been constructed. No standpipe shall be considered to be in a state of readiness unless it is painted red in accordance with the provisions of Section 905.11. The standpipe system shall be maintained as a dry system and provided with an air pressurized alarm system in accordance with Sec-

tion 3303.8.1. Where the building will not be provided with a permanent standpipe at the end of construction, the temporary standpipe system shall be removed once the sprinkler system for the building has been signed off.

3303.7.7.3 Progressive installation of enclosures and fre protection elements. Fire-rated enclosures (e.g. corridors, fre compartmentalization, fre-rated doors), noncombustible exterior walls, heat detectors required by Section 3303.7.7.5, and sprinkler systems, if required for the building, shall be installed as soon as practical, and in no case shall they lag more than two foors below the topmost walkable surface. Sprinkler systems shall be temporary or permanent and shall be maintained as a dry system during construction. Openings in the façade for hoists or material loading platforms are permitted provided the opening is covered at the end of the shift with a fame resistant tarp made tight so that no smoke can penetrate.

3303.7.7.4 Temporary protection of structural connections. Where a structural connection between a girder and column is not provided with its permanent fre-rated enclosure or protection, it shall be protected by a temporary 1-hour rated enclosure or protection. Such temporary enclosure or protection shall be installed as soon as practical after the connection has been made, and no later than by the end of the shift.

3303.7.7.5 Heat detectors. Heat detectors shall be provided throughout the site. Such detectors shall send alerts to a dedicated monitoring location, either at the site or at a remote location that is monitored continuously, including days, nights, weekends, and holidays. The monitor shall be familiar with emergency contact procedures, the locations of heat detectors at the site, and shall be able to alert the New York City Fire Department as necessary and provide the fre department with the location of any heat detector that has been activated.

3303.7.7.6 Watchperson. A watchperson meeting the requirements of Section 3303.3 shall be on duty during all times specifed by Section 3303.3, even if the building has a footprint of less than 5,000 sq ft (1524 m2).

3303.7.7.7 Site safety orientation and refresher. The site safety orientation and refresher required by Section 3301.11 shall contain instruction on site specifc fre hazards, fre safety

safeguards, and fre safety procedures.

3303.7.7.8 Pre-shift safety meetings. The pre-shift safety meetings required by Section 3301.12 shall contain instruction on fre hazards, fre safety safeguards, and fre safety procedures applicable to the individual worker.

3303.7.7.9 Chutes. Chutes shall comply with the requirements of Section 3303.5.5.3 even if the building does not otherwise meet the trigger thresholds of Section 3303.5.5.3.

3303.7.7.10 Doors. Except when required to facilitate the active passage of personnel, material, debris, or equipment, fre rated doors shall be kept closed at all times, and all other doors shall be closed during non-working hours.

3303.7.7.11 Control of saw dust and combustible debris. Sawdust shall be vacuumed as operations proceed. Combustible debris, including but not limited to sawdust and scrap lumber, shall be removed from the site as required by Section 3303.5.1.

3303.7.7.12 Storage of lumber. During non-working hours, lumber shall be stored on the ground or street, or shall be stored in a fully enclosed room meeting its permanent fre rating. No more than 1920 ft3 (54.37 m3) of lumber shall be stored at the site at any one time.

Exception: Columns may be stored on the topmost working deck provided they are to be installed at the start of the next shift.

Standpipe systems during construction, alteration or demolition. During construction, alteration or demolition operations, standpipe systems shall comply with the following:

3303.8

1. When, during the course of the construction of a new building, the topmost working deck reaches a height of 75 feet (22 860 mm) or greater above the ground in a building for which a standpipe system will be required, a permanent or temporary standpipe system meeting the requirements of Section 905 shall be kept in a state of readiness at all times for use by fre fghting personnel. The standpipe system shall serve all foors that are at least 4 stories or 40 feet (12 192 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less. No standpipe shall be considered to be in a state of

readiness unless it is painted red in accordance with the provisions of Section 905.11. When freezing conditions may be encountered, the system in whole, or the part of the system subject to freezing conditions, shall be maintained as a dry system.

2. Existing standpipe systems in structures undergoing a full demolition shall be maintained as dry standpipes. At the commencement of demolition, the standpipe risers shall be capped above the outlet on the foor immediately below the foor being demolished so as to maintain the standpipe system on all lower foors for Fire Department use. Cutting and capping of standpipes during demolition work shall be performed only by a licensed master plumber or licensed master fre suppression piping contractor who has obtained a permit for such work. Standpipe hose, nozzles and spanners are not required to be maintained and may be removed at any time. The red paint required pursuant to Section 905.11 shall be maintained during any demolition operations. All existing house check valves shall remain in place until completion of the demolition work.

3. When, during the course of the construction of a new building which will have a occupiable space at a depth of 75 feet (22 860 mm) or greater below the level of the ground in a building for which a standpipe system will be required, a permanent or temporary standpipe system meeting the requirements of Section 905 shall be installed and shall be kept in a state of readiness at all times for use by fre fghting personnel. The standpipe system shall serve all stories below grade and shall be installed as soon as the foundation is in place and the frst elevated slab has been erected. No standpipe shall be considered to be in a state of readiness unless it is painted red in accordance with the provisions of Section 905.11. When freezing conditions may be encountered, the system in whole, or the part of the system subject to freezing conditions, shall be maintained as a dry system.

4. When, during the course of alteration or partial demolition operations in a building for which a standpipe system is required, the standpipe system shall be maintained in accordance with Section 3303.9. In an unoccupied building, an

existing wet standpipe system may be maintained as a dry system subject to the approval of the commissioner and the commissioner of the fre department, and also provided the standpipe system is equipped with an air pressurized alarm system meeting the requirements of Section 3303.8.1. No standpipe shall be considered to be in a state of readiness unless it is painted red in accordance with the provisions of Section 905.11.

4.1 If the alteration work results in the addition of new stories to the structure at a height of 75 feet (22 860 mm) or greater above the level of the ground, the requirements of Item 1 of this section shall apply to such new stories during the course of the alteration operation.

4.2 If the alteration work results in the addition of new occupiable space at a depth of 75 feet (22 860 mm) or greater below the level of the ground, the requirements of Item 3 of this section shall apply to such new occupiable space below grade during the course of the alteration operation.

3303.8.1 Air pressurized alarm system for dry standpipe systems during construction or demolition operations. Dry standpipe systems utilized during construction or demolition operations shall be provided with an air pressurized alarm system as set forth in Items 1 through 5 below. The provisions of NFPA 14, Chapter 12, as modifed in Appendix Q, shall also apply.

1. Full demolitions. In buildings and structures undergoing a full demolition, all existing standpipes shall be maintained in a state of readiness as a dry system in accordance with Item 2 of Section 3303.8 and shall be provided with an air pressurized alarm system.

2. New construction, alteration, and partial demolition. Where a dry standpipe system is utilized during new construction, alteration, or partial demolition operations, such standpipe system shall be provided with an air pressurized alarm system.

3. Submission of application. An application to install an air pressurized alarm system shall be fled by a registered

design professional and a permit obtained by a licensed master plumber or licensed master fre suppression piping contractor. A licensed electrician shall obtain all required electrical permits in accordance with Chapter 3 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code.

4. Specifcations. The following provisions shall apply to the air pressurized alarm system:

4.1 Pressure. Pressure shall be maintained in the standpipe and cross connections at all times and shall not exceed 25 psig (172 kPag) by utilizing nitrogen or an air compressor with an air dryer. The supervisory pressure shall be as determined by a registered design professional.

4.2 Automatic air pressurized alarm activation. The alarm shall be automatically activated when the pressure drops below the supervisory pressure or rises above the maximum pressure of 25 psig (172 kPag). When the alarm is activated, notifcation shall be made to the Fire Department in accordance with the New York City Fire Code, all work at the site shall cease, except as provided in Item 4.2.1, and an investigation of the entire standpipe system and air compressor shall be immediately performed to determine the cause of the alarm. Unless authorized by the Fire Department, no construction or demolition work shall resume until the standpipe system is repaired and the appropriate pressure is restored, except that any repairs to the standpipe system needed to restore the required pressure shall be undertaken immediately and the standpipe system restored as soon as possible. There shall be compliance with the requirements of the New York City Fire Code while the standpipe system is out of service. Upon completion of repairs to the standpipe system, a full inspection of such system shall be performed, which shall include, among other things, visually tracing the standpipe, including risers, cross connections and fre department connections to verify that no breach exists and checking all gauges of the standpipe sys-

tem to ensure the standpipe system has been restored to a state of readiness.

4.2.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of Item 4.2, the activation of the alarm shall not require the cessation of work necessary for the completion of concrete pouring operations in progress at the time of alarm activation, where such cessation would cause a cold joint that would impair the structural integrity of the fnished construction. The continuation of such operations shall be permitted only until an orderly termination of such operations can be effectuated. The site safety manager or coordinator shall record the names and locations of any employees necessary for the completion of the concrete pouring operations and provide them to the Fire Department personnel who arrive on the scene.

4.3 Air compressor. The air compressor shall be designed to automatically cut in and cut out at the supervisory pressure and shall be tied into the standpipe system between the fre department connections and the house check valves. The air compressor shall utilize an air dryer during times when freezing conditions exist to condition the air entering the dry standpipe system.

4.4 Alarm. The standpipe alarm system shall utilize pressure switches and control equipment to annunciate a local audible alarm on site that can be heard during working and non-working hours. The audible signal of the horn shall be at least 15 dBA above the ambient noise level but no more than 110 dBA.

4.5 Power supply. The standpipe alarm system shall be connected to an active, dedicated power supply at all times.

4.6 Check valves. Check valves shall be installed to prevent water from entering the air compressor.

4.7 Locks and caps. All control valves shall be chained and locked in the appropriate position and shall be provided with capped outlets. All hose valves shall also be provided with capped outlets.

4.8 Fire Department connections. Three inch (76 mm) iron hose plugs with gaskets in Fire Department connection swivels shall be provided.

4.9 Drainage. Provisions shall be made to drain water in any trapped sections of the dry standpipe system that are subject to freezing.

4.10 Manual air release connection. A minimum 2.5-inch (64 mm) connection located immediately downstream of the fre department connection check valve shall be provided and piped to a location immediately adjacent to the fre department connections. This line shall be ftted with a 2.5-inch (64 mm) hose valve and shall allow for release of the pressurized air from the dry standpipe system. The number of air release valves provided shall be such that the air pressure shall be released in no more than 3 minutes, which shall be verifable by an actual air release test performed at the time of the initial installation.

4.11 Construction documents. Plans shall identify all standpipe risers, cross connections, fre department connections, any intermediate check valves that have to be removed, proposed location of the air release connections, designation of the supervisory pressure, complete information regarding the alarm system, and procedures for the safe pressurization and depressurization of the system.

4.12 Signage. Signage shall be provided at all fre department connections indicating that the dry standpipe system is pressurized and showing the location of the manual air release.

4.13 Pressure gauges. A system of pressure gauges shall be installed at the compressor and at the most remote points of the system from the compressor.

5. Planned removal from service of standpipe system and

standpipe air pressurized alarm. Whenever the standpipe system is to be placed out of service for the addition of a new section to the system, removal of an existing section as demolition operations progress, or other planned event, the standpipe alarm may be temporarily deactivated subject to compliance with the requirements of the New York City Fire Code. Where a site safety manager or coordinator is required by this code, all alarm activations, inspections, and repairs shall be logged into the log book maintained by such site safety manager or coordinator. If the standpipe system is not returned to a state of readiness and the alarm reactivated within 2 hours of such planned removal from service, all construction or demolition work at the site shall cease, unless otherwise approved by the Fire Department.

3303.8.2 Free from obstruction. Fire department hose connections shall be kept free from obstruction and shall be marked by a metal sign reading, “Standpipe Connection” and by a red light at night.

3303.8.3 Use of standpipes for purposes other than supplying water for frefghting. Standpipes may be used for a purpose other than to supply water for frefghting operations, including but not limited to supplying water or compressed air for construction or demolition operations, subject to the approval of the Fire Department and provided at least one standpipe riser is maintained at all times for frefghting operations. Where the standpipe is used to supply water for construction or demolition operations and freezing conditions may occur, the standpipe shall be completely drained after use to prevent freezing.

3303.9 Elements to be maintained in existing buildings. Required means of egress, existing structural elements, fre protection devices, and sanitary safeguards shall be maintained at all times during construction or demolition operations in existing buildings. Required means of egress shall not be obstructed in any manner that would destroy the full effectiveness of such means of egress.

Exception: Where adequate alternate provisions are provided in accordance with the requirements of this code, or where the element is temporarily or permanently disconnected, removed, or demolished in accordance with the requirements of this code and of the agency or authority having jurisdiction to temporarily or permanently disconnect, remove, or demolish such element. Such alternative means, disconnection, removal, or demolition shall be shown on the approved plans. Fire

protection systems, including but not limited to sprinklers, standpipes, and fre alarms, shall only be taken out of service in accordance with the requirements of the New York City Fire Code.

3303.10 Operations in occupied buildings. When construction or demolition activity occurs in an occupied building, barricades, signs, drop cloths, and other protective means shall be installed and maintained as necessary to provide reasonable protection for the occupants against hazard and nuisance. Such protective means shall be indicated on an occupant protection plan, or where a tenant protection plan is required by Section 3303.10.1, on a tenant protection plan.

3303.10.1 Tenant protection plan. In buildings containing any occupied dwelling units, including newly constructed buildings that are partially occupied where work is still ongoing within the building, all alteration, construction, or partial demolition work shall be performed in accordance with a tenant protection plan as required by Article 120 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

3303.10.2 Inspections of tenant protection plan. The owner shall notify the department in writing at least 72 hours prior to the commencement of any work requiring a tenant protection plan. The department shall conduct an inspection of 10 percent of such sites within seven days after the commencement of such work to verify compliance with the tenant protection plan. The department shall conduct follow up inspections of such sites every 180 days until such construction is completed to verify compliance with the building code and tenant protection plan. Thereafter, the department shall conduct an inspection within 10 days of receipt of a complaint concerning such work.

3303.10.3 Enforcement of tenant protection plan. If work is not being performed in accordance with the tenant protection plan, the commissioner may issue a stop work order pursuant to Section 28-207.2 of the Administrative Code.

3303.11 Stairs during construction or demolition. Stairs shall meet the requirements of Section 3303.11.1 through 3303.11.3 during construction or demolition work.

3303.11.1 Existing stairs. Stairs in an existing building undergoing alteration or a partial demolition shall be maintained in accordance with Section 3303.9. Stairs in a building undergoing a full demolition shall comply with Section 3306.9.9.

3303.11.2 Stairs during building construction or enlargements. During new building construction or the enlargement of an existing building, stairs shall be provided at all locations where a permanent stair will be required and shall serve all foors. At least one of the provided stairs must be of permanent construction for its full length; in all other locations, the stairs may be of temporary or permanent construction.

Exceptions:

1. Where a foor is open to the public, all stairs required for egress from the foor must be of their permanent construction from that foor to the ground level.

2. Stairs are not required where the foor is closed to the public and the foor is less than 4 stories or 40 feet (12 192 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less.

3. During the construction or enlargement of a building whose primary structural system consists of structural steel, where it is not feasible to provide one or more permanent stairs to serve all foors that are at least 4 stories or 40 feet (12 192 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less, all stairs shall be of their permanent construction up to the level of the topmost completed steel foor, and temporary stairs, acceptable to the commissioner, shall be brought up in all locations to serve all remaining foors that are at least 4 stories or 40 feet (12 192 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less. At a minimum, the temporary stairs shall be made of non-combustible material, be equipped with adequate handrails, be provided with landings that are level with the adjoining foor, and have riser height and tread depths that are uniform, within ¼ inch (6 mm), for each fight of stairs.

3303.11.3 Lighted and kept free of obstructions. All stairs in a building undergoing construction or demolition shall be lighted at all times, and shall be kept free of equipment, debris, and material in accordance with Section 3303.4.10.

3303.12 Elevators and hoists during construction or demolition. Elevators and hoists shall meet the requirements of Sections 3303.12.1 through 3303.12.5 during construction or demolition work.

3303.12.1 Publicly accessible foors. Existing elevators serving public-

ly accessible foors in a building undergoing construction or demolition work shall be maintained in accordance with Section 3303.9.

3303.12.2 Floors closed to the public. When required by Sections 3303.12.2.1 through 3303.12.2.4, foors closed to the public in a new or existing building undergoing construction or demolition work shall be served by, at least, either:

1. An elevator provided with Phase I and Phase II recall meeting the requirements of Chapter 30, which shall be kept in readiness at all times for Fire Department use; or

2. A hoist meeting the requirements of Section 3318, which shall be available at all times for Fire Department use.

Exception: An elevator or hoist is not required during the course of construction or demolition of a building that does not require a permanent elevator.

3303.12.2.1 Initial installation of an elevator or hoist during the construction or enlargement of a building whose height will exceed 75 feet. During the construction or enlargement of a building, once the topmost working deck exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height above the lowest level of the ground, all foors that are closed to the public and within 40 feet (12 192 mm) above the lowest level of the ground shall be served by an elevator or hoist meeting the requirements of this section. Where this measurement lands between foors, the measurement shall be rounded such that the elevator or hoist is brought up to serve the higher foor.

3303.12.2.2 Increasing the height of the elevator or hoist during the construction or enlargement of a building. During the construction or enlargement of a building, when the topmost working deck exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height above the lowest level of the ground and subsequent to complying with Section 3303.12.2.1, all foors that are closed to the public and that are at least 4 stories or 48 feet (14 630 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less, or for a building whose primary structural system consists of structural steel, at least 4 stories or 64 feet (19 507 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less, shall be served by an elevator or hoist meeting the requirements of this section. However, no more than two weeks after the topmost working deck has become a walkable foor, a hoist or elevator meeting the requirements of this section shall be brought up to serve all remaining foors in the building that are closed to the public.

3303.12.2.3 During demolition. During the demolition of a building where one or more foors are removed from the building, all foors in the building that are closed to the public and that are more than 7 stories or 75 feet (22 860 mm) below the topmost working deck, whichever is less, shall be served by an elevator or hoist meeting the requirements of this section.

3303.12.2.4 Other instances. During the alteration of a building that would require a permanent elevator and where the scope of work does not constitute an enlargement or involve the removal of one or more foors from the building, all foors in the building that are closed to the public shall be served by an elevator or hoist meeting the requirements of this section.

3303.12.3 Deep excavations. Where the proposed lowest level of a building with a footprint of 10,000 square feet (929 m2) or greater is constructed at a depth greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm), a hoist meeting the requirements of Section 3318 shall be available at all times for Fire Department use once the foundation is in place and the frst elevated slab has been erected. The hoist shall serve the level at grade and all stories below grade.

Exception: Subject to the approval of the commissioner, alternate means available at all times for Fire Department use, including but not limited to a vehicular ramp, shall be provided.

3303.12.4 Converting elevators. Where an existing elevator is converted from passenger or freight use, the department shall be notifed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 30.

3303.12.5 Hoist travel. If the travel of the hoist cannot be increased or decreased to fulfll the requirements of this section due to inclement weather, it shall be increased by the end of the next working day.

3303.12.6 Stretcher accommodation. Where a hoist is provided, it must be capable of accommodating two standing individuals and a stretcher that is 84 inches in length by 24 inches in width (2134 mm by 610 mm).

3303.13 Interrupted or abandoned and discontinued operations. Where construction or demolition work has been interrupted or abandoned and discontinued, the owner of the site shall ensure the site is secured, protected, and maintained to safeguard the public and property, and that the site is in compliance with the requirements of Sections 3303.13.1 through 3303.13.3.

3303.13.1 Fencing. A fence meeting the requirements of Section 3307.7 shall be maintained throughout the duration of time that operations at the site are interrupted or abandoned and discontinued.

3303.13.2 Safety monitoring plan. Where work has been interrupted or abandoned and discontinued for a period of at least three months, a safety monitoring plan satisfactory to the commissioner shall be prepared by a qualifed person on behalf of the owner of the property and submitted to the department by the owner. Such safety monitoring plan shall be specifc to the site, shall identify safeguards to be instituted and maintained to secure the site, and shall specify monitoring to be performed during the duration of suspension of work. The owner of the property shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with such plan.

3303.13.3 Filling and grading. Where work has been interrupted or abandoned and discontinued for a period of at least three months, all open excavations shall be flled and graded to eliminate all steep slopes, holes, obstructions or similar sources of hazard. Fill shall consist of clean, noncombustible material. The fnal surface shall be graded in such a manner as to drain the lot, eliminate pockets in the fll, and prevent the accumulation of water without damaging any foundations on the premises or on adjoining property.

Exception: Filling and grading is not required for abandoned, discontinued, or interrupted excavations that are:

1. Secured in accordance with Section 3303.13.2, and

2. Inspected periodically by an engineer to verify continued stability of the excavation, with a record of such inspections signed, sealed, and dated by the engineer.

3303.14 Water conditions. The requirements of Sections 3303.14.1 through 3303.14.5 shall be followed to control the accumulation of water.

3303.14.1 Drainage. No condition shall be created as a result of construction or demolition operations that will interfere with natural surface drainage. Water courses, drainage ditches, etc., shall not be obstructed by debris, refuse, waste building materials, earth, stones, tree stumps, branches, or other objects that may interfere with surface drainage or cause the impoundment of surface waters.

3303.14.2 Protection of foundations. Provision shall be made to prevent the accumulation of water or water damage to any foundations on the premises or to adjoining property.

3303.14.3 Drainage of excavations. All excavations shall be drained, and the drainage shall be maintained as long as the excavation continues or remains. Where necessary, pumping shall be used, provided proper permits are obtained from the New York City Department of Environmental Protection.

3303.14.4 Clogging. The requirements of Section 3303.5.3 shall apply.

3303.14.5 Dewatering. The contractor or other entity performing the soil or foundation work shall dewater the site, as needed, for the progress of the work, and shall take all necessary measures to prevent settlement, slope failure, and damage to buildings, structures, and property affected by the dewatering operations.

3303.14.5.1 Dewatering plan. Where dewatering is performed to drawdown or control the level of the water table, the dewatering operation shall proceed in accordance with a site specifc plan developed by a registered design professional. The dewatering plan must incorporate all the conditions and fndings identifed in the geotechnical report required by Section 1803.6, the evaluation analysis required by Section 1817, and the preconstruction survey required by Section 3309.4.3. At a minimum, the plan shall indicate:

1. Height of the water table, including all seasonal fuctuations;

2. Anticipated schedule of dewatering operations;

3. The location of wells, settlement tanks, observation points, and dewatering equipment;

4. Maximum discharge;

5. Permissible drawdown outside of the limits of the excavation;

6. Thresholds for anticipated settlement;

7. Thresholds for anticipated lateral movement; and

8. The program to monitor and control water table drawdown and settlement/movement of affected structures, property, and temporary construction installations. Program criteria to be specifed shall include, but not be limited to, the monitoring frequency, plan to periodically test the discharge from the pumps to determine if the water being extracted con-

tains unanticipated fne grain soil or sand, plan to account for fuctuations in the water table (due to seasonal conditions, weather, or other factors), reporting requirements for the monitoring program, and procedures to be implemented when thresholds are exceeded.

3303.15 Concrete washout water. Concrete washout water shall not be allowed to enter any sewer, catch basin, drain, or body of water or to leach into the ground.

3303.15.1 Collection and containment. All concrete washout water shall be collected and contained in or on the concrete mixer truck or in pre-manufactured watertight containers specifcally designed and fabricated for the purpose of collecting and containing concrete washout water on-site. Such containers shall be of suffcient quantity and size to accommodate all rinsing operations required on-site so as not to delay the timely return of concrete ready mix trucks to the concrete plant and shall be protected from breach or overfow at all times.

3303.15.2 Location. Rinsing operations and concrete washout water containers shall not be located less than 30 feet from any sewer, drain, catch basin, or body of water without the written approval of the commissioner.

3303.15.3 Disposal. Collected concrete washout water shall be transported off site for treatment and disposal or contained on site until completely evaporated. Any hardened concrete remaining after evaporation shall be disposed of, reused or recycled.

3303.16 Worker sheds, contractor sheds, contractor offces, and similar structures. Worker sheds, contractor sheds, contractor offces, and similar structures shall:

1. Be provided with a hardwire or battery powered smoke detector that meets the requirements of this code and the New York City Fire Code;

2. Be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system or a non-water automatic fre-extinguishing system, including a dry-chemical extinguishing system, that meets the requirements of this code and the New York City Fire Code, when the shed or offce is installed or predominantly used to facilitate work at a building that requires an automatic sprinkler system;

3. Meet the door width, travel distances, and occupancy load requirements of Chapter 10 of the building code; and

4. Be constructed to comply with either 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3:

4.1 Meet the requirements of this code for Types I or II fre-resistance-rated construction where:

4.1.1 Located within a building or structure; or

4.1.2 Located 30 feet (9144 mm) or less from another building or structure within the fre district.

4.2 Meet the requirements of this code for Type III fre-resistance-rated construction where:

4.2.1 Located outside of a building or structure; and

4.2.2 Located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) from another building or structure within the fre district.

4.3 Meet the requirements of this code for Type III fre-resistance-rated construction where:

4.3.1 Located outside of a building or structure; and

4.3.2 Located outside of the fre district.

3303.16.1 Permit required. No worker shed, contractor shed, contractor offce, or similar structure shall be installed until a permit for the shed or offce has been issued by the commissioner in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

Exception: A permit is not required for a worker shed, contractor shed, contractor offce, or similar structure that does not exceed 1 story in height and 120 square feet (36.58 m2) in area, and further provided that the shed, offce, ╪ or similar structure is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) from another shed, or offce, or similar structure.

3303.16.2 Utility hookups. No electrical, plumbing, or other utility hook up shall be made to a worker shed, contractor shed, contractor offce, or similar structure until a permit for the hook-

up has been issued by the commissioner in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code. Where required by Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, the utility hookup must be made by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed individual.

SECTION BC 3304 SOIL AND FOUNDATION WORK

3304.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to all soil and foundation work, including but not limited to drilling or excavations made for the purposes of taking earth, sand, gravel, rock, or other material, as well as to soil and foundation work related to accessory uses such as garages, pools, and decks, and also to the underpinning or bracing of buildings or structures, in order to safeguard the public and property from such work. In addition to the requirements of this section, the applicable sections of Chapter 18 shall also apply to soil and foundation work.

Exceptions: This section shall not apply to:

1. Soil or foundation work not related to the underpinning or bracing of an existing building or structure, and which is performed in connection with utility or infrastructure work occurring within a public right of way, including but not limited to the construction, alteration, maintenance, repair, or demolition of bridges, streets, sidewalks, highways, railroads, subways, water tunnels, or utility lines.

2. Soil or foundation work on cemetery grounds for burials.

3. Soil or foundation work performed within an industrial or commercial quarry, plant, or yard and not related to the construction or demolition of a building or structure on the property of such quarry, plant, or yard.

3304.1.1 Measurements. The depth of all soil and foundation work shall be measured from the level of the adjacent ground surface to the lowest point of the soil and foundation work. The height of all soil and foundation work shall be measured from the level of the adjacent ground surface to the highest point of the soil and foundation work. Where soil and foundation work occurs within a basement or cellar, the soil and foundation work shall be measured from the level of the adjacent slab.

3304.1.2 Safety of the public and property. Soil and foundation work

shall be performed and, as necessary, supported, in a manner to prevent injury to the public, damage to property, or collapse, subsidence, or uncontrolled loss of earth or rock.

3304.2 Permit. A permit shall be obtained prior to the commencement of soil or foundation work when required by Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

3304.3 Notifcation. Prior to the commencement of soil or foundation work, notifcation shall be provided as follows.

3304.3.1 Notifcation of the department. No soil or foundation work within the property line shall commence unless the permit holder, or where there is no permit holder the person causing the soil or foundation work to be made, notifes the department, via phone or electronically, at least 24 hours, but no more than 48 hours prior to the commencement of such work. The notifcation shall state the date that such soil or foundation work is to commence and include a “Call before you dig” confrmation number verifying compliance with the notifcation requirements of Section 3304.3.7. Should the notifcation date fall on a weekend or offcial holiday, the permit holder, or where there is no permit holder the person causing the soil or foundation work to be made, shall notify the department on the last business day before the commencement date.

In the event that the soil or foundation work does not begin on the date provided in the notifcation to the department, the permit holder, or where there is no permit holder the person causing the soil or foundation work to be made, shall notify the department of its cancellation not more than 24 hours prior to but no later than the date for which the soil or foundation work was scheduled. Should the cancellation date fall on a weekend or an offcial holiday, the permit holder, or where there is no permit holder the person causing the soil or foundation work to be made, shall notify the department on the next business day after the intended commencement date. The permit holder, or where there is no permit holder the person causing the soil or foundation work to be made, shall notify the department of a new intended commencement date pursuant to the provisions above.

Exceptions: Notifcation to the department is not required for the following:

1. Hand excavation work that extends less than 5 feet (1524 mm) in depth and is 2 feet (610 mm) or more from an existing footing or foundation. This exception shall not apply to

any hand excavation work performed anywhere in existing or demolished basements or cellars that adjoin existing foundations.

2. Excavations for a geotechnical investigation that do not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in length, width, or diameter, and that are conducted under the supervision of a registered design professional.

3. Emergency work performed by the Department of Housing Preservation and Development (HPD) or other agency as directed by the commissioner or work on unsafe buildings performed by HPD or other agency pursuant to a precept.

4. Soil or foundation work related to gardening or landscaping work, provided no excavation occurs to a depth of 5 feet or greater (1524 mm); and either:

4.1 The excavation occurs more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from all footings and foundations; or

4.2 Where the excavation occurs within 5 feet (1524 mm) or less from a footing or foundation, such excavation does not occur below the level of the footing or foundation.

5. Soil or foundation work related to the pouring of a slab or pavement, provided no excavation to a depth greater than 2 feet (610 mm) occurs in conjunction with such work.

6. Where notifcation is required by Section 3306.3, separate notifcation for the removal of a foundation is not required.

3304.3.2 Notifcation of adjoining property owners. When an excavation to a depth of 5 feet to 10 feet (1524 mm to 3048 mm) is to be made within 10 feet (3048 mm) of an adjacent footing or foundation, or when any excavation over 10 feet (3048 mm) is to be made anywhere on a site, the person causing the excavation to be made shall provide written notice to the owners of the adjoining property not less than 10 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the excavation. The written notice shall provide a description of the work to be performed, the timeframe and schedule, the contact information of the person causing the excavation to be made, and the contact information of the department.

Exception: Notifcation is not required where the excavation

is set back from the edge of the adjacent footing or foundation or adjoining property by a ratio of 2 horizontal to 1 vertical, as measured from the deepest point of the excavation.

3304.3.3 Notifcation to the Department of Environmental Protection. Whenever soil or foundation work, for any purpose, is proposed to a depth greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in the borough of the Bronx or on or north of 135th Street in the borough of Manhattan, or greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm) is proposed in the borough of Brooklyn, Queens, or Staten Island or south of 135th Street in the borough of Manhattan, the owner of the premises, engineer, architect or contractor shall notify the New York City Department of Environmental Protection prior to commencement of such activity in accordance with Section 24-367 of the Administrative Code and any rules promulgated thereunder. The issuance of any permit or approval by the department shall not relieve the applicant, owner, engineer, architect or contractor of the obligation to comply with any notifcation or permitting requirements of the New York City Department of Environmental Protection. Whether or not a permit is required from the department for work, including but not limited to drilling for borings or geothermal wells, the owner of the premises, engineer, architect or contractor shall still comply with the notifcation and permitting requirements of the New York City Department of Environmental Protection.

3304.3.4 Excavations requiring permit from the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. Whenever soil or foundation work is planned deeper than 500 feet (152 m) below grade, a permit may be required from the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. The issuance of any permit or approval by the department shall not relieve the applicant of the obligation to comply with any approval or permitting requirements of the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. Whenever any drilling for borings or geothermal wells is planned, the owner of the premises or the contractor shall notify the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation prior to commencement of such activity to determine if a permit is necessary.

3304.3.5 Notifcation and approval of the New York City Transit Authority, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, and the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey. Whenever an excavation of any depth is proposed within 200 feet (60 960 mm) of any facility, infrastructure, or property under the jurisdiction of the New York City

Transit Authority, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, or the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, including but not limited to rail and subway lines, stations, station entrance and access points, bridges, tunnels, bus depots, access roads, fan plants, pump rooms, substations, shops and yards, duct lines, and easements, an approval shall be obtained from such authority having jurisdiction. The owner of the premises or the contractor shall notify the authority having jurisdiction prior to commencement of any such activity. The issuance of any permit or approval by the department shall not relieve the applicant of the obligation to comply with any approval requirements of the New York City Transit Authority, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority, or the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey.

3304.3.6 Notifcation and permit requirements of the New York City Fire Department. Soil or foundation work that is to be done with the use of explosives shall also be subject to the notifcation and permit requirements set forth in the New York City Fire Code.

3304.3.7 Call before you dig notifcation. “Call before you dig” notifcation shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of 16 NYCRR Part 753. The notifcation must address all street frontages associated with the soil and foundation work.

3304.4 Protection of sides of excavations. The sides of excavations shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3304.4.1 through 3304.4.6.

3304.4.1 Support of excavation construction documents. Means of supporting excavations, including related or resulting embankments, rock faces, and soil slopes, shall be indicated on construction documents. Such means of supporting excavations shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the construction documents. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional who has demonstrated knowledge or experience in the design of retaining structures or bracing systems for the support of excavation. Where the excavation exceeds 20 feet (6096 mm) in depth, the registered design professional shall be a New York State licensed professional engineer.

Exceptions: Construction documents indicating the means of supporting the excavation are not required if:

1. The excavation meets the conditions specifed in Items 1.1 through 1.4:

1.1 Is less than 5 feet (1524 mm) in depth;

1.2 Occurs above the level of the water table;

1.3 Occurs more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from all streets, sidewalks, tunnels, railroad tracks, public right of ways, and retaining walls; and

1.4 Occurs either:

1.1.1 More than 5 feet (1524 mm) from all footings and foundations; or

1.1.2 When within 5 feet (1524 mm) or less from a footing or foundation, does not extend below the level of the footing or foundation.

2. The excavation meets the conditions specifed in Items 2.1 through 2.3:

2.1 Occurs more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from all footings, foundations, streets, sidewalks, tunnels, railroad tracks, public right of ways, and retaining walls;

2.2 Does not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) in depth; and

2.3 Either:

2.3.1 The slope of the excavation does not exceed 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical (34 degrees measured from the horizontal), with no benching allowed; or

2.3.2 A registered design professional determines the soil type, and the excavation is properly sloped or benched for the soil type in accordance with the requirements of Section 3304.4.2. Determination of the soil type shall be based upon a site specifc evaluation, and documentation of the determination, signed and sealed by the registered design professional, shall be kept at the site.

3. A trench box is utilized in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations, provided a physical copy of the manufacturer specifcations are available onsite.

4. It is a trench that complies with Table 3304.4.1, including all notes to the table.

5. The excavation is performed in conjunction with the installation or removal of an exterior in- ground pool, provided such pool is an accessory to a one-or two-family home, is limited to 400 square feet (121.92 square meters) in area, and further provided that the distance from the edge of the pool to any building, structure, or lot line is greater than the depth of the deepest portion of the pool.

6. Where demolition drawings are required by Section 3306.5, separate support of excavation construction documents for the removal of the foundation are not required, provided the details required for a support of excavation drawing are instead shown on the demolition drawings.

TABLE 3304.4.1

MINIMUM SIZES OF TIMBER BRACING AND TIMBER SHEET PILING FOR TRENCHES NOT EXCEEDING 10 FEET (3048 MM) IN DEPTH AND 15 FEET (4572 MM) IN WIDTH

Depth of trench

Width of trench

Up to 9 ft (2743 mm)

Nominal size of cross bracing at 6 feet (1829 mm) horizontal spacing

6 in x 8in (152 mm x 203 mm)

Shoring

Sheet Piling, 2 ft x 6 ft (610 mm x 1829 mm), spaced tight, and

Up to 10 ft (3048 mm)

Up to 15 ft (4572 mm)

Notes to Table 3304.4.1:

8in x 8in (203 mm x 203 mm)

Wales, 12 in x 12 in (305 mm x 305 mm), with 5 ft (1524 mm) maximum vertical spacing

1. All timber or equivalent substitute to have bending strength of 850 psi or above.

2. The depth of the trench shall be considered the depth from top of grade, not top of shoring structure should a portion of the support of excavation be by benching or sloping methods.

3. Table shall not be utilized if any of the following are met:

a. Trench exceeds the specifed dimensions.

b. Stored material or structures are present within a distance equal to the depth of the trench.

c. Equipment surcharge loading exceeds 20,000 lb (9071.85 kg).

d. Surcharge load exceeds 2 ft (610 mm).

e. Cross bracing is subject to any vertical load that meets or exceeds a load equivalent to a 240-lb (109 kg) gravity load distributed over the center 12 ft (305 mm) in of the bracing member.

3304.4.1.1 Content of support of excavation construction documents. Support of excavation construction documents shall, at a minimum:

1. Be specifc to the site;

2. Be fully dimensioned;

3. Account for the entire scope of work;

4. Indicate all items required by Section 107.8;

5. Indicate soil or rock type and bearing capacity;

6. Indicate the water table elevation;

7. Indicate if dewatering is needed, and if a dewatering plan is required by Section 3303.14.5, note that a dewatering plan is required and the depth at which the dewatering plan must be put into effect. Further, where a dewatering plan is required by Section 3303.14.5, note the depth at which work must stop if a dewatering plan has not been provided; such depth must be equal to or shallower than the depth specifed for the dewatering plan to be put into effect;

8. Indicate the support of excavation, including but not limited to sloping, benching, sheeting, shoring, and bracing;

9. For an excavation in rock, any supplemental support of the rock face;

10. Indicate all structures, utilities, infrastructure, and subsurface structures impacted by the soil or foundation work;

11. Indicate the design load imposed for temporary construction installations, material, and equipment, including but limited to sidewalk sheds, scaffolds, runback structures, cranes, excavators, and stored or piled material, and note that all temporary construction installations or equipment that will impose a load on the support of excavation in excess of the design load imposed must be reviewed for acceptability by the designer of the support of excavation;

12. Indicate the sequence of the excavation operation and the installation and removal of the support of excavation, including all relevant phasing, and including the depth at which support of excavation must be installed;

13. Account for the provisions of Section 3304.4.5;

14. Reference the monitoring plan, where a monitoring plan is required;

15. Specify required inspections and inspection intervals for the support of excavation, including special inspections; and

16. Where slurry is utilized to support the excavation, the information required by Section 3304.12 shall also be indicated.

3304.4.1.2 Geotechnical analysis and relevant reports. The support of excavation construction documents shall be developed based upon site specifc testing and analysis performed by a registered design professional who has demonstrated knowledge or experience in geotechnical evaluation. The support of excavation construction documents must incorporate all the conditions and fndings identifed in the geotechnical report required by Section 1803.6, the evaluation analysis required by Section 1817, and the preconstruction survey required by Section 3309.4.3.

3304.4.2 Limitation on sloping and benching. Where sloping or benching is utilized to support an excavation, the slope or bench step shall be appropriate for conditions at the site, including but not limited to soil type, environmental conditions, and surcharge loads. In no case shall the maximum slope or bench step for an excavation that is 5 feet (1524 mm) or greater in depth exceed the values specifed in Table 3304.4.2. For layered soil conditions, the most restrictive value among the soil types present at the excavation location shall be utilized unless otherwise specifed by the registered design professional and indicated on the construction documents required by Section 3304.4.1.

Exception: The limitations of Table 3304.4.2 shall not apply to excavations made in Class 1a, 1b, or 1c rock, as classifed by Chapter 18, provided the geotechnical report required by Section 1803.6 substantiates the safety of the proposed slope, cut, or bench step, and further provided that the resulting slope, cut, or bench step, as well as any supplemental support of the rock face, is indicated on the construction documents required by Section 3304.4.1.

TABLE 3304.4.2

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES AND STEPS

3304.4.3 Fence. Every site with an excavation shall be enclosed with a fence that meets the requirements of Section 3307.7.

3304.4.4 Guardrail system. All open edges of an excavation that are 6 feet (1829 mm) or greater in depth shall be protected by a guardrail system meeting the requirements of Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.5, or by a solid enclosure at least 3 feet 6 inches (1067 mm) high. For the purpose of a guardrail system installed in accordance with this section to protect the open edge of an excavation, the term “foor” in Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.5 shall mean “ground.”

Exceptions:

1. A toeboard is not required where the sheeting, shoring, bracing, or any other support of excavation extends at least 3½ inches (89 mm) above the top of the excavation.

2. guardrail system or a solid enclosure is not required where access to the adjoining area is precluded.

3. A guardrail system or a solid enclosure is not required where side slopes are three horizontal by one vertical (33-percent slope) or fatter.

4. In lieu of a guardrail system, wells, pits, excavation shafts, or similar excavations may be protected by an adequate cover capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the weight of persons, equipment, and materials that may be imposed on the cover at any one time, or where located in roadways and vehicular aisles, at least twice the maximum

axle load of the largest vehicle expected to cross over the cover. The cover shall be secured when installed so as to prevent accidental displacement by the wind, equipment, or persons, and shall be color coded or marked with the word "HOLE" or "COVER" to provide warning of the hazard.

5. The edges of ramps shall be protected in accordance with Section 3315.

3304.4.4.1 Openings. To provide necessary openings for intermittent operations, one or more sections of the guardrail system or solid enclosure may be hinged or supported in sockets. When supported in sockets, rails shall be so constructed that they cannot be jolted out. A button or hook may be used to hold the guardrail system or solid enclosure in a fxed position. As an alternative to hinged or socketed sections, substantial chains or ropes may be used to guard such openings in such guardrail system or solid enclosure. Where so used, the chains or ropes shall meet the tautness and height requirements as the rails of a standard guardrail system.

3304.4.5 Placing of soil or foundation work equipment and excavated material. Excavated material and superimposed loads, including but not limited to equipment and trucks used for soil or foundation work, shall not be placed closer to the edge of the excavation than a distance equal to one and one-half times the depth of such excavation unless the sides of the excavation have been sloped or sheet piled (or sheeted) and shored to withstand the lateral force imposed by such superimposed loads, or the registered design professional has determined the side of the excavation can adequately support the load imposed, with such support or determination shown on construction documents required by Section 3304.4.1. In the case of open excavations with side slopes, the edge of excavation shall be taken as the top of the slope.

3304.4.6 Installation of protection. Required protection for the sides of the excavation shall be installed as the excavation advances. The placement of permanent structures or fll in areas requiring support of excavation shall not begin until the support of excavation has been completed for such areas.

3304.5 Inspections. Soil and foundation work shall be inspected in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3304.5.1 and 3304.5.2.

3304.5.1 Rainstorms. All sides or slopes of excavations or embank-

ments shall be inspected after rainstorms, or any other hazard-increasing event, and safe conditions shall be restored.

3304.5.2 Special inspections. Special inspections shall be performed in accordance with Chapter 17.

3304.6 Retaining walls. The requirements of Article 305 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, as well as Sections 1806 and 3309 of the building code shall apply as applicable.

3304.7 Access. Every excavation shall be provided with at least one safe means of ingress and egress that is kept available at all times. For a trench that has a depth of 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater, and with a width of 15 feet (4572 mm) or less, as measured between the soil, forms, or structure at the bottom of the trench, one or more stairways, ladders, ramps, or other safe means of ingress and egress shall be located in the trench so as to require no more than 25 feet (7620 mm) of lateral travel.

3304.8 Drainage. The requirements of Section 3303.14 shall apply.

3304.9 Utilities. The requirements of Section 3303.2 shall apply.

3304.10 Dewatering. The requirements of Section 3303.14 shall apply.

3304.11 Underpinning requirements. The requirements of Section 1814 and Section 3309 shall apply.

3304.12 Slurry. Where slurry is utilized to support an excavation, trench, or drilled or bored hole, slurry mix proportions and installation procedures shall be provided by a registered design professional on signed and sealed design and installation procedures. The installation procedures shall account for all imposed loads, including those from the earth, adjacent structures, and adjacent equipment. Where construction documents are required for the support of excavation by Section 3304.4.1, slurry mix proportions, slurry installation procedures, and slurry parameters necessary for stability, including but not limited to viscosity, unit weight, fuid loss, sand content, and pH, shall be indicated on such construction documents. The use of slurry to support excavations shall be subject to special inspection in accordance with Chapter 17.

SECTION BC 3305

MATERIAL PLACEMENT AND INSTALLATION

3305.1 Scope. Materials shall be placed and installed in accordance with the requirements of this section and in a manner such that the safety of the public and property will not be endangered.

3305.1.1 Handling and storing materials. Materials to be placed or installed shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to prevent damage to the material, including but not limited to:

1. Being shipped and handled in a manner to avoid permanent deformation to the material or damage to protective coatings;

2. Being protected against corrosion that results in a loss of structural integrity; and

3. Not being dropped, thrown, or dragged.

3305.1.2 Rigging. The requirements of Section 3316.9 and rules promulgated by the commissioner shall apply to the conduct of all rigging operations.

3305.2 Structural steel assembly. Structural steel assembly shall be in accordance with the requirements of AISC 360 and the requirements of Chapter 22 and Sections 3305.2.1 through 3305.2.8 of this code.

3305.2.1 Shop drawings. The requirements of Section 2205.3.1 shall apply.

3305.2.2 Field connections. The requirements of Section 2205.3.2 shall apply.

3305.2.3 Repair of damage. Any damage to protective coatings shall be repaired prior to the application of freproofng, the placement of concrete around the steel, or any other action that would otherwise conceal the steel. Any loss of section, bends, crimps or other evidence of permanent deformations shall be repaired by methods approved by the registered design professional of record or the piece shall be rejected.

3305.2.4 Open web steel joists. The placement and installation of open web steel joists shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.2.4.1 through 3305.2.4.3.

3305.2.4.1 Attached to support structure. Open web steel joists shall be attached to the support structure, at least at one end on both sides of the seat, immediately upon placement in the fnal erection position and before additional joists are placed. Exception: Open web steel joists that have been pre-assembled into panels with bridging shall be attached to the structure at each panel corner with suffcient bolted or welded connections before the hoisting cables are released.

3305.2.4.2 Connection to bays. Connections of individual open web steel joists to steel structures in bays of 40 feet (12 192 mm) or more shall be fabricated to allow for feld bolting of connections during erection.

Exception: Open web steel-joists that have been pre-assembled into panels.

3305.2.4.3 Landing and placing loads. The landing and placing of loads on open web steel joists shall be in accordance with the following requirements:

1. No load shall be placed on open web steel joists until they are permanently fastened in place or otherwise secured in accordance with methods approved by the registered design professional of record, and the special inspector responsible for the open web steel joists has signed and dated a report indicating compliance with the requirements of this item.

2. During the construction period, the contractor shall ensure that all loads placed on the steel are distributed so as not to exceed the carrying capacity of any open web steel joist.

3. Except as provided in item number 5 below, no construction loads are allowed on the steel joists until all bridging is installed and anchored and all joist-bearing ends are attached.

4. The weight of a bundle of joist bridging shall not exceed a total of 1,000 pounds (454 kg). A bundle of joist bridging shall be placed on a minimum of three steel joists that are secured at one end. The edge of the bridging bundle shall be positioned within 1 foot (305 mm) of the secured end.

5. No bundle of decking may be placed on steel joists until all bridging has been installed and anchored and all joist bearing ends attached, unless all of the following conditions are met:

5.1 The contractor has frst determined from a qualifed person and documented in a site- specifc erection plan that the struc-

ture or portion of the structure is capable of supporting the load;

5.2 The bundle of decking is placed on a minimum of three steel joists;

5.3 The joists supporting the bundle of decking are attached at both ends;

5.4 At least one row of bridging is installed and anchored;

5.5 The total weight of the bundle of decking does not exceed 4,000 pounds (1816 kg); and

5.6 Placement of the bundle of decking shall be in accordance with item number 6 below.

6. The edge of the construction load shall be placed within 1 foot (305 mm) of the bearing surface of the joist end.

3305.2.5 Reserved.

3305.2.6 Erection of trusses. Trusses shall be braced or guyed, as necessary, for the safety of the structure.

3305.2.7 Erection of frames. Structural frames shall be properly braced with shores, guyed cables, turnbuckles, or other devices, as necessary, for the safety of the structure.

3305.2.8 Permanent fooring and steel erection in tiered buildings. The permanent foors of such buildings or other structures shall be installed as soon as possible as the erection of structural steel members progresses. In no case shall there be more than eight stories, foors or equivalent levels or 120 feet (36 576 mm), whichever is less, between the working deck and the uppermost permanent foor.

Exception: Where otherwise designed, in accordance with the approved construction documents, by the registered design professional of record.

3305.3 Concrete formwork. Concrete formwork shall be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.1 through 3305.3.7.

3305.3.1 General requirements. The design, fabrication and erection of forms shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.1.1

through 3305.3.1.6.

3305.3.1.1 Safe support of loads. Formwork, including all related braces, shoring, framing, and auxiliary construction, shall be proportioned, erected, supported, braced, and maintained so that it will safely support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the permanent construction.

3305.3.1.2 Vertical and lateral loads. Vertical and lateral loads shall be carried to the ground by the formwork system, by the new construction after it has attained adequate strength for that purpose, or by existing structures. Forms and their supports shall be designed so as not to damage previously placed structures.

3305.3.1.2.1 Use of existing structures to support vertical or lateral loads. The use of existing structures to support vertical or lateral loads imposed by concrete construction operations shall require an evaluation by a registered design professional of the adequacy of the existing structure to support the loads to be imposed. The registered design professional shall prepare design drawings documenting the fndings of the evaluation, indicate the location of formwork elements, and the interface between the formwork and the existing structure. Concrete operations that utilize a stay form adjacent to a party wall, that place concrete against insulation in a seismic gap, or that utilize similar methods shall be assumed to impose a load on an existing structure, and shall always require an evaluation by a registered design professional in accordance with the requirements of this section.

3305.3.1.3 Bracing. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together so as to maintain position and shape, and shall conform to the sizes and shapes of members as shown on the design drawings.

3305.3.1.4 Ramps, runways and platforms. Ramps, runways, and platforms utilized in connection with concrete placement shall comply with Section 3315.

3305.3.1.5 Design. Concrete formwork shall be designed in accordance with Section 3305.3.2.

3305.3.1.6 Forms for prestressed and post-tensioned concrete. Forms for prestressed and post- tensioned concrete members shall be designed and constructed to permit movement of the member without damage during application of the prestressing or post-tensioning forces, or during installation of the prestressing steel.

3305.3.2 Design of concrete formwork. Design of formwork, including but not limited to forms, proprietary formwork products, shores, and shoring foundations, shall comply with ACI 318, Section 26.11, and the requirements of Sections 3305.3.2.1 through 3305.3.2.8 of this code.

3305.3.2.1 Design drawings. Site-specifc formwork design drawings prepared by a registered design professional shall be required in the following cases:

1. For concrete formwork in a structure classifed as a major building;

2. Wherever the shore or form height exceeds 14 feet (4267 mm);

3. Wherever the total vertical load on the forms exceeds 150 pounds per square foot (732 kg/m2);

4. Wherever power buggies are used;

5. Wherever multi-stage shores are used;

6. Wherever the slab thicknesses or beam heights equal or exceed 10 inches (254 mm);

7. Wherever there are concentrated loads exceeding 2000 pounds (907 kg) imposed on the formwork; or

8. Wherever there are loads imposed on existing structures in accordance with Section 3305.3.1.2.1.

Exception: Design drawings prepared by a registered design professional are not required for formwork installed in conjunction with slabs supported directly on grade or footings where such slab or footing does not impart any load on an adjacent structure.

3305.3.2.2 Vertical loads. Vertical loads shall include the total dead and live loads. Dead load shall include the weight

of the formwork plus the weight of the reinforcement and fresh concrete. Live load shall allow for the weight of the workers and equipment, with allowance for impact, but in no case shall be less than 20 pounds per square foot (98 kg/ m2).

3305.3.2.3 Lateral concrete pressure. Design of forms, ties and bracing shall satisfy the minimum lateral pressures of fresh concrete specifed in Table 3305.3.2.3. Maximum rate of placement shall be shown on the design drawings.

3305.3.2.4 External loads. Braces and shores shall be designed to resist all external loads, including, but not limited to, wind, cable tensions, inclined supports, dumping of concrete, and starting and stopping of equipment. In no case shall the assumed value of lateral load acting in any direction at each foorline be less than 100 plf applied along the edge or 2 percent of total dead load of the foor, whichever is greater. Except for foundation walls that are poured against a rigid backing, wall forms shall be designed for a minimum lateral load of 10 pounds per square foot (49 kg/m2), and bracing for wall forms shall be designed for a lateral load of at least 100 pounds per linear foot (148.8 kilograms per linear meter) of wall, applied at the top. The lateral load acting on walls greater than 14 feet (4267 mm) high shall be determined by analysis of conditions applicable to the site and building.

TABLE 3305.3.2.3

MINIMUM LATERAL PRESSURES TO BE ASSUMED FOR FRESH CONCRETE WEIGHING 150 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOTa,b,c

Columns: Ordinary work with normal internal vibration p = 150 + (9000R/T)

Walls: Rate of placement at 7 feet per hour or less p = 150 + (9000R/T)

Walls: Rate of placement at greater than 7 feet per hour p = 150 + (43400/T) + (2800R/T)

Slabs p = 150h

Maximum 3,000 psf or 150h, whichever is less

Maximum 2,000 psf or 150h, whichever is less

Maximum 2,000 psf or 150h, whichever is less

None

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot per second = 0.305 m/s, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m3, 1 pound per square foot = 4.882 kg/m2, °C = (°F- 32)/1.8. where:

R = rate of placement, feet per hour.

T = temperature of concrete in the forms, °F.

h = height of fresh concrete above point considered, feet.

a. Allowances for change in lateral pressure shall be made for concrete weighing other than 150 pcf; for concrete containing pozzolanic additions or cements other than Type I, for concrete having slumps greater than 6 inches, or for concrete consolidated by revibration or external vibration of forms.

b. Where retarding admixtures are employed under hot weather conditions, an effective value of temperature less than that of the concrete in the forms shall be used in the above formula.

c. If retarding admixtures are used in cold weather, the lateral pressure may be assumed as that exerted by a fuid weighing 150 pcf.

3305.3.2.5 Special loads. The formwork shall be designed for any special conditions of construction likely to occur, such as asymmetrical placement of concrete, impact of machine-delivered concrete, uplift and concentrated loads.

3305.3.2.6 Shoring and bracing. Shoring and bracing shall comply with Sections 3305.3.2.6.1 through 3305.3.2.6.4.

3305.3.2.6.1 Approval. When patented or commercial devices that are not susceptible to design are used for shoring, bracing, or splicing, they shall be approved by

3305.3.2.6.2 Splices. Splices shall develop the full strength of the spliced members.

3305.3.2.6.3 Bracing. Where shore height exceeds 10 feet (3048 mm), or when necessary to provide structural stability, diagonal bracing shall be provided. Struts, anchored into masonry or to panel joints of adjacent braced bays may be used to prevent buckling of individual members not supported by the diagonal bracing, but bracing an entire tier of shores with struts without diagonal bracing shall be prohibited unless the system can be demonstrated to be braced by other rigid construction.

3305.3.2.6.4 Unbraced length of shores. The unbraced length of shores shall not exceed the maximum length determined in accordance with the requirements of this code for the structural material used.

3305.3.2.7 Foundations. Foundations for shores more than 10 feet (3048 mm) high and supported on the ground shall be designed by a registered design professional.

3305.3.2.8 Settlement. Formwork shall be so constructed that vertical adjustments can be made to compensate for take-up and settlements. Wedges, jacks or other positive means shall be provided for this purpose.

3305.3.3 Formwork inspection and observation. Formwork shall be inspected and observed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.3.1 through 3305.3.3.3.

3305.3.3.1 Inspection by contractor. Formwork, including shores, reshores, braces and other supports, shall be inspected prior to placement of reinforcing steel to verify the adequacy and proper installation of the formwork, and where construction documents and form design drawings are provided, that the formwork conforms to the construction documents and form design drawings. Subsequently, during and after concreting, periodic inspections shall be performed to detect incipient problems, and the elevations, camber, and vertical alignment of formwork systems shall be inspected using tell-tale devices. Such inspections

shall be performed by a qualifed person designated by the contractor; nothing shall prohibit the concrete safety manager from performing such inspection where so designated. The results of such inspections shall be documented in an inspection report signed and dated by the qualifed person who performed the inspection. The names of the persons responsible for such inspections and the foreman in charge of the formwork shall be posted in the feld offce.

3305.3.3.2 Formwork observation. In addition to the inspections by the contractor required pursuant to Section 3305.3.3.1, visual observations of the formwork for the general conformance with the design intent shall be performed by:

1. The formwork designer;

2. An employee of the formwork designer under his or her direct supervision;

3. A registered design professional retained by the formwork designer; or

4. An employee of such retained registered design professional under the direct supervision of such retained registered design professional.

Exceptions: Formwork observation pursuant to Section 3305.3.3.2 shall not be required for:

1. Formwork that does not require design drawings pursuant to Section 3305.3.2.1; and

2. One- two- and three-family dwellings and accessory uses to such buildings.

3305.3.3.2.1 Intervals. Formwork shall be observed at intervals permitting observation of representative confgurations throughout the project duration. The formwork designer shall maintain a log of such observations at the construction site. At a minimum, observations shall be made:

1. Immediately after formwork related incidents or violations are issued; and

2. When concrete construction operations are signifcantly modifed such as changes to form materials, concrete placement cycle, or form and support layout prior to use of the change.

3305.3.3.2.2 Discrepancies from the formwork design. Where the individual performing the formwork observation pursuant to Section 3305.3.3.2 discovers a discrepancy from the formwork design, such discrepancy shall be immediately brought to the attention of the concrete contractor. The concrete contractor shall be responsible for correcting the discrepancy. In addition, the site safety manager, site safety coordinator, and concrete safety manager, as applicable, shall be notifed of discrepancies from the formwork design that relate to site safety. Follow-up observations to confrm corrective action has been taken shall be made by the formwork designer or his or her qualifed designee pursuant to Section 3305.3.3.2.

3305.3.3.2.3 Hazardous formwork conditions. Where an observed formwork condition hazardous to life, safety, or health is not immediately corrected by the responsible contractor, the formwork designer or his or her qualifed designee pursuant to Section 3305.3.3.2 shall immediately report such hazardous formwork condition and such failure to correct the hazardous formwork condition to the commissioner.

3305.3.3.3 Special inspection. The requirements of Chapter 17 shall apply.

3305.3.4 Construction. Concrete formwork, including but not limited to forms, shores, and shoring foundations, shall be constructed in conformance with the design drawings, where such drawings are required by Section 3305.3.2.1, and shall also be constructed to comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.4.1 through 3305.3.4.5.

3305.3.4.1 Field-constructed lap splices. Field-constructed lap splices, other than approved devices, shall not be used more often than for every other shore under slabs or for every third shore under beams and shall develop the full strength of the members. Such spliced shores shall be uniformly distributed throughout the work. Splices shall not be located near the midheight of the

shores unless lateral support is provided, nor midway between points of lateral support.

3305.3.4.2 Vertical shores. Vertical shores incorporated in multi-stage shores shall be set plumb and in alignment with lower tiers so that loads from upper tiers are transferred directly to the lower tiers, or adequate transfer members shall be provided. Provision shall be made to transfer the lateral loads to the ground or to completed construction of adequate strength. Vertical shores shall be so erected that they cannot tilt, and shall have frm bearing. Inclined shores and the bearing ends of all shores shall be braced against slipping or sliding. The bearing surfaces shall be cut square and have a tight ft at splices.

3305.3.4.3 Runways. Runways for moving equipment shall be provided with struts or legs as required and shall be supported directly on the formwork or structural member and not on the reinforcement.

3305.3.4.4 Unsafe conditions. Any unsafe condition or necessary adjustment revealed by inspection shall be remedied immediately. If, during construction, any weakness develops and the formwork shows any undue settlement or distortion, the work shall be stopped, the affected construction removed if permanently damaged, and the formwork strengthened.

3305.3.4.5 Formwork interconnection. Horizontal formwork deck panels and beam formwork shall be positively connected to all formwork support systems. Connections located within 16 feet (4877 mm) from the building perimeter shall be installed continuously throughout the day as the formwork is installed and shall be in place prior to the end of the shift.

3305.3.5 Removal of forms and shoring. The removal of forms and shoring shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.5.1 through 3305.3.5.6.

3305.3.5.1 Removal schedule. Before starting construction, the contractor shall develop a procedure and schedule for removal of shores and installation of reshores and for calculating the loads transferred to the structure during the process.

3305.3.5.1.1 Data and analysis. The structural analysis and concrete strength data used in planning and implementing form removal and reshoring shall be furnished by the

registered design professional responsible for the removal schedule to the commissioner when so requested.

3305.3.5.1.2 Support and removal. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure in combination with the remaining forming and shoring system has suffcient strength to support safely its weight and the loads placed thereon.

3305.3.5.1.3 Concrete strength. Suffcient strength shall be demonstrated by structural analysis of the proposed loads, the strength of the forming and shoring system, and concrete strength data. Concrete strength data shall be based on tests of feld-cured cylinders. As an alternative, the concrete strength is permitted to be estimated using the maturity method performed in accordance with ASTM C1074, provided that the strength is at least 500 psi (3447.38 kPa) higher than the specifed compressive strength necessary for formwork or shoring removal, as applicable. Other procedures for evaluating concrete strength are also permitted when approved by the commissioner.

3305.3.5.2 Construction loads. No construction loads exceeding the combination of superimposed dead load plus specifed live load shall be supported on any unshored portion of the structure under construction, unless analysis indicates adequate strength to support such additional loads.

3305.3.5.3 Prestressed members. Form supports for prestressed concrete members shall not be removed until suffcient prestressing has been applied to prestressed members to carry their dead load, anticipated construction loads, and prestress transfer forces.

3305.3.5.4 Manner of removal. Forms shall be removed in such a manner as to ensure the complete safety of the public and property.

3305.3.5.5 Shores support. Where the structure as a whole is supported on shores, beam and girder sides, columns and similar vertical forms may be removed after the concrete is suffciently hard to withstand damage from the removal. In no case shall the supporting forms or shoring be removed until the

members have acquired suffcient strength to safely support their weight and the load thereon.

3305.3.5.6 Control tests. The results of control tests, including concrete cylinder specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31, cast-in-place cores, or other device that will produce test specimens representative of the condition of the concrete in place, of suitable size and proportions, and approved by the registered design professional of record shall be evidence that the concrete has attained suffcient strength or the strength as may be specifed on the drawings.

3305.3.6 Reshoring. Reshoring shall be provided to support the construction where forms and shores are stripped before the concrete has attained suffcient strength to support the superimposed loads due to construction above. Reshoring shall comply with Sections 3305.3.6.1 through 3305.3.6.8.

3305.3.6.1 Reshores limitations. Reshores shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.6.1.1 through 3305.3.6.1.7.

3305.3.6.1.1 Secureness of reshores. Reshores of wood or metal shall be screw adjusted or jacked and locked and wedged to make them secure. Reshores shall not be jacked or screwed so tightly that they preload the foor below or remove the normal defection of the slab above.

3305.3.6.1.2 Reshores in proximity to unenclosed perimeters. Reshores within 10 feet (3048 mm) of an unenclosed perimeter of a building shall be secured to prevent them from falling off the building.

3305.3.6.1.3 Wedges. Wedges shall not be used within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the façade or at such other locations as determined by the commissioner.

3305.3.6.1.4 Stresses. In no case shall shores be so located as to alter the pattern of stresses determined in the original structural analysis or to induce tensile stresses where reinforcing bars are not provided.

3305.3.6.1.5 Angle to surface. Reshores shall be perpendicular to the surface that they are supporting.

3305.3.6.1.6 Adjusting devices. Adjusting devices shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, rewelded or having

broken weldments or other defects.

3305.3.6.1.7 Metal shoring and accessory parts. Metal shoring and accessory parts shall be fully operative when in use.

3305.3.6.2 Site safety provisions. Reshoring shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.3.6.2.1 through 3305.3.6.2.3.

3305.3.6.2.1 Emergency. Extra shores or material and equipment that might be needed in an emergency shall be furnished.

3305.3.6.2.2 Stripping. Care shall be taken while stripping is underway to ensure that material does not fall off the building.

3305.3.6.2.3 Building materials. Building materials shall be properly piled and tied or contained.

3305.3.6.3 Bracing. Lateral bracing shall be provided during reshoring operations, and reshores shall be located as close as practical to the same position on each foor to provide continuous support from foor to foor.

3305.3.6.4 Reshoring beam and girder construction. Where reshoring of beam and girder construction is required, the forms shall not be removed from more than one girder at a time, and the girder shall be reshored before any other supports are removed. After the supporting girders are reshored, the form shall be removed from one beam with its adjacent slabs and the beam shall be reshored before any other supports are removed. Slabs spanning 10 feet (3048 mm) or more shall be reshored along the centerline of the span.

3305.3.6.5 Reshoring fat slabs. Where reshoring of fat-slab construction is required, the formwork cannot be stripped until the concrete has acquired suffcient strength to safely support its weight and the load thereon, or temporary preshores are provided supporting the slab at intervals of no more than 8 feet (2438 mm) on center to be replaced by reshores prior to placing concrete on the foor above. Reshores must be installed and remain in place until the concrete reaches full or suffcient strength to sustain the superimposed loads to which the concrete will be subjected.

3305.3.6.6 Stripping operation. Debris generated as a result of stripping operations shall be immediately contained and removed at reasonable intervals. Stripping operations on concrete structures shall not be performed more than three stories below the story being formed.

3305.3.6.7 Prestressed construction. Solid safety shields shall be provided at end anchorages of prestressing beds, or where necessary, for protection against breakage of prestressing strands, cables, or other assemblies during prestressing or casting operations.

3305.3.6.8 Reshoring schedule. A signed and sealed reshoring schedule shall be provided and maintained at the construction site whenever reshoring is employed.

Exception: A separate reshoring schedule is not required when the required reshoring information is covered on the approved construction documents prepared by the applicant of record.

3305.3.7 Alternate methods. The contractor may submit alternate methods of stripping, shoring, reshoring, and strength control for approval by the registered design professional of record, subject to review by the commissioner.

3305.4 Precast concrete construction. Precast concrete members shall be adequately braced and supported during erection to ensure proper alignment and structural integrity until permanent connections are completed.

3305.4.1 Cracking or defections. Any cracking or defections inconsistent with the design drawings observed during handling shall be subject to assessment by a registered design professional prior to erection.

3305.4.2 Design of temporary shores. Temporary shores shall be designed by a registered design professional.

3305.5 Aluminum erection. In addition to the requirements of Section 2002, the erection of aluminum used for structural purposes shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3305.5.1 through 3305.5.4.

3305.5.1 Reserved.

3305.5.2 Temporary bracing. Temporary bracing shall be provided to support all loads imposed upon the framework during construction that are in excess of those for which the framework was designed.

3305.5.3 Temporary connections. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely bolted or welded to resist all dead loads, wind, and erection stresses.

3305.5.4 Alignment. The structure shall be properly aligned before riveting, permanent bolting, or welding is performed.

3305.6 Masonry erection. The requirements of Section 2104.5 shall apply.

3305.7 Wood construction. The requirements of Section 2304 shall apply.

3305.8 Cold-formed steel light-frame construction. The installation of cold-formed steel light-frame construction, the installation of decking on cold-formed steel light-frame construction, as well as the use of such framing and decking during construction or demolition operations shall be in accordance with the requirements of AISI S240 and the following sections. The design of cold-formed steel light-frame construction and decking on cold-formed steel light-frame construction shall meet the requirements of Chapter 22.

3305.8.1 Cutting, notching, and splicing. Cutting, notching, and splicing of cold-formed steel structural members shall be performed only in accordance with specifcations as indicated on drawings, including but not limited to erection drawings, approved by a registered design professional.

3305.8.2 Uniform bearing surface. A uniform bearing surface shall be provided under cold-formed steel structural members. In no case shall the gap between the bottom track and the uniform bearing surface exceed ¼ of an inch (6.4 mm). Leveling shall be subject to the approval of a registered design professional and shall be achieved through the use of either load bearing shims or grout.

3305.8.3 Corrosion protection. The following precautions shall be taken to prevent corrosion of cold- formed steel structural members:

1. Dissimilar metals shall not be used in direct contact with cold-formed steel framing members unless approved for that application by the registered design professional of record for the cold-formed steel framing system.

2. Cold-formed steel framing members shall not be embedded in concrete unless approved for that application by the registered design professional of record for the cold-formed

steel framing system.

3. Fasteners shall have a corrosion-resistant treatment, or be manufactured from material not susceptible to corrosion.

4. Welded connections shall be protected with a treatment, approved by the registered design professional of record for the cold-formed steel framing system, to retain corrosion resistance of the welded area.

3305.8.4 Screw connections. Screw fasteners in cold-formed steel structural members shall extend through the steel connection with a minimum of three exposed threads.

3305.8.4.1 Stripped screws in direct tension prohibited. Stripped screws in direct tension shall not be permitted.

3305.8.4.2 Stripped screws in shear connections. Stripped screws in shear connections shall only be permitted if the number of stripped screw fasteners does not exceed 25% of the total number of fasteners in the connection.

3305.8.5 In-line framing. Each joist, rafter, truss, and structural wall stud (above or below) shall be aligned vertically in accordance with the limits depicted in Figure B1.2.3-1 of AISI S240.

Exception: The alignment tolerance depicted in Figure B1.2.3-1 of AISI S240 shall not be required to be met when a structural load distribution member is specifed in accordance with the approved construction documents.

3305.8.6 Joists, decking, and shoring and bracing. Joists, temporary decking, permanent decking, and shoring and bracing for joists and decking shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 3305.8.6.1 through 3305.8.6.9.

3305.8.6.1 Installed as indicated on drawings. Joists, temporary decking, permanent decking, and shoring and bracing for joists and decking shall be installed as indicated on drawings, including but not limited to erection drawings, approved by a registered design professional. Such drawings shall be specific to the site and shall, at a minimum, indicate the following details:

1. Joists;

2. Permanent decking material;

3. Allowable temporary decking material;

4. Members and fasteners, including bridging, strapping, stiffeners, and placement of diaphragm;

5. Shoring and bracing, whether permanent or temporary, for joists, trusses, and decking, through

6. all phases of work, including interim sequences;

7. Allowable designated temporary loading areas, or if no designated temporary loading areas are specifed, a note that no temporary loading is allowed;

8. Types of materials and maximum loads allowed in each temporary loading area;

9. The permissible live and construction loads of the decking (temporary and permanent) and structure outside of temporary loading areas;

10. The minimum spacing of deck screws required for loading of the deck (temporary and permanent) during construction; and

11. Conditions to be satisfed before temporary shoring and bracing can be removed.

3305.8.6.2 Lateral bracing of foor joists. Floor joists shall be laterally braced. Types of bracing to maintain structural integrity include but are not limited to steel straps screwed to top and bottom fanges, bridging between joists, web reinforcement, cross bracing, diagonal strap bracing, wall anchorage or any other details as specifed on the approved drawings.

3305.8.6.3 Ceiling joists and roof trusses. Ceiling joists and roof trusses shall be installed in accordance with one of the following:

1. With full bearing over the width of the bearing wall beneath;

2. Minimum 1 1/2 inch (38 mm) bearing end condition; or

3. In accordance with design drawings approved by a registered design professional.

3305.8.6.4 Account for all loads during construction. Framing and decking, whether temporary or permanent, shall be designed to sustain all anticipated loads to be imposed by construction activity, including construction loads, concentrated loading caused by material delivery and loads generated by the movement of material and equipment.

3305.8.6.5 Bracing and shoring for temporary loading areas. Bracing and shoring shall be provided for all temporary loading areas and shall be designed to support the maximum load allowed in the temporary loading area. In no case shall the required shoring be designed for a construction load of less than 100 psf. Bracing and shoring shall ultimately bear upon permanent structure or earth capable of sustaining the loads transmitted. The design shall also specify the criteria for the removal of any temporary bracing or shoring.

3305.8.6.6 Floor joists to be braced prior to installation of decking. No decking or section of decking shall be placed on a joist until the joist has been fully installed and braced in accordance with Sections 3305.8.5 and 3305.8.6.

3305.8.6.7 Placing loads on cold-formed steel. Loads shall be placed on cold-formed steel in accordance with section 3305.8.7.

3305.8.6.8 Removal or modifcation of temporary shoring and bracing. No temporary shoring or bracing shall be removed until the cold-formed steel special inspector required by Chapter 17 has verifed the shoring or bracing is no longer required in accordance with item number 10 of Section 3305.8.6.1. Modifcations to temporary shoring or bracing shall be verifed by the special inspector. In addition to the documentation required by Chapter 17, the special inspector shall document the verifcation in accordance with the checklist required by Section 3305.8.8.

3305.8.6.9 Deviations. Deviations from the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1 that are not immediately corrected shall be brought to the attention of the registered design professional who prepared the drawings.

3305.8.7 Placing loads on cold-formed steel. The placing of loads during construction or demolition work

on cold-formed steel framing or on decking on cold-formed steel framing shall be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3305.8.7.1 through 3305.8.7.6.

3305.8.7.1 System in place. No person, material, or equipment shall be permitted on any joist, temporary decking or permanent decking, until all members, fasteners, shoring and bracing have been installed as indicated on the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1.

3305.8.7.2 Maximum loads. Loading shall not exceed that as indicated on the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1.

3305.8.7.3 Placed as indicated on plans. Construction loads shall only be placed in areas and to the extent as indicated on the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1.

3305.8.7.4 Marking the temporary loading area. Temporary loading areas shall be clearly marked on the deck by spray paint or equivalent means. The markings shall indicate the boundaries of the loading area and the maximum loads allowed in the temporary loading area as specifed in the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1.

3305.8.7.5 Verifcation by special inspector. No construction load shall be placed on a foor or portion of a foor until the temporary or permanent decking for the foor or such portion is in place and the cold-formed steel special inspector required by Chapter 17 has verifed compliance with Section 3305.8.6, including but not limited to the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1. At a minimum, this special inspection shall be performed at least once for each foor. In addition to the documentation required by Chapter 17, the special inspector shall document the verifcation in accordance with the checklist required by Section 330586.8.

3305.8.7.6 Verifcation inspection by a competent person. Immediately prior to the placement of any person, material or equipment on a section of cold-formed steel framing for the frst time, or on a section of decking on cold-formed steel framing for the frst time, a competent person designated by the construction superintendent, or where the project does not require a construction superintendent, a competent person designated by the permit holder, shall determine that the structure is ready

to receive the person, material or equipment by performing an inspection that:

1. Verifes compliance with applicable drawings, specifcations, and regulations, including but not limited to the approved construction documents, the erection drawings, the manufacturer specifcations, and the requirements of Section 3305.8;

2. Ascertains the weight of the material or equipment to be placed, and determines it does not exceed that specifed in the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1;

3. Confrms that any special inspections for the coldformed steel required by Chapter 17 and Section 3305.8 have been successfully completed; and

4. Verifes compliance with the requirements of Sections 3305.8.7.1 through 3305.8.7.4.

3305.8.7.6.1 Record of designation of competent person. The designation of the competent person required by Section 3305.8.7.6 shall be recorded in the construction superintendent’s log required by Section 3301.13.13, or where the project does not require a construction superintendent, the designation of the competent person shall be documented in the form of a notarized letter on the letterhead of the permit holder. The record letter shall state the name and contact information of the competent person, the date of designation and shall be signed and dated by the permit holder, the competent person and the person who designated the competent person.

3305.8.7.6.2 Record of inspection. The results of the inspection shall be documented in accordance with the checklist required by Section 3305.8.8.

3305.8.7.6.3 Does not diminish responsibility. The designation of a competent person does not alter or diminish any obligation imposed upon the construction superintendent or the permit holder to maintain a safe site and ensure compliance with the requirements of this code.

3305.8.8 Inspection checklist. The results of the verifcation inspections required by Sections 3305.8.6.8, 3305.8.7.5 and 3305.8.7.6 shall

be documented on a verifcation inspection checklist signed and dated by the person who performed the inspection. The verifcation inspection checklist shall be developed by the designer who prepared the drawings required by Section 3305.8.6.1.

SECTION BC 3306 DEMOLITION

3306.1 Scope. All full demolition and partial demolition operations shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of this section so that the safety of the public and property will not be endangered by demolition operations.

3306.2 Protection of pedestrians and adjoining property. Demolition operations shall not commence until the applicable pedestrian and adjoining property protection is in place as required by Sections 3307, 3308, and 3309. In addition, safety zones and measures to prevent access shall be implemented as required by Sections 3306.2.1 and 3306.2.2.

3306.2.1 Preventing access. The permit holder, or where there is no permit holder, the person causing the demolition work to be performed, shall institute and maintain measures to prevent persons other than workers from entering areas where demolition work is occurring, debris is stored, or equipment is located.

3306.2.2 Safety zone for exterior demolition. Where demolition work occurs on the exterior of a building, the permit holder, or where there is no permit holder, the person causing the demolition work to be performed, shall institute and maintain a safety zone around the site to prevent persons other than workers from entering such safety zone. Where the safety zone precludes access to the entire demolition site, it shall be considered to satisfy the requirements of Section 3306.2.1.

Exception: A safety zone is not required for the following types of work. Relief from the safety zone requirements does not grant relief from applicable pedestrian and adjoining property protection required by Sections 3307, 3308, and 3309, nor from the requirements of Section 3306.2.1.

1. Demolition work whose scope is limited to a minor alteration or ordinary repair, and is accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices.

2. Work whose scope is limited to the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade, and which does not consti-

tute a façade recladding as defned in rules promulgated by the commissioner, and is accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices.

3. Demolition work accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, provided the entire exposure where demolition work is to occur is covered by either:

3.1 A supported scaffold with netting and guardrails in accordance with Section 3314.8; or

3.2 A site specifc engineered enclosure system in accordance with Section 3309.17.

3306.2.2.1 Approval of the commissioner. Where a safety zone is required by Section 3306.2.2, it shall be approved by the commissioner.

3306.2.2.2 Size of safety zone for mechanical demolition. Where mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, is to be used for the full or partial demolition of a building, the safety zone shall be equal to or greater than half the height of the building to be demolished; such safety zone may be reduced by the same ratio as the building is being demolished.

3306.3 Notifcation. The permit holder shall notify the department and adjoining property owners prior to the commencement of full and partial demolition operations in accordance with Sections 3306.3.1 and 3306.3.2.

Exceptions:

1. Notifcation to the department or adjoining property owners is not required for partial demolition operations limited to the interior components of a building provided no mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, are used.

2. Notifcation to the department or adjoining property owners is not required for partial demolition that occurs on the exterior of a building, provided such work is a minor alteration or ordinary repair, and is accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices.

3306.3.1 Notifcation of the department. The permit holder shall notify the department via phone or electronically at least 24 hours, but no more than 48 hours prior to the commencement of such work. If the notifcation date falls on a weekend or offcial holiday, the permit holder shall notify the department on the last business day before the commencement date.

3306.3.2 Notifcation of adjoining property owners. Adjoining property owners shall be notifed of upcoming demolition operations in writing not less than 10 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the demolition. The written notice shall provide a description of the work to be performed, the timeframe and schedule, and contact information of the person causing the demolition work and of the department. Demolition or removal work that is to be done with the use of explosives shall also be subject to the notifcation requirements set forth in the New York City Fire Code

3306.4 Mechanical demolition equipment. Where mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, is to be used in the full or partial demolition of a building or structure, or is to be used within a structure to remove debris or move material, approval of the commissioner for the use of the mechanical demolition equipment must be obtained prior to the commencement of demolition operations.

Exception: Approval of the commissioner is not required where the structure has been demolished to grade and mechanical equipment, located on the ground or a slab on grade, is utilized to remove the slab or foundation of the structure or to remove debris or move material.

3306.5 Submittal documents for demolition. Full and partial demolition operations shall be conducted in accordance with submittal documents. Such submittal documents shall comply with Sections 3306.5.1 through 3306.5.7.

Exceptions: Section 3306.5 shall not apply to:

1. Demolitions performed as emergency work pursuant to Section 28-215.1 of the Administrative Code when such work is monitored by a qualifed person with experience in demolition operations who is employed by the city agency that has been directed to perform or arrange for the performance of such work. If the department or such city agency determines that there is a need for supervision of the work by a registered design professional, such city agency shall retain a registered design professional or cause a registered

design professional to be retained to supervise the demolition operations.

2. The full demolition of a detached one-, two-, or three-family dwelling, or both halves of a semi- detached one-, two-, or three-family dwelling, or a detached accessory structure to a one-, two-, or three-family dwelling, provided such dwelling or accessory structure is three stories or fewer in height, and also provided that the demolition is to be accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices.

3. The full demolition of a fully detached building that is three stories or fewer and with a foor area of 5,000 square feet (464.5 m2) or less per story, provided such demolition is to be accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices.

4. The removal, with mechanical demolition equipment, of the remaining slab or foundation of a structure described in exemption 2 or 3 above once the structure has been demolished to grade, or the removal of landscaping elements, on grade parking or driveways, or pools that are accessory to a structure described in exemption 2 or 3 above, provided during all such removal work the mechanical demolition equipment is located on the ground or a slab on grade.

5. Partial demolition operations accomplished without any mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, provided such work is a minor alteration or ordinary repair.

6. Demolition operations that do not require a permit.

3306.5.1 Required documents. Submittal documents shall be approved by the department before demolition work begins. Such submittal documents shall be signed, sealed, and submitted by a registered design professional and shall contain, at a minimum, the following:

1. Basic structure of the building, or portion thereof, to be demolished, including general sizes and types of main structural members and an identifcation of the general structural lateral system;

2. A statement that the condition of the existing structure

to be demolished has been assessed and a determination regarding whether it is a weakened structure in accordance with Section 3306.7;

3. Plans, sections, and details of the building, or portion thereof, to be demolished clearly showing the extent and sequence of the demolition, including, but not limited to:

3.1

Work involving a full demolition, a demolition performed in conjunction with work that meets the requirements of Article 101.4.5 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, a demolition that results in the demolition of more than 50 percent of the gross foor area of the building during the course of work over any 12-month period, or a demolition that results in the removal of one or more foors during the course of work over any 12-month period, a clear and detailed demolition sequence provided in narrative and illustrated in the plans shall also be provided. All phases shall be designated by a number or letter to clearly depict the required sequence of the work. Structural stability must be demonstrated through all phases of demolition. A “preparation phase” must be included indicating but not limited to the following: glass removal, sealing of windows, removal of equipment/fxtures, and cutting of services. A note must indicate that any required permits for termination of services will be obtained, including necessary Fire Department and Department of Buildings variances.

3.2

Work involving a full demolition, or for a partial demolition that razes a portion of a building to grade, plan and section views detailing the end-of-demolition conditions, including any remaining foundation elements and means of stabilizing those elements and the adjoining property via complete backfll, berms, shoring/bracing, or a similar approved method, shall be provided.

3.3

Work involving a demolition that involves the removal of foundation elements, a detailed section showing the elevation of the footings of the building

being demolished as it relates to the footings of all adjoining property shall be provided.

3.4 Work involving a demolition that involves an excavation component or the removal of foundation elements, a sequence showing coordination between the demolition work and the installation of sheeting, shoring, bracing, underpinning, berming, backfll, or other methods of supporting excavations and/or adjoining property shall be provided.

4. Bracing, shoring¸ and other stabilization measures necessary to support all demolition operations, and adjoining ground, or structures, as needed, through all sequences of the demolition. If shoring, bracing, or other stabilization measures must be taken prior to demolition, a clear and detailed sequence of this work, along with clear identifcation that this work is required to be performed prior to the start of any demolition activity shall be included;

5. Where interior walls are to be demolished, a statement shall be provided indicating that the removal of the interior walls has been coordinated with the load capacity of the exterior walls and foors;

6. Partitions required for the stability of the structure or required for egress shall be clearly indicated on the plans, and the sequence of operations shall indicate when the partitions can be safely removed;

7. Where mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, is to be used, a listing and description of all such proposed equipment to be used in the demolition, including the scope of equipment work and positioning of equipment on the existing structure. The description of the equipment shall include the gross weight of the equipment and calculations showing the adequacy of the existing structure to support loads imposed by such equipment. Any conditions imposed on the use or position of the equipment must be noted. If more than one piece of demolition equipment is proposed to be used at the same time, the effect of the simultaneous loads imposed on the existing structure shall be described and investigated. The plans may allow for alternate types of equipment within the same weight

range and type. Such alternatives must be listed on the plans. A list of cranes to be utilized, if applicable, must also be provided, including their location along with a note that any department-required permit for the crane shall be obtained;

8. A description of compliance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3306.8 and 3306.9 of this code;

9. A statement regarding whether the building where demolition operations are to occur shares a party wall or party foundation with an adjoining structure;

10. For demolition work that occurs on the exterior of a building, or for demolition operations that will disturb elements shared between buildings, including but not limited to party walls or party foundations, the adjoining properties shall be indicated, with property lines, addresses, block and lot numbers, stories and heights of all buildings, and horizontal offset dimensions of all adjacent structures from the property lines of structure being demolished and from the structure clearly shown. Any encroachments on adjoining property, including but not limited to fencing, barriers, or safety zones, along with a note stating that permission shall be obtained from the adjoining property owner, shall also be clearly indicated;

11. Pedestrian protection, unenclosed perimeter protection, or adjoining property protection installed in accordance with Sections 3307, 3308, or 3309, including but not limited to, as applicable:

11.1 Fencing/gates, including type, location, and dimensions, as well as the location of the project information sign on the fence;

11.2 Sidewalk sheds, including locations and dimensions;

11.3 Supported scaffolding and netting, including heights above the building being demolished, details of anchorage to building, and netting type; and

11.4 Adjoining roof, mechanical equipment, and yard protection, including types, locations, and dimensions.

12. The boundaries of the demolition work zone and demolition safety zone, as required by Section 3306.2, and the method of defning those zones and preventing access (e.g. fencing, barriers, etc.);

13. All means and methods of debris removal from the point of demolition to the public roadway (carting), including openings in foors, chutes, etc, as well as the location of any debris sorting operation and barriers to separate the operation from other demolition activity;

14. Means of egress for all phases of the demolition;

15. The elevator or hoist in readiness, if required;

16. Measures to protect, stabilize, and brace, as necessary, fre escapes, cornices, fues, and chimneys;

17. Where fre separation elements are to be breached or diminished during demolition operations in an occupied building, or between adjoining occupied or unoccupied buildings, temporary measures to maintain fre separation;

18. The methods of remediating adjoining lot line walls, including weatherproofng, repair, foor-to-wall anchorage, etc.;

19. A listing of required special inspections;

20. Application numbers for associated flings (e.g. fencing, pedestrian protection, adjoining property protection, scaffolding, netting, underpinning, support of excavation, etc.); and

21. Reference to the monitoring plan, when a monitoring plan is required by Section 3306.12.

3306.5.1.1 Submittal documents for full or partial demolition using mechanical equipment other than handheld. Submittal documents for full or partial demolition using mechanical equipment other than handheld shall be signed, sealed and submitted by a registered design professional.

3306.5.2 Maintenance of submittal documents. The approved set of submittal documents shall be kept at the site at all times and be accessible for inspection in accordance with Section 3301.7. It shall be a violation of this code to use mechanical equipment, whether handheld or other than handheld, to perform full or partial demolitions unless the approved submittal documents required by Section 3306.5.1 are

available for inspection. Failure to make submittal documents available on site may result in the issuance of a stop work order.

3306.5.3 Filing requirements. Where submittal documents are required in connection with full or partial demolition in accordance with Section 3306.5, applications shall be fled by the registered design professional in accordance with Article 104 of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code and shall be approved prior to issuance of the work permit.

3306.5.4 Assessment of structure to be demolished. Submittal documents required by Section 3306.5 shall be based upon an assessment of the structure where demolition operations are to occur. The assessment shall be performed by a registered design professional. The assessment shall, at a minimum, consist of an interior and exterior physical inspection of the structure where demolition operations are to occur, in which all areas to be demolished are accessed during the inspection. The results of the assessment shall be documented in an assessment report prepared by the person who performed the assessment. If the assessment was performed by a registered design professional other than the registered design professional who prepares the submittal documents, the report shall be provided to the registered design professional who prepares the submittal documents.

3306.5.5 Assessment of adjoining structures. Where a bearing masonry or wood framed building shares a party wall or party foundation with a building that is to undergo a full demolition, a demolition performed in conjunction with work that meets the requirements of Section 101.4.5 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, a demolition that results in the demolition of more than 50 percent of the gross foor area of the building during the course of work over any 12-month period, or a demolition that results in the removal of one or more foors during the course of work over any 12-month period, the submittal documents required by Section 3306.5 shall be based upon an assessment of such bearing masonry or wood framed building. The assessment shall be performed by a registered design professional. The assessment shall, at a minimum, consist of an interior and exterior visual inspection of the structure where demolition operations are to occur. The results of the assessment shall be documented in an assessment report prepared by the person who performed the assessment. If the assessment was performed by a registered design professional other than the registered design professional who prepares the submittal documents, the report shall be

provided to the registered design professional who prepares the submittal documents.

3306.5.6 Review of pertinent plans and records. Submittal documents required by Section 3306.5 shall be based upon a review of all pertinent plans and records of the structure where demolition operations are to occur. In addition, where a building is to undergo a full demolition, a demolition performed in conjunction with work that meets the requirements of Section 101.4.5 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, a demolition that results in the demolition of more than 50 percent of the gross foor area of the building during the course of work over any 12-month period, or a demolition that results in the removal of one or more foors during the course of work over any 12-month period, the submittal documents shall further be based upon a review of all pertinent plans and records of all adjoining structures. The review shall be performed by the registered design professional who prepares the submittal documents.

3306.5.7 Incorporate all other relevant reports. The demolition submittal documents must incorporate all the conditions and fndings identifed in the geotechnical report when such report is required by Section 1803.6, the evaluation analysis when such analysis is required by Section 1817, the assessment reports required by Section 3306.5.4 and 3306.5.5, and the preconstruction survey when such survey is required by Section 3309.4.3.

3306.6 Special inspection. Demolition shall be subject to special inspection in accordance with Chapter 17.

3306.7 Demolition of weakened structures. Where a structure to be demolished has been partially wrecked or weakened by fre, food, explosion, age, or other causes, it shall be shored or braced to the extent necessary to permit orderly full demolition or partial demolition without collapse. The necessary measures to ensure a safe demolition shall be determined by the owner’s registered design professional and shall be approved by the commissioner.

Exception: Shoring or bracing are not required for the full demolition of a building, subject to the approval of the commissioner, provided:

1. The demolition is conducted with mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices; and

2. No demolition operation occurs, or equipment is located, within the structure of the building.

3306.8 Demolition sequence. Any structural member that is being dismembered shall not support any load other than its own weight. No wall, chimney, or other structural part shall be left in such condition that it may collapse or be toppled by wind, vibration or any other cause. The method of removal of any structural member shall not destabilize remaining members. All handling and movement of material or debris shall be controlled such that it will not develop unaccounted impact loads on the structure.

3306.8.1 Structural steel, reinforced concrete, and heavy timber buildings. Structural steel, reinforced concrete, and heavy timber buildings, or portions thereof, shall be demolished column length-by-column length and tier-by-tier. Structural members shall be chained or lashed in place to prevent any uncontrolled swing or drop.

Exception: Where the design applicant who prepared the submittal documents required by Section 3306.5 has demonstrated the adequacy of alternate means of demolition through plans, calculations, or the establishment of safety zones, as appropriate, the commissioner may accept such alternative means of demolition.

3306.8.2 Masonry buildings with wooden foors. Demolition of masonry buildings with wooden foors shall comply with the following requirements:

1. Demolition of walls and partitions shall proceed in a systematic manner, and all work above each tier of foor beams shall be completed before any of the supporting structural members are disturbed.

2. Sections of masonry walls shall not be loosened or permitted to fall in such masses as to affect the carrying capacity of foors or the stability of structural supports.

3. No section of masonry wall with a height to thickness ratio greater than 22 shall be permitted to stand without the wall being braced. Such bracing shall be designed by a registered design professional.

3306.9 Safeguards. Demolition shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3306.9.1 through 3306.9.16.

3306.9.1 Utilities and service lines. The requirements of Section 3303.2 shall apply.

3306.9.2 Party wall exits, fre exits. The requirements of Section

3303.9 shall apply.

3306.9.3 Dust. Dust producing operations shall be wetted down to the extent necessary to control the dust.

3306.9.4 Water accumulation. The requirements of Section 3303.14 shall apply.

3306.9.5 Temporary elevators and standpipe systems. The requirements of Sections 3303.8 and 3303.12 shall apply.

3306.9.6 Sprinkler systems. The requirements of Section 3303.7.4 shall apply.

3306.9.7 Use of explosives. The use of explosives in demolition operations shall conform to the requirements and limitations imposed by the New York City Fire Code and Section 3312.

3306.9.8 Hazards to be removed. Prior to the commencement of demolition operations, hazards shall be removed in accordance with Sections 3306.9.8.1 through 3306.9.8.4.

3306.9.8.1 Combustible content. Prior to the commencement of demolition operations, the area authorized to be demolished by the work permit shall be thoroughly cleaned of combustible content and debris, including but not limited to building contents and exterior fnishes, down to the structural elements.

3306.9.8.2 Asbestos. Prior to the commencement of demolition operations, all asbestos shall be removed from the area authorized to be demolished by the department work permit, and certifcation to that effect shall be fled with the department and the Department of Environmental Protection. Such asbestos removal shall be in accordance with Section 28-106 of the Administrative Code and rules promulgated by the commissioner of the Department of Environmental Protection.

3306.9.8.3 Glass. Prior to the commencement of demolition operations, all glass located in the area authorized to be demolished by the work permit, including but not limited to glass in windows, doors, skylights, and fxtures, shall be removed.

Exception: Demolition operations relating to the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade.

3306.9.8.4 Steam and fuel. Prior to the commencement of demolition operations, all pipes, tanks, boilers, or similar devic-

es containing steam or fuel and located in the area authorized to be demolished by the work permit shall be purged of such steam or fuel.

Exception: Pipes, tanks, boilers, or similar devices containing steam or fuel located in the area authorized to be demolished by the work permit and which will not be disturbed during the course of the demolition operation may, in lieu of being purged, be safeguarded so as to prevent their being damaged during the course of demolition operations.

3306.9.9 Stairs. All enclosed vertical shafts and stairs shall be maintained enclosed at all foors except the topmost foor being demolished, and all work on the topmost foor shall be completed before stair and shaft enclosures on the foor below are disturbed. All hand rails and banisters shall be left in place until actual demolition of such foor is in progress.

3306.9.10 Floors. The safeguards of Sections 3306.9.10.1 through 3306.9.10.3 shall apply to demolition operations involving foors.

3306.9.10.1 Bearing partitions and headers. No bearing partition shall be removed from any foor until the foor framing system on the foor above has been removed and lowered. All header beams and headers at stair openings and chimneys shall be carefully examined and, where required, shall be shored from the cellar foor through successive foors. All operations shall be continually monitored by a qualifed person designated by the permit holder as the work progresses to detect any hazards that may develop.

3306.9.10.2 Floor openings not to aggregate more than 25 percent of the gross foor area. Openings in any foor shall not aggregate more than 25 percent of the area of that foor unless it can be shown by submission from a registered design professional to the satisfaction of the commissioner that larger openings will not impair the stability of the structure.

3306.9.10.3 Covering of foor openings. Floor openings used for the removal of debris shall comply with Section 3306.9.12.1. Every opening not used for the removal of debris in any foor shall be clearly marked and solidly planked over by planking not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness, or equivalent solid material, laid close.

3306.9.11 Storage of material. Material shall not be stored on catch platforms, working platforms, foors, or stairways of any structure, except that any one foor of a building to be demolished may be used for the temporary storage of material when such foor can be evaluated by a registered design professional and proven to be of adequate strength to support one and one-half times the load to be superimposed. Such evaluation by the registered design professional shall be maintained by the permit holder and made available to the department upon request.

3306.9.11.1 Avoid interference. Storage spaces shall not interfere with access to any stairway or passageway, and suitable barricades shall be provided so as to prevent material from sliding or rebounding into any space accessible to the public. All material shall be safely stored or piled in such storage locations in a manner that will not overload any part of the structure or create any hazard.

3306.9.11.2 Examination of connections. Before any material is stored on any foor, the existing fooring adjacent to bearing walls, shear walls, beams and columns shall be removed and the connections of the foor framing system to the bearing walls, shear walls, beams and columns shall be carefully examined by a competent person designated by the permit holder to ascertain their condition and adequacy to support such material. If the connections are found to be in poor condition or inadequate to support the stored material, no material shall be deposited on the foor until these connections are shored from the cellar foor through each successive foor or otherwise strengthened to safely support such material.

3306.9.11.3 Removal of foor slabs for storage. In buildings of noncombustible construction, foor slabs to an elevation of not more than 25 feet (7620 mm) above the legally established curb level may be removed to provide temporary storage for debris, provided that:

1. The stored debris is piled with suffcient uniformity to prevent lateral displacement of interior walls or columns as determined by a registered design professional.

2. The height of the piled material will not burst the exterior walls due to horizontal loading as determined by a registered design professional.

3. The operation does not otherwise endanger the stability of the structure.

3306.9.11.4 Cellar or basement storage. Debris stored in the cellar or basement shall not be piled above the level of the adjacent exterior grade unless the demolition contractor provides sheet-piling, shoring, bracing, or such other means necessary to insure the stability of the walls and to prevent any wall from collapsing due to horizontal loading created by the debris as determined by a registered design professional. Where debris is stored against a party wall, the requirements of Section 3306.9.11.5 shall also apply.

3306.9.11.5 Examination of party walls. Party walls shall be carefully examined by a competent person designated by the permit holder to ascertain the condition and adequacy of the party wall prior to the placement of any material that will impose a load upon such party wall. If the party wall is to be found to be in poor condition or inadequate to support the stored material, no material shall be deposited on the foor until the party wall is shored or otherwise strengthened as determined by a registered design professional to safely support such material.

3306.9.12 Removal of material. Debris, bricks, and similar material shall be removed through openings in the foors of the structure, or by means of chutes, buckets, or hoists that comply with the provisions of this chapter.

3306.9.12.1 Floor openings used for the removal of debris. Every opening in a foor used for the removal of debris shall be tightly enclosed with a shaftway, extending from foor to foor, with such shaftway enclosed with:

1. Planking not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness, or equivalent solid material; or

2. Where the opening is used for the removal of noncombustible material, wire mesh may be utilized in lieu of planking, provided such mesh is not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, with openings in the wire no longer than ½ inch (13 mm), and also provided that the wire mesh is securely attached, in accordance with drawings developed by a registered design professional, to the shaftway so that the wire mesh enclosure in any

location does not defect more than 2 inches (51 mm) when a force of at least 200 pounds (890 n) is applied along any horizontal portion of such wire mesh enclosure.

Exceptions:

1. In buildings not more than six stories or 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height, whichever is less, a shaftway is not required. Instead openings in the foor shall be clearly marked and solidly planked over while not in use by planking not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness, or equivalent solid material, and laid close.

2. A shaftway is not required at the working deck. Instead, openings in the working deck shall be clearly marked and solidly planked over while not in use by planking not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness, or equivalent solid material, laid close.

3306.9.12.1.1 Temporary removal of protection. Wherever a shaftway or planking required by Section 3306.9.12.1 has been temporarily removed to permit debris removal, the foor opening shall be protected by a guardrail system that meets the requirements of Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.5. Such protection required by Section 3306.9.12.1 shall be promptly replaced in position upon the ceasing of such work at the end of each workday.

3306.9.12.2 Protection of wall openings. In any buildings more than 25 feet high (7620 mm), any window or other exterior wall opening that is within 20 feet (6096 mm) of a foor opening used for the passage of debris from levels above shall be solidly boarded up or otherwise substantially covered, unless such window or opening is so located as to preclude the possibility of any person being injured by material that may fall from such window or opening.

3306.9.12.3 Chutes. Chutes used in association with the removal of materials shall comply with Section 3303.5.5.

3306.9.13 Rodent extermination. A licensed exterminator shall effectively treat the premises for rodent extermination as per the requirements of the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene.

Exception: Partial demolition operations.

3306.9.14 Chimneys. Where brick or masonry chimneys cannot be safely toppled or dropped, all materials shall be dropped down on the inside of such chimneys.

3306.9.15 Partitions. Partitions required for the stability of the structure or required for egress, as identifed in the submittal documents required by Section 3306.5, shall be clearly marked prior to the commencement of demolition operations. Such partitions shall not be removed until a competent person designated by the permit holder has determined the demolition sequence, as identifed in the submittal documents, has reached the point the partitions can be safely removed, and authorizes their removal.

3306.9.16 Temporary weather protection. Temporary weather protection shall be installed and maintained by the demolition contractor, as necessary, to protect building systems or elements that may be susceptible to exposure to the weather during periods where the permanent weather protection has been breached, diminished, or is not yet in place. Such building systems or elements include, but are not limited to, walls, party walls, roofs, areas of missing brick, loose lain brick, and exposed electrical conduit.

3306.10 Removal of foundations and slabs. Where a building, or any portion, has been demolished to grade, the foor slab or foundation of such building, or portion, shall be removed and the site backflled to grade.

Exceptions:

1. Cellar foors may remain provided the cellar foor slab is broken up to the extent necessary to provide ground drainage and prevent accumulation of water, and also provided that all fxtures or equipment that would cause voids in the fll are removed.

2. Where portions of a foundation, underpinning, or similar elements, other than a cellar foor, are to remain and be covered with backfll, a waiver approved by the commissioner shall be obtained. Drawings prepared by a registered design professional depicting the remaining buried structure shall be submitted with the waiver request.

3. Where a foor slab or foundation is to remain and not be backflled, a waiver approved by the commissioner shall be

obtained. Such request for waiver shall be accompanied by a statement and drawings prepared by a registered design professional demonstrating the necessity for retaining the existing foor slab or foundation for future construction or site remediation, as well as demonstrating positive cellar drainage to an approved place of disposal.

3306.10.1 Evaluation of fll on adjoining foundations. Where the installation of fll will impart a load on an adjoining foundation, a registered design professional shall evaluate the foundation prior to the placement of the fll. If necessary, sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall be provided as indicated by the registered design professional.

3306.11 Completion of demolition operations. All work required for structural stability and permanent waterproofng of adjacent buildings must be completed prior to demolition sign-off.

3306.12 Monitoring of adjoining structures during demolition. Where a bearing masonry or wood framed building shares a party wall or party foundation with a building that is to undergo a full demolition, a demolition performed in conjunction with work that meets the requirements of Section 101.4.5 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, a demolition that results in the demolition of more than 50 percent of the gross foor area of the building during the course of work over any 12-month period, or a demolition that results in the removal of one or more foors during the course of work over any 12-month period, such bearing masonry or wood framed building shall be monitored during the demolition operation. The monitoring shall be in accordance with a monitoring plan prepared or accepted by the registered design professional who prepared the submittal documents in accordance with Section 3306.5. The monitoring plan shall be acceptable to the commissioner and shall include but not be limited to, the monitoring frequency, reporting requirements for the monitoring program, anticipated movement and settlement thresholds, and procedures to be implemented when thresholds are exceeded.

3306.13 Additional monitoring required by the commissioner. When, in the opinion of the commissioner, a demolition operation poses a potential hazard to an adjacent building, elevations of the building under demolition or the adjacent building, or both, shall be recorded or other monitoring procedures shall be implemented by a registered design professional at intervals of 24 hours or less as determined by the commissioner to ascertain if movement has occurred.

SECTION BC 3307 PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS

3307.1 Scope. Pedestrians shall be protected during construction or demolition activities as required by this section and by the Department of Transportation.

3307.2 Streets, including bicycle lanes and sidewalks, as well as walkways and pathways. Streets, including bicycle lanes and sidewalks, as well as walkways and pathways, either within the public way or within a site, shall meet the requirements of Sections 3307.2.1 through 3307.2.6, and the requirements of the Department of Transportation.

3307.2.1 Obstruction of streets, including bicycle lanes and sidewalks. The requirements of the Department of Transportation shall apply with regard to the closing of streets, including bicycle lanes and sidewalks, or to the obstruction of any part thereof.

3307.2.2 Temporary public walkway in the street. Where authorized by the Department of Transportation, a temporary walkway open to the public may be provided in the street in front of the site. Such temporary walkway shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the Department of Transportation. Department of Transportation authorization is required where a temporary walkway and a temporary or permanent bicycle lane will share the same space.

3307.2.3 Temporary public walkway within the site. Where authorized by the commissioner, a temporary walkway open to the public may be provided through a site that is otherwise fenced and closed to the public. Such temporary walkway shall be:

1. Protected by a sidewalk shed, or where acceptable to the commissioner, provided with overhead protection and lighting equivalent to that afforded by a sidewalk shed;

2. Enclosed along the side facing the site with a solid fence that meets the requirements of Section 3307.7. Where the sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead protection extends beyond 8 feet (2438 mm) in height, the fence shall extend to the top of the overhead protection, or the gap between the top of the fence and the overhead protection shall be enclosed with a wire screen comprised of not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, or equivalent synthetic netting that is fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701, with openings in the wire or synthetic mesh no larger than ½ inch (13

mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension; and

3. Enclosed along the side facing the street in accordance with Section 3307.4.7.

3307.2.4 Pathways. Where a means of ingress/egress to a building or structure remains open to the public during the course of construction or demolition, an adequate pathway shall be provided between such means of ingress/egress and the sidewalk, or in lieu of the sidewalk, the temporary public walkway provided in accordance with Section 3307.2.2.

3307.2.5 Foot bridges. Where foot bridges are utilized as part of a sidewalk, walkway, or pathway, they shall be provided with guardrails for the entire length, and shall have cleats to prevent slipping. Where planks are used to pave the walkway of the foot bridge, the planks shall be laid close and securely fastened to prevent displacement. Planks shall be of uniform thickness, and all exposed ends of ramps shall be provided with beveled fllers to eliminate tripping hazards.

3307.2.6 Requirements for sidewalks, temporary walkways, foot bridges, and pathways. Sidewalks, walkways, foot bridges, and pathways that remain open to the public shall be accessible and shall be provided with:

1. A continuous clear path, free of obstruction, at least 5 feet (1524 mm) in width;

2. A durable walking surface capable of supporting all imposed loads and in no case shall the design live loads be less than 150 pounds per square foot (732.4 kg/m2);

3. Mirrors at locations where a pedestrian’s or bicyclist’s view is obstructed, including but not limited to blind corners, blind turns, and points where fencing or similar barriers project into a sidewalk, temporary walkway, foot bridge, or pathway;

4. For a temporary walkway or foot bridge where there is a change in elevation along the walkway or foot bridge, a ramp with a running slope not steeper than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope) with a level landing at least 5 feet long at the top and bottom of each run, and if there is a total rise greater than 6 inches (152 mm), hand-

rails; and

5. For a temporary walkway or foot bridge where the running slope of such walkway or foot bridge is steeper than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope) and there is a total rise greater than 6 inches (152 mm), handrails.

Exception: Where it is not possible to provide the continuous clear path to the extent required by Item 1 above, the sidewalk, temporary walkway, or pathway shall be kept open to the extent required by the Department of Transportation, and shall also comply with applicable provisions of ICC A117.1, the ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and/or the ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way, as applicable.

3307.3 Sidewalk sheds and fences. Sidewalk sheds shall be provided as required by Section 3307.6. Fences shall be provided as required by Section 3307.7.

3307.4 Warning signs, personnel, and barriers. Warning signs, personnel, or barriers shall be provided to protect the public from hazards generated by construction or demolition activity in or adjacent to a public way as set forth in Sections 3307.4.1 through 3307.4.7.

3307.4.1 Obstructions and openings. Obstructions or openings located in a public way shall be marked and guarded by barriers, fags, or signs in accordance with the requirements of the Department of Transportation.

3307.4.2 Dangerous areas. In areas where special danger to the public exists, including but not limited to vehicle entrances and exits, hoisting areas, points of storage of explosives or highly fammable material, blasting areas, or discharge ends of chutes, descriptive warning signs shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the Department of Transportation.

3307.4.3 Vehicular traffc. Whenever any work is being performed over, on, or in close proximity to a highway, street, or similar public way, control and protection of traffc shall be provided by barriers, signals, signs, fagperson, or other devices, equipment, and personnel in accordance with the requirements of the Department of Transportation.

3307.4.4 Areas open to persons other than workers. A fagperson shall be provided whenever intermittent operations are conducted on, or adjacent to, areas open to use by persons other than workers, or when dangerous operations, such as blasting, may affect such areas. Where required by the Department of Transportation, designated personnel shall also be provided in addition to fag persons.

3307.4.5 Additional signs. In addition to the requirements of this section, information panels and signs shall also be provided as required by Section 3301.9.

3307.4.6 Prohibited signs. See Section 3301.9.

3307.4.7 Work or storage zones. Where work or storage related to the construction or demolition of a building or structure is occurring adjacent to a sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead protection, and such work or storage area is not contained within the enclosed and fenced area of the site as specifed in Section 3307.7, fencing, barriers, or netting complying with items 1, 2, or 3 of this section shall be provided to separate the sidewalk, walkway, foot bridge, or pathway from the work or storage area.

1. In an area where a material hoist, personnel hoist, hoistway, chute, or hoisting zone is located, a solid opaque fence or barrier shall be provided. Such fence or barrier shall be securely attached to the sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead structure, and shall extend from the level of the ground to the deck of the sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead protection.

2. In an area where a special hazard exists, including but not limited to areas of high pile storage or areas where operations that produce sparks or debris are occurring, such as cutting or grinding, a fence or barrier shall be provided. Such fence or barrier shall be securely attached to the sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead structure, and shall extend from the level of the ground to the deck of the sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead protection. Portions of the fence or barrier at a height of 4 feet (1219 mm) or less shall be comprised of solid opaque material. Portions of the fence or barrier above a height of 4 feet (1219 mm) shall be comprised of material suffcient to protect the public from the special hazard and shall be transparent so as to allow a clear view into and from the area protected by the sidewalk shed

or equivalent overhead protection, for example, chain link fencing, neatly framed panels consisting of nonfrangible acrylic paneling, or wire screen comprised of not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, or equivalent synthetic netting that is fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701, with openings in the wire or synthetic mesh no larger than ½ inch (13 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension.

3. In all other instances, one of the following shall be provided:

3.1 A chain link fence that is at least 8 feet (2438 mm) high;

3.2 A solid barrier that is at least 32 inches (813 mm) high, topped by a chain link fence extending to a height of at least 8 feet (2438 mm) above the level of the ground; or

3.3 A wire screen comprised of not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, or equivalent synthetic netting that is fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701, with openings in the wire or synthetic mesh no larger than ½ inch (13 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension. Such wire screen or synthetic netting shall extend from the ground to a height of at least 8 feet (2438 mm) above the level of the ground and shall be securely attached to the sidewalk shed or equivalent overhead protection. A solid barrier that is at least 32 inches (813 mm) high may be installed in lieu of bringing the netting fully to the ground, provided the bottom of the netting is also securely attached to the solid barrier.

3307.5 Watchperson and fagperson. Watchpersons shall be provided as required by Section 3303.3. Flagpersons shall be provided as required by Section 3307.4.

3307.6 Sidewalk sheds. Sidewalk sheds shall be provided as required by this section to protect pedestrians from construction or demolition operations.

3307.6.1 Permit. No sidewalk shed shall be installed without a permit in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Admin-

istrative Code.

3307.6.2 Where required. A sidewalk shed shall be installed and maintained to protect all sidewalks, walkways, and pathways within the property line of a site, and all public sidewalks that abut the property, as follows:

1. When such sidewalk, walkway, or pathway is to be located immediately below a scaffold, mast climber, or chute. The sidewalk shed shall be installed prior to the installation of such equipment and shall not be removed until such equipment has been dismantled and/or removed from the area being protected;

2. When a structure higher than 40 feet (12 192 mm) or greater is to be constructed, and the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway is within a perpendicular distance from the new structure that is equal to or less than half the height of the new structure. The sidewalk shed shall be installed when the structure reaches the planned height of the shed. Such shed shall not be removed until the structure is enclosed, all exterior work has been completed and the sash is glazed above the second story, the façade has been cleaned down, and all exterior chutes, scaffolds, mast climbers, and hoisting equipment have been dismantled and removed from the site;

3. When a portion of a façade over 40 feet (12 192 mm) above curb level is to be constructed, altered, maintained, or repaired, or a vertical or horizontal enlargement is to occur at a height over 40 feet (12 192 mm) above curb level, and the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway is within a perpendicular distance from the structure that is equal to or less than half the height of such façade work or vertical or horizontal enlargement. The sidewalk shed shall be installed prior to the commencement of work at a height greater than 40 feet (12 192 mm) above curb level. Such shed shall not be removed until the building is enclosed, all exterior work has been completed and the sash is glazed above the second story, the façade has been cleaned down, and all exterior chutes, scaffolds, mast climbers, and hoisting equipment have been dismantled and removed from the site; or

4. When a structure higher than 25 feet (7620 mm) is to

undergo a full demolition, or when exterior partial demolition, other than that performed in conjunction with the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade, is to occur at a height greater than 25 feet (7620 mm) above curb level, and the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway is within a perpendicular distance from the structure that is equal to or less than half the height of the demolition work. The sidewalk shed shall be installed prior to the commencement of demolition work. Such shed shall remain in place until the building has been razed to the height of the shed, or where the building is not being fully demolished, until all demolition work has been completed and all exterior chutes, scaffolds, mast climbers, and hoisting equipment have been dismantled and removed from the site.

Exceptions: Except where specifcally required by the commissioner to protect the public from unique hazards at the site, sidewalk sheds are not required for:

1. Sidewalks, walkways, and pathways, or portions thereof, that are closed to the public.

2. Temporary walkways in accordance with Section 3307.2.3 that are provided with lighting and overhead protection equivalent to that afforded by a sidewalk shed.

3. Inspections, including a façade inspection, provided no work occurs during the inspection.

4. Sign hanging occurring by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed sign hanger.

5. Window washing.

6. Work confned to the roof of an existing building, provided that:

6.1 The edge of the roof is enclosed to a height of 42 inches (1067 mm) with a solid parapet;

6.2 Such parapet is of suffcient strength to resist accidental impact during construction;

6.3 The work does not exceed the height of the parapet or is set back from the edge of the

roof at a distance that is equal to or greater than half the height of the work; and

6.4 No work occurs on the parapet itself, and no material is placed or stored on the parapet during the course of the work.

7. Subject to the approval of the commissioner, work of limited scope and duration provided that:

7.1

During the course of the work the area immediately under the work zone is temporarily closed to the public by means of barriers, cones, or caution tape, and fagpersons are provided to direct pedestrian traffc;

7.2 At the end of the day the façade of the building is left in a safe condition and fully enclosed; and

7.3 There is compliance with Section 3307.2.1.

8. Locations where a cantilevered platform has been installed, provided that:

8.1 The cantilevered platform is approved by the commissioner;

8.2 The cantilevered platform provides overhead protection equivalent to a sidewalk shed; and

8.3 The cantilevered platform is installed below the level of work to be performed, excluding work performed at the frst story.

9. Areas along an exposure that are located more than 5 feet (1524 mm) beyond those required for compliance with Item 1 of Section 3307.6.2, provided that:

9.1 The work is limited to the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade, and does not constitute a façade recladding as defned in rules promulgated by the commissioner; and

9.2 The entire exposure where façade work is to occur is covered by either:

9.2.1. A supported scaffold with netting and guardrails in accordance with Section 3314.8; or

9.2.2 A site specifc engineered enclosure system in accordance with Section 3309.17.

3307.6.3 Area to be protected. The decking of the sidewalk shed shall extend:

1. The full length of the area that falls within the zone specifed in Section 3307.6.2, plus an additional 5 feet (1524 mm) beyond such length, or to within 18 inches (457 mm) of the curb line, whichever is less; or where the sidewalk shed is installed to protect against an unenclosed façade, work, or equipment that is greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm) above the ground, the decking of the sidewalk shed shall extend the full length of the area that falls within in the zone specifed in Section 3307.6.2, plus an additional 20 feet (6096 mm) on both ends beyond such length, or to within 18 inches (457 mm) of the curb line, whichever is less.

2. The full width of the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway that falls within the zone specifed in Section 3307.6.2, except for a clearance to avoid existing obstructions, not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm) along the curb.

Exceptions:

1. Where it is not possible to bring the deck tightly against the face of an abutting building, structure, or fence, the deck shall be brought to within 1 inch (25 mm) of the face of such building, structure, or fence, with the resulting gap sealed or covered by material of suffcient manner and strength capable of trapping falling debris.

2. Openings in the deck to avoid tree trunks and branches, provided such opening is brought as close to the tree as practical without damaging the tree.

3307.6.4 Design and construction of sidewalk sheds. Sidewalk sheds shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3307.6.4.1 through 3307.6.4.11.

3307.6.4.1 Design required. All sidewalk sheds shall be designed by a registered design professional. The sidewalk shed

design shall be detailed on plans developed by the registered design professional. The plans shall be specifc to the site and shall, at a minimum, include a plan view and an elevation view, with full dimensions, detailing:

1. The site;

2. The sidewalk shed;

3. Design load of the sidewalk shed (e.g. light duty, heavy duty);

4. All obstructions at the site that may interfere with the sidewalk shed, including but not limited to those listed in Section 3307.6.4.9;

5. Dunnage, blocking, or other founding material for the sidewalk shed, including details necessary to satisfy the requirements of Item 2.3 of Section 3307.6.4.10;

6. Anchorage of the sidewalk shed to the sidewalk or building, if necessary;

7. Materials or items to be placed or stored on the sidewalk shed, if authorized, in accordance with the requirements of Section 3307.6.4.2.2;

8. Any items connected to or attached to the sidewalk shed;

9. Locations, dimensions, and connection details of all signage, including parapet information panels, to be installed on the sidewalk shed; and

10. Location of any scaffolds and reference to a related application, if applicable.

3307.6.4.2 Design loads. All sidewalk sheds shall be designed as a heavy duty sidewalk shed to carry a live load of at least 300 pounds per square foot (1464.7 kg/m2). However, where the shed is installed to protect from work performed at a height of less than 100 feet (30 480 mm) above the ground, the sidewalk shed may be designed as a light duty sidewalk shed to carry a live load of at least 150 pounds per square foot (732.4 kg/m2), provided that no item is stored or placed upon the shed.

3307.6.4.2.1 Wind and other loads. The effect of wind and oth-

er loads on the sidewalk shed, and any item placed or attached on or to the shed, shall be considered in the design in accordance with Chapter 16.

3307.6.4.2.2 Storage. Storage on sidewalk sheds shall be as follows:

1. No item shall be stored or placed upon a sidewalk shed designed as a light duty sidewalk shed under Section 3307.6.4.2.

2. Material may be stored or placed upon a sidewalk shed designed as a heavy duty sidewalk shed under Section 3307.6.4.2, provided conditions 2.1 through 2.4 are met:

2.1 The shed is designed for such storage, with such areas of storage or placement clearly designated on the drawings.

2.2 Where an item is to be stored or placed upon a heavy duty sidewalk shed, and such storage or placement is not in excess of 150 pounds per square foot (732.4 kg/m2) on any square foot area of the sidewalk shed, the design live load of 300 pounds per square foot (1464.7 kg/m2) need not be increased.

2.3 Where an item is to be stored or placed upon a heavy duty sidewalk shed, and such storage or placement is in excess of 150 pounds per square foot (732.4 kg/m2) on any square foot area of the sidewalk shed, such shed shall be designed to carry:

2.3.1 The live load of 300 pounds per square foot (1464.7 kg/m2) required of a heavy duty sidewalk shed; and

2.3.2 The load of the item to be placed or stored upon the shed, minus 150 pounds per square foot (732.4 kg/m2).

2.4 The decking of the sidewalk shed does not consist of light-transmitting plastic material.

3307.6.4.3 Materials. Sidewalk sheds shall be constructed out of wood, steel, or other material possessing equivalent strength and suitability.

3307.6.4.4 Vertical members and beams. Vertical members and beams of the sidewalk shed shall conform with the following:

1. Vertical members and beams shall be adequately braced and connected to prevent displace- ment or distortion of the framework.

2. The vertical members of the sidewalk shed shall be plumb, with a tolerance of L/100, with “L” measured as the distance from the ground to the frst cross brace or bottom of the beam.

3. Vertical members shall not be placed into the street unless approved by the Department of Transportation and protected in accordance with Department of Transportation requirements.

4. Vertical members placed on the sidewalk shall not be placed closer than 18 inches (455 mm) from the face of the curb line.

5. Vertical members shall be placed at least 7 feet (2134 mm) from the edge of a curb cut or vehicular access point, or where placed closer, the vertical members nearest the curb cut or vehicular access point shall be protected against displacement by vehicles, or shall be identifed with high visibility marking.

6. Vertical members, cross bracing, struts, and similar lateral support shall be placed in such a manner that the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway continues to comply with the requirements of Section 3307.2.6 and avoids interference in accordance with Section 3307.6.4.9.

7. Where the sidewalk shed is installed in conjunction with the construction of a new major building, a horizontal span of at least 10 feet (3048 mm), as measured down the length of the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway, shall be provided between all vertical members, except where a shorter span is needed to avoid the curb or obstructions in accordance with Section 3307.6.4.9; and all cross bracing, struts, and

similar lateral support between vertical members shall be placed a minimum of 8 feet (2438 mm) above the level of the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway. However, cross bracing, struts, and similar lateral support between vertical members may be placed lower where it is installed to guard against a tripping hazard in accordance with Item 2.5 of Section 3307.6.4.10. Mast sections, box towers, or similar elements used as vertical members shall, for the purposes of this item, be considered to be one vertical member, provided its base does not exceed 24 inches by 24 inches (610 x 610 mm). In the alternative, a sidewalk shed that is of a model whose prototype won a design competition recognized by the city may be installed instead.

8. Where the decking of the sidewalk shed consists of light-transmitting plastic material, all cross bracing, struts, and similar lateral support between vertical members shall be placed a minimum of 8 feet (2438 mm) above the level of the sidewalk, walkway, or pathway. However, cross bracing, struts, and similar lateral support between vertical members may be placed lower where it is installed to guard against a tripping hazard in accordance with Item 2.5 of Section 3307.6.4.10.

3307.6.4.5 Deck. The deck of the sidewalk shed shall conform with the following:

1. The deck shall consist of 2-inch (51 mm) thick wood plank or equivalent material, or shall consist of light-transmitting plastic material, which shall include an anti-slip walking surface integral to the material or as an applied coating.

2. The deck shall be capable of sustaining the loads required by Section 3307.6.4.2.

3. The deck shall be solid, or shall consist of planking or panels laid close and made tight.

4. Where wood plank is used, corrugated metal or equivalent material shall be installed under the deck to catch fne grain material.

5. The deck of the sidewalk shed shall be brought tight to the face of any abutting building, structure, or fence, except for permissible gaps in accordance with Section 3307.6.3.

3307.6.4.6 Parapet. A vertical parapet at least 3 feet 6 inches (1067 mm) high, but no more than 4 feet (1219 mm) high, as measured from the deck of the sidewalk shed, shall be constructed along all edges of the sidewalk shed. Such parapet shall consist of galvanized wire screen not less than No. 16 steel wire gauge with a ½ inch (13 mm) mesh. Parapets shall be securely attached to the shed with braced uprights. Parapet braces shall be made of metal. Temporary removal of a portion of the parapet is permitted for the handling of material, provided the parapet is immediately restored at the end of the handling operation.

Exceptions:

1. A parapet is not required along the edge of the sidewalk shed that abuts a building or structure.

2. A parapet is not required along the edge of a sidewalk shed that abuts an area that is closed to the public.

3. Where the sidewalk shed is installed in conjunction with the full or partial demolition of a building or structure, other than work limited to a façade project, the parapet shall consist of plywood or other equivalent solid material.

4. Where a sign, including a parapet information panel, is installed on a sidewalk shed, the parapet backing for the sign may consist of plywood or other equivalent solid material.

3307.6.4.7 Height. The passageway under the shed shall have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm).

Exception: Lights that extend no more than 8 inches (203 mm) below the level of the deck shall be excluded from the clear ceiling height measurement.

3307.6.4.8 Lighting. Sidewalk shed lighting shall be in conformance with the following:

1. The underside of sidewalk sheds shall be illuminated at all times either by daylight or electric light. The level of illumination shall be uniformly distributed along the entire length of the shed with a minimum of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) measured at the level of the walking surface with a minimum luminous effcacy of 45 lumens per watt or greater and be rated to operate at temperatures of 5°F (-15°C) and

2. All lamps shall be enclosed in water-resistant and vandal-resistant fxtures, and all lamps, wiring, and accessory components shall conform to the requirements of the New York City Electrical Code.

3. Photosensors may be used to control electric lighting according to the amount of daylight available. All photosensors shall be equipped for fail-safe operation ensuring that if the sensor or control fails, the lamps will provide the lighting levels required by this section.

3307.6.4.9 Avoid interference. Sidewalk sheds shall be installed and located so to not unreasonably obstruct, either visually or physically, traffc, curb cuts, curb ramps, vehicular access points, street lighting poles, traffc lights or signs, fre hydrants, fre department connections, water sampling stations, bus shelters, or other street furniture, trees, adjacent show windows, means of ingress/egress, subway entrances, or access points to vaults, manholes, or other underground structures.

3307.6.4.10 Founding. Sidewalk shed founding shall be in accordance with the following:

1. The surface upon which the shed ultimately bears, such as the street, sidewalk, or ground, shall be capable of supporting the design loads of the sidewalk shed, including any item placed or stored upon the shed, without damage, settlement, or deformation to such surface.

2. Vertical members of the sidewalk shed shall bear upon base plates, mud sills, dunnage, or other adequate frm foundation. Such items shall be:

2.1 Made of suitable frm material. Supports such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, loose stone, hollow block, or other unstable materials shall not be used.

2.2 Capable of transmitting and distributing the load imposed by the sidewalk shed vertical member to the underlying surface.

2.3 Secured against movement in any direction. When consisting of several pieces of material, such as multiple wood blocks, the material shall be nailed or otherwise positively connected together to prevent

dislodgement. When more than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, the material shall be nailed or otherwise positively connected to the sidewalk shed vertical member.

2.4 Installed in such a manner that the sidewalk shed vertical member is fully supported across all horizontal dimensions.

2.5 Installed in such a manner that no portion extends more than 1.5 inches (38 mm) beyond any horizontal edge of the sidewalk shed vertical member, or where it extends beyond such distance, is adequately guarded or barricaded to prevent tripping hazards; the installation of cross bracing, struts, and similar lateral support between the corresponding vertical members of the sidewalk shed will satisfy this requirement.

3307.6.4.11 Color. Sidewalk sheds erected on or after July 1, 2013, shall meet the following color requirements:

1. Solid parapet panels shall be hunter green.

2. Mesh parapet panels shall be hunter green or metallic gray.

3. Portions of parapet panel framing members visible to the public shall be hunter green. This includes side and back portions of such parapet panel framing members that may be visible through mesh panels.

4. Vertical members, cross bracing, and other metallic components shall be hunter green or metallic gray.

Exception: Sidewalk sheds that are of a model whose prototype won a design competition recognized by the city may be white in color.

3307.6.5 Installation, adjustment, maintenance, repair, use, inspection, and removal of sidewalk sheds. Sidewalk sheds shall be installed, adjusted, maintained, repaired, used, inspected, and removed in accordance with the following requirements.

3307.6.5.1 Safe condition. Sidewalk sheds shall be maintained in a safe condition and used in a manner that eliminates hazards to the public. Any hazardous conditions or defects discovered with the sidewalk shed shall immediately be brought to the

attention of the permit holder for the shed.

3307.6.5.2 Supervision of installation, adjustment, repair, and removal. The installation, adjustment, repair, or removal of a sidewalk shed shall be performed under the supervision of a competent person designated by the permit holder for the sidewalk shed.

3307.6.5.3 Responsibility for maintenance and use. Sidewalk sheds shall be maintained and used by the general contractor, or where there is no general contractor, the contractor causing the work to be performed, or where there is no active work, the building owner.

3307.6.5.4 Storage or placement of items. No item shall be stored or placed upon a sidewalk shed unless such shed has been designed for such storage or placement in accordance with Section 3307.6.4.2.2. Where such shed has been so designed, items shall be stored or placed only in the area designated on the drawings for storage. Any item placed or stored upon a sidewalk shed shall be secured in a manner to prevent dislodgement, displacement by wind, and shall be distributed so as not to exceed the design limits of the sidewalk shed.

3307.6.5.5 Cleaning. The decks of sidewalk sheds shall be broom swept and cleaned of material daily while active work is occurring at the site.

3307.6.5.6 Sharp edges. Where located in an area that could pose a danger to the public, bolts and screws without a cap, and sharp edges, shall be protected to prevent injury to the public.

3307.6.5.7 Installation inspection. Upon completion of the installation of a sidewalk shed, the shed shall be inspected by a qualifed person designated by the designer, the permit holder for the shed, or a third party acceptable to both the designer and the permit holder to verify that the sidewalk shed is in a safe condition and has been installed in accordance with drawings and the requirements of this chapter.

3307.6.5.8 Periodic inspection. A periodic inspection of the sidewalk shed shall be performed six months following the last installation, adjustment, or repair inspection required by Section 3307.6.5.7 or 3307.6.5.9, or where no such inspection has occurred within six months, six months following the last periodic

inspection. The periodic inspection shall be performed by a qualifed person designated by the designer, the permit holder for the shed, or a third party acceptable to both the designer and the permit holder to verify that the sidewalk shed is in a safe condition and is in compliance with drawings and the requirements of this chapter.

3307.6.5.9 Inspection following an adjustment or repair. Following a repair or adjustment at a site, the sidewalk shed shall be inspected by a qualifed person designated by the designer, the permit holder for the shed, or a third party acceptable to both the designer and the permit holder to verify the adequacy of the repair or adjustment and to verify the sidewalk shed is in a safe condition and is in compliance with drawings and the requirements of this chapter.

3307.6.5.10 Daily inspection. Sidewalk sheds shall be visually inspected daily by a person designated by the general contractor, or where there is no general contractor, the contractor causing the work to be performed, or where there is no active work, by the building owner to verify compliance with Items 1 through 5 of this section.

1. The lights are functioning;

2. No brace or rail is hanging unattached at one or more ends;

3. No portions of the support structure are disconnected;

4. No section of parapet is missing; and

5. All legs remain on their support and are supported to the ground, and any wood blocking is free of visible rot.

Exception: The inspections for a scaffold suspended or supported above a sidewalk shed shall be in accordance with Section 3314.

3307.6.5.11 Inspection reports. The results of an inspection required by Sections 3307.6.5.7 through 3307.6.5.10 shall be recorded in an inspection report that is prepared, signed, and dated by the person who performed the inspection. In lieu of compliance with the requirements of Section 3301.7, copies of the inspection reports required by Sections 3307.6.5.7 through

3307.6.5.10 shall be maintained at the site by the general contractor, or where there is no general contractor, the contractor causing the work to be performed, or where there is no active work, by the building owner.

3307.6.5.12 Discovery of defects. Defects discovered during the course of performing an inspection required by Sections 3307.6.5.7 through 3307.6.5.10 shall immediately be brought to the attention of the permit holder for the shed.

3307.6.5.13 Notifcation of removal. The permit holder for the shed shall notify the department no more than two business days following the complete removal of a sidewalk shed.

3307.6.5.14 Signage. Only signage, including parapet information panels, allowed by Section 3301.9, and indicated on the sidewalk shed design drawings in accordance with Section 3307.6.4.1, shall be installed on the sidewalk shed. Sidewalk shed signage shall only be installed, adjusted, maintained, repaired, and removed by the permit holder for the shed or an entity authorized by the permit holder.

3307.7 Fences. All sites where a new building is being constructed, or a building is being demolished to grade, shall be enclosed with a fence. Fences shall also be installed to fully or partially enclosed sites, as necessary, where there exists an open excavation, an unenclosed portion of a building accessible at grade, or other hazard to the public. Such fences shall be at least 8 feet (2438 mm) high, built solid for their entire length, out of wood or other suitable material, and shall be returned at the ends to the extent necessary to effectively close off the site.

Exceptions:

1. The commissioner may approve the use of a chain link fence to:

(i) Secure a site where work has been interrupted or abandoned and discontinued, and a registered design professional has certifed that all construction or demolition equipment and material that pose a hazard to the safety of the public and property have been removed from the site or safely secured. Prior to the resumption of work, the chain link fence shall be replaced by a solid fence meeting the requirements of this section.

(ii) Secure portions of a site where a one-, two-, or three-family building that is 40 feet (12 192 mm) or less in height, or a commercial building 40 feet (12 192 mm) or less in height, is being constructed or demolished and such building is setback at least 15 feet (4572 mm) from sidewalks or spaces accessible to the public and 5 feet (1524 mm) from adjoining buildings or structures.

2. Chain link fence shall be installed and maintained to secure a site where work has been discontinued for not less than two continuous years after a registered design professional has certifed that all construction or demolition equipment and material that pose a hazard to the safety of the public and property have been removed from the site or safely secured. Prior to the resumption of work, the chain link fence shall be replaced by a solid fence meeting the requirements of this section.

3307.7.1 Location of fence. Where the fence is installed to fully enclose a site, the fence shall be constructed along the inside edge of the sidewalk or walkway and along the edges of the property line. Where a fence is installed to partially enclose a site, the fence shall be installed as necessary to prevent public access to any excavation or unenclosed portion of the building accessible at grade. Fences shall be installed and located so to not unreasonably obstruct, either visually or physically, traffc, curb cuts, curb ramps, vehicular access points, street lighting poles, traffc lights or signs, fre hydrants, fre department connections, water sampling stations, bus shelters, or other street furniture, trees, means of ingress/egress, or access points to vaults, manholes, or other underground structures.

Exceptions:

1. Fences may encroach onto the sidewalk in accordance with Department of Transportation requirements.

2. A fence is not required to be installed along the party wall of an adjoining property, provided no material is stored along such wall during the course of work.

3307.7.2 Gates. Gates shall be sliding or shall swing into areas not accessible to the public, and shall be provided only where required for access to the site or to facilitate the work. Gates shall consist of the same

material and construction as the rest of the fence. Gates shall be kept closed at all times except during actual loading and unloading operations, when individuals or vehicles are actively entering or leaving the site, or as needed to facilitate active work around the gate.

Exception: Where approved by the commissioner, chain link gates may be utilized in a solid fence.

3307.7.3 Viewing panels. Viewing panels shall be provided in solid fences erected on or after July 1, 2013, at a rate one for every 25 linear feet (7.6 m) per frontage, with a minimum of one per frontage. Viewing panels shall be 12 inches by 12 inches (305 by 305 mm) in size and shall be blocked with nonfrangible acrylic paneling or equivalent material. The top of the viewing panel shall be located no more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the level of the ground, and the bottom of the viewing panel shall be located no less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the level of the ground.

3307.7.4 Chain link fences or gates. Where a chain link fence or gate is utilized, the following requirements shall apply:

1. The fence or gate shall be made of new materials or, where salvaged, the fence shall be in good condition;

2. The fence posts shall be of galvanized steel pipe of a diameter that provides rigidity. Posts shall be suitable for setting in concrete footings, for driving into the ground, or for inserting in precast concrete blocks. Such posts shall be spaced in a manner that maintains the required rigidity to form a safe exterior fence;

3. The fence or gate shall be constructed of woven, galvanized steel wire mesh and shall be of suffcient strength and rigidity to prevent access to the site; and

4. The fence or gate shall be covered with an opaque sturdy cloth “windscreen” fabric or equivalent netting at all locations. Fabric or equivalent netting shall be securely attached to the fence or gate in accordance with manufacturer specifcations. The fabric, or equivalent netting, and the fence shall be maintained in a neat, rigid and taut appearance.

3307.7.5 Design of fences. Fence installations shall be designed by a registered design professional. The effect of wind on the fence shall be considered in the design in accordance with Chapter 16.

Exception: Fences installed in connection with the construction or demolition of a one-, two-, or three- family building that is 40 feet (12 192 mm) or less in height.

3307.7.6 Installation and removal of fences. Fences required by this section shall be installed prior to the commencement of work. Such required fences shall not be removed until:

1. The site has been flled and graded and all hazards to the public removed; or

2. The façade has been enclosed, with all doors and windows installed, and all exterior work, except for incidental work including but not limited to landscaping, painting, weatherproofng, or installation of signs or fxtures, has been completed.

3307.7.7 Condition of fences. All fences and related windscreens or netting shall be installed, adjusted, repaired, and maintained in a sound condition, free of protruding or loose nails, wood, or metal, and with posts in an upright position restrained to prevent the fence from leaning or overturning.

3307.7.8 Inspection of fences. Fences and related windscreens or netting shall be visually inspected at least once a week, or where a sidewalk shed is installed at the site, daily, by a person designated by the general contractor, or where there is no general contractor, the contractor causing the work to be performed, or where there is no active work, by the building owner to verify the fence and related windscreens or netting remains in a safe condition in accordance with Section 3307.7.7.

3307.7.8.1 Inspection reports. The results of the inspection shall be recorded in an inspection report that is prepared, signed, and dated by the person who performed the inspection. In lieu of compliance with the requirements of Section 3301.7, copies of the inspection report shall be maintained at the site by the general contractor, or where there is no general contractor, the contractor causing the work to be performed, or where there is no active work, by the building owner.

3307.7.8.2 Discovery of defects. Defects discovered during the course of performing the inspection shall immediately be brought to the attention of the permit holder for the fence.

3307.7.9 Color. Fences erected on or after July 1, 2013, shall be painted

hunter green.

Exception: Where the sidewalk shed installed at the site is of a model whose prototype won a design competition recognized by the city, the fence may be painted the same color as the shed.

3307.8 Maintaining Department of Transportation pedestrian and bicyclist protection in place. Notwithstanding other provisions of law, pedestrian and bicyclist protection required by the Department of Transportation shall be maintained in place and kept in good order for the entire length of time pedestrians and/or bicyclists may be endangered.

3307.9 Removing protection at conclusion of work. Public property shall be left in as good a condition following the completion of the construction or demolition work as it was before such work was commenced. Except where otherwise required by this code, the owner or the owner’s agent shall, upon the completion of the construction or demolition work, immediately remove all sidewalk sheds, fences, guard rails, temporary walkways, material, and other obstructions in or adjacent to the public way.

3307.10 Facilitating city work. In the event a duly authorized city agency must repair, maintain, or install city property, including but not limited to intersection control signs, electrical equipment, traffc signals, lane markings, sewer and water manholes, bus shelters, street lighting, other street furniture, or fre hydrants, at a location where pedestrian protection required by this chapter is located, such pedestrian protection shall be removed as directed by the department of buildings as long as the removal is deemed to be safe and, if necessary, suitable appropriate pedestrian protection that does not interfere with the work of such city agency is installed.

SECTION BC 3308 UNENCLOSED PERIMETER PROTECTION

3308.1 Scope. Protection shall be provided along unenclosed perimeters as required by this section and rules promulgated by the commissioner, including but not limited to safety netting systems, guardrail systems, cocoon systems, climbing formwork, and enclosure panels. Except where this section authorizes the temporary removal of unenclosed perimeter protection, no work shall occur, nor shall materials be stored on any level where required unenclosed perimeter protection is not installed.

3308.2 Permit. A permit is required for the installation of unenclosed perimeter protection.

Exceptions: A permit is not required for:

1. Vertical safety netting systems that are in accordance with Sections 3308.5;

2. Horizontal safety netting systems that are in accordance with Section 3308.6; or

3. Guardrail systems that are in accordance with Section 3308.7.

3308.3 Design and documentation of unenclosed perimeter protection. Unenclosed perimeter protection shall be designed and provided with documentation in accordance with Sections 3308.3.1 through 3308.3.5.

Exception: The requirements of Sections 3308.3.1, and 3308.3.3 through 3308.3.5, shall not apply to guardrail systems. The requirements of Section 3308.7 shall apply to guardrail systems.

3308.3.1 Design. Unenclosed perimeter protection shall be designed by a registered design professional to meet temporary loads, including but not limited to wind, as prescribed in Chapter 16. The registered design professional shall take the supporting structure into account when designing the installation and shall include details of connections, anchorages, and supports. The minimum loads for vertical net cables required by Section 3308.5.3 need not be added to wind loads in determining the maximum lateral force, but in no event shall the maximum design load for the cables be less than that required by Section 3308.5.3. A reduction in the surface area due to the openings in vertical or horizontal net fabric or partially enclosed perimeter panel is permitted provided that the force at design wind speed is derived from manufacturers’ test data or other testing or methods acceptable to the commissioner.

3308.3.2 Site safety plans. Details of the unenclosed perimeter protection shall also be shown on the site safety plan, where such plan is required by this chapter.

3308.3.3 Make and model. The make and model of unenclosed perimeter protection, along with the connections and supports, shall be acceptable to the registered design professional responsible for the design of the unenclosed perimeter protection in accordance with Section 3308.3.1. The make and model, along with acceptance of the make and model by such registered design professional, shall be indicated as a note on the drawings, or in the form of a signed, sealed, and dated letter

from such registered design professional that is kept with the drawings.

3308.3.4 Flame retardant. Vertical and horizontal safety netting used for unenclosed perimeter protection shall be fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701. Documentation of such shall be provided by the manufacturer and shall be noted on the drawings by the registered design professional responsible for the design of the safety netting systems in accordance with Section 3308.3.1, or shall be recorded by such registered design professional in the form of a signed, sealed, and dated letter from such registered design professional, with such letter kept with the drawings.

3308.3.5 Tensile strength. The tensile strength for the structural net utilized in connection with a horizontal safety netting system shall be noted on the drawings by the registered design professional responsible for the design of the safety netting systems in accordance with Section 3308.3.1, or shall be recorded by such registered design professional in the form of a signed, sealed, and dated letter from such registered design professional, with such letter kept with the drawings. Where required by Section 3308.6.3, the strength shall be confrmed by testing; the results of the test shall be documented in the form of a signed, sealed, and dated letter from the registered design professional responsible for the design of the safety netting systems in accordance with Section 3308.3.1. Such letter shall be kept with the drawings.

3308.4 Responsibility and supervision. The permit holder for the project, or where a permit is required by Section 3308.2, the holder of such permit, shall be responsible for complying with the requirements of Section 3308. A competent person designated by such responsible permit holder shall supervise the installation, reinstallation, adjustment, maintenance, repair, and temporary or permanent removal of all unenclosed perimeter protection, along with any support, connection, or component. The inspection of unenclosed perimeter protection shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of Section 3308.9.3.

3308.5 Vertical safety netting systems. Vertical safety netting shall be installed, maintained, and provided along all unenclosed perimeters.

Exceptions:

1. Vertical safety netting is not required for:

1.1 The story at grade, provided it is less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the level of the adjoining ground or structure; or

1.2 The working deck; or

1.3 Any story in concrete construction where the formwork has not been stripped, provided such foor is no more than four stories or 40 feet (12 192 mm) below the working deck, whichever is less; or

1.4 Any story in steel construction where the concrete slab has not been placed, provided that no work, other than steel erection or metal deck placement, is occurring on that story.

2. Vertical safety netting is not required at a location where a supported scaffold has been installed provided the scaffold is decked even with the building at such level where the unenclosed perimeter exists, with no gap between the scaffold deck and the building deck greater than 3 inches

3. (76 mm), and also provided that the scaffold is provided with netting and guardrails in accordance with Section 3314.8.

4. Vertical safety netting is not required to protect an unenclosed window opening, provided such window opening is enclosed with a sill not less than 3 feet 6 inches (1067╪ mm) in height.

5. Vertical safety netting is not required for a building whose fnal height will be no more than 4 stories or 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height, whichever is less.

6. Vertical safety netting is not required for a minor alteration or ordinary repair.

7. Vertical safety netting is not required at a location where an equivalent alternative system acceptable to the commissioner, including but not limited to cocoon systems, climbing formwork, or enclosure panels, has been installed.

3308.5.1 Openings. The largest opening area for debris netting when used vertically shall not be larger than 1 square inch (645 mm2), with no opening larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and 1 ½ inch (38 mm) in any other dimension.

3308.5.2 Height. Where required, vertical safety netting shall extend to cover all openings in the unenclosed perimeter to a height of at least 60 inches (1524 mm) above the foor or, where installed at the roof level,

the roof.

3308.5.3 Cables. Vertical safety netting shall be secured to noncorrosive wire cable capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds (90.7 kg) applied in any direction except upward. The cables shall be located at a height of 60 inches (1524 mm), 42 inches (1067 mm), 21 inches (533 mm), and 0 inches (0 mm) above the level of the foor or, where installed at the roof level, the roof. Where the vertical safety netting extends above 60 inches (1524 mm) in height, a cable shall also be placed at the top of the netting, with intermediate cables between the 60 inch (1524 mm) cable and the top cable as needed to satisfy the design requirements of Section 3308.3.

Exceptions: In lieu of a cable:

1. At 60 inches (1524 mm) or above, a toprail made of wood, pipe, or structural angle meeting the requirements of Section 3308.7.3.

2. At 42 inches (1067 mm) and 21 inches (533 mm), midrails made of wood, pipe, or structural angle meeting the requirements of Section 3308.7.3.

3. At 0 inches (0 mm), a toeboard meeting the requirements of Sections 3308.7.2 and 3308.7.3, provided the net is secured to the toeboard.

3308.5.3.1 Zero cable. Zero cables shall be secured to the deck and be maintained in contact with the deck such that debris cannot accumulate nor pass beneath the cable.

3308.5.4 Taut systems. Where the vertical safety netting relies upon a taut system, the net and cables shall be maintained taut. A positive tensioning system such as a turnbuckle shall be provided to keep the cable taut.

3308.5.5 Friction connections. Wood installations that utilize a friction connection are not permitted.

3308.5.6 Temporary removal. The requirements of Section 3308.10 shall apply.

3308.5.6.1 Supplemental requirement for removal of toeboard or zero cable. The toeboard or zero cable may be temporarily removed to facilitate the placement and curing of a concrete foor slab, provided no other work occurs on such foor,

and provided an alternative measure is utilized to secure the bottom of the netting as close to the deck as practical.

3308.5.7 Permanent removal. Vertical safety netting systems may be removed from foors where the façade has been installed and all such openings in the façade, including for windows, have been permanently enclosed to a height of at least 60 inches (1524 mm) above the foor. Vertical safety netting systems may be removed from the roof where the fnal parapet or guardrail has been installed.

3308.6 Horizontal safety netting systems. Horizontal safety netting shall meet the requirements of Sections 3308.6.1 through 3308.6.4.

3308.6.1 Where required. Horizontal safety netting shall be installed and maintained as follows.

3308.6.1.1 During construction. When, during the course of new building construction, or during the vertical or horizontal enlargement of an existing building, the topmost walkable foor reaches a height of six stories or 75 feet (22 860 mm), whichever is less, above the level of the ground or an adjoining roof, horizontal safety netting shall be provided at a level not more than two stories or 30 feet (9144 mm), whichever is less, below:

1. In concrete structures: the stripping foor; or

2. In steel structures: at the topmost story where the concrete foor slab has been placed.

Exception: When tarpaulins encase one or more foors immediately below the fnished concrete foor in order to maintain temporary heat, the horizontal netting may be located no more than three foors below the fnished concrete foor.

3308.6.1.2 During demolition. When the demolition of the exterior walls or the roof of a building occurs at a height greater than six stories or 75 feet (22 860 mm), whichever is less, horizontal safety netting shall be provided at a level not more than two stories or 30 feet (9144 mm), whichever is less, below the story from which the exterior walls and roof are being removed.

Exception: Demolition of exterior walls only for the purposes of the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade shall be in accordance with Section 3308.6.1.3.

3308.6.1.3 During façade alteration, maintenance, or repair. Where unique hazards associated with the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade exist to the public and property, horizontal safety netting shall be provided as required by the commissioner.

3308.6.1.4 Alternative systems. Alternative systems may be used in lieu of horizontal safety netting in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3308.6.1.4.1 or 3308.6.1.4.2.

3308.6.1.4.1 Supported scaffold alternative. Horizontal safety netting is not required at a location where a supported scaffold has been installed provided the scaffold is decked even with the building at the level where the horizontal safety net would otherwise be required to be installed and all levels above where the horizontal nets would otherwise be required, with no gap between the scaffold deck and the building deck greater than 3 inches (76 mm), and also provided that the scaffold is provided with netting and guardrails in accordance with Section 3314.8.

3308.6.1.4.2 Other alternative systems. Horizontal safety netting is not required at a location where an equivalent alternative system acceptable to the commissioner, including but not limited to cocoon systems or climbing formwork, covers the full height of the unenclosed perimeter at and above all levels where horizontal nets are required.

3308.6.1.5 Hoisting area. Where approved by the commissioner, horizontal safety netting may be omitted in designated crane, derrick, or hoisting areas.

3308.6.1.6 Temporary removal. The requirements of Section 3308.10 shall apply.

3308.6.1.7 Permanent removal. Horizontal safety netting systems may be permanently removed as follows:

1. Horizontal safety netting systems installed for the construction of a building in accordance with Section 3308.6.1.1 may be removed after all concrete has been placed at the highest level and all concrete stripping work at the highest level has been completed.

2. Horizontal safety netting systems installed for the

demolition of a building in accordance with Section 3308.6.1.2 may be removed after the demolition has progressed to within six stories or 75 feet (22 860 mm), whichever is less, above the ground or adjoining roof level.

3. Horizontal safety netting systems installed for façade work in accordance with Section 3308.6.1.3 may be removed after all façade work above the level of the nets has been completed.

3308.6.2 Horizontal safety netting systems requirements. Horizontal safety netting systems shall meet the requirements of Sections 5, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 11, and 13 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11, as modifed as follows.

3308.6.2.1 Personnel net. Throughout the standard, the term “personnel net” shall be amended to read “structural net.”

3308.6.2.2 Should and shall. Throughout the standard, the term “should” shall be amended to read “shall.”

3308.6.2.3 Entanglement. The phrase, “and to minimize entanglement of the persons head, arms, and legs when arresting the fall,” shall be deleted from Section 6.3 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11.

3308.6.2.4 Arresting a fall. The phrase “when arresting a fall,” shall be deleted from Section 6.4 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11.

3308.6.2.5 Size of debris net openings. Section 6.6 of ANSI/ ASSP A10.11 shall be amended by adding a new sentence at the end of the section, as follows, “However, in no case shall the largest opening area for debris netting when used horizontally be larger than ½ square inch (323 mm2), with no opening larger than ½ inch (13 mm2) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension.”

3308.6.2.6 Projection of nets. The phrase, “as to capture falling personnel” in Section 10.6 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11 shall be amended to read “as to capture falling material.”

3308.6.2.7 Supports. The phrase, “or personnel” in Section 10.7 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11 shall be amended to read, “or material.”

3308.6.2.8 Inspection. Section 11.1 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11 shall

be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following, “Horizontal safety netting systems shall be inspected in accordance with Section 3308.9.3.”

3308.6.2.9 Dates tested. The phrase “Dates inspected” in Item 5 of Section 11.4 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11 shall be amended to read “Dates tested”.

3308.6.2.10 Moving. Section 11.4 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11 shall be amended to add a new Item 9, which shall read, “Dates nets were moved to a higher or lower level.”

3308.6.2.11 Cleaning. Section 13.2 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11 shall be deleted and replaced with the following: “Horizontal safety netting shall not be used for storing material. Horizontal netting shall be cleaned, at least daily, to remove any items that fall into the nets.”

3308.6.3 Tensile strength test. The tensile strength of netting mesh and/ or twine of a structural net utilized in conjunction with a horizontal safety netting system shall be confrmed by testing in accordance with ASTM D 5034 or ASTM D 5035. The testing criteria shall be developed by the registered design professional who designed the safety netting system in accordance with Section 3308.3. Such testing shall occur prior to the installation of the net at the site for any net that has previously been used, and for any net that has been installed at the site for two years and every two years thereafter. Nets that do not meet the specifed tensile strength as required by Section 3308.3.5 shall not be utilized or shall be replaced.

3308.6.4 Identifcation of nets. Structural netting shall be identifed in accordance with Section 7 of ANSI/ASSP A10.11. Debris netting shall be identifed by a letter or other documentation from the manufacturer stating the description and model. The identifcation for structural netting and debris netting shall be kept at the site until the netting is removed.

3308.7 Guardrail system. A guardrail system shall be installed, maintained, and provided along all unenclosed perimeters.

Exceptions: A guardrail system is not required at:

1. The story at grade, provided that it is less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the level of the adjoining ground or structure.

2. Locations where vertical safety netting is installed in accor-

dance with Section 3308.5.

3. Locations where a supported scaffold has been installed provided the scaffold is decked even with the building at such level where the unenclosed perimeter exists, with no gap between the scaffold deck and the building deck greater than 3 inches (76 mm), and also provided that the scaffold is provided with netting and guardrails in accordance with Section 3314.8.

4. Locations where an equivalent alternative system acceptable to the commissioner, including but not limited to cocoon systems, climbing formwork, or enclosure panels, has been installed.

3308.7.1 Components. Guardrail systems shall include a toprail, midrail, toeboard, and posts.

3308.7.2 Height of railings and toeboard. Toprails, midrails, and toeboards shall be located as follows:

1. The top of the toprail shall be located at a height of 39 to 45 inches (991 and 1143 mm) above the foor.

2. The midrail shall be located at a height approximately midway between the toprail and the foor, or where more than one midrail is utilized, each shall be located equidistant from each other, the foor, and the toprail.

3. The toeboard shall be at least 3 ½ inches (89 mm) high and shall be installed so that there is not more than a ¼ inch (6 mm) gap between the foor and the bottom of the toeboard.

Exception: When conditions warrant, the height of the toprail may exceed the 45-inch (1143 mm) height provided additional midrails are installed so that there is no vertical gap larger than 24 inches (610 mm) between any toeboard, midrail, or toprail.

3308.7.3 Dimensions and materials. Toprails, midrails, toeboards, and posts shall have the following dimensions and be constructed out of the following materials:

1. Toprails shall, at a minimum, consist of:

1.1. 2 inch by 4 inch (51 mm by 102 mm) 1500 foot pounds per square inch (1.05 kgf/mm2╪) fber (stress

grade) construction grade lumber;

1.2. 1 ½ inch (38 mm) nominal diameter (Schedule 40) pipe;

1.3. 2 inch by 2 inch by ⅜th inch (51 mm by 51 mm by 10 mm) structural angle; or

1.4. ¼ inch (6 mm) diameter noncorrosive wire cable made of mild plow steel.

2. Midrails shall, at a minimum, consist of:

2.1. 1 inch by 6 inch (25 mm by 152 mm) 1500 foot pounds per square inch (1.05 kgf/mm2╪) fber (stress grade) construction grade lumber;

2.2. 1 ½ inch (38 mm) nominal diameter (Schedule 40) pipe;

2.3. 2 inch by 2 inch by ⅜th inch (51 mm by 51 mm by 10 mm) structural angle; or

2.4. ¼ inch (6 mm) diameter noncorrosive wire cable made of mild plow steel.

3. Toeboards shall, at a minimum, consist of:

3.1. 1 inch by 4 inch (25 mm by 102╪ mm) lumber; or

3.2. Metal plank at least 3½ inches (89 mm) high.

4. Toprails, midrails, and toeboards shall be securely fastened to upright posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) apart. Such posts shall, at a minimum, consist of:

4.1. 2 inch by 4 inch (51 mm by 102 mm) 1500 foot pounds per square inch (1.05 kgf/mm2╪) fber (stress grade) construction grade lumber;

4.2. 1½ inch (38mm) nominal diameter (Schedule 40) pipe;

4.3. 2 inch by 2 inch by ⅜ inch (51 mm by 51 mm by 10 mm) structural angle; or

4.4. A building column.

Exceptions:

1. Guardrail systems designed by a registered design

professional capable of withstanding, without failure:

1.1 A force of at least 200 pounds (890 N) applied within 2 inches (51 mm) of the top edge, in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge. Where the force is applied in a downward direction, the top edge shall not defect more than 6 inches (152 mm) and in no case to a height less than 39 inches (991 mm) above the foor; and

s1.2 A load of at least 50 pounds (222 N) applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along the toeboard.

2. Posts supporting wire cable toprails and midrails, as well as the toeboards utilized in connection with such wire cable toprails and midrails, may be spaced more than 8 feet (2438 mm) apart provided that the posts are spaced such that where a force of 200 pounds (890 N) is applied in a downward direction along the top edge, the top edge shall not defect more than 6 inches (152 mm) and in no case to a height less than 39 inches (991 mm) above the foor.

3308.7.4 Horizontal gap. The guardrail system shall be installed so that there exists no horizontal gap larger than 1 inch (25 mm) as measured along the perimeter of the building from the edge of the guardrail system to any building column or façade.

3308.7.5 Tensioning system. When made of wire cable, toprails and midrails shall be provided with a positive tensioning system, such as a turnbuckle, to keep the cable taut.

3308.7.6 Dislodgement. Guardrail systems shall be secured to prevent dislodgement by impact or wind.

3308.7.7 Temporary removal. The requirements of Section 3308.10 shall apply.

3308.7.8 Permanent removal. Guardrail systems installed to protect unenclosed perimeters may be removed where vertical safety netting

systems meeting the requirements of Section 3308.5 have been installed.

3308.8 Modifcations. The commissioner may, based upon a written request from a registered design professional, modify the requirements for unenclosed perimeter protection in accordance with Section 28103.3 of the Administrative Code.

3308.9 Unenclosed perimeter protection inspection, use, adjustment, maintenance, and repair. Unenclosed perimeter protection shall be inspected, used, adjusted, maintained, repaired, and replaced in accordance with the design drawings, manufacturer specifcations, and the requirements of this code. Where there is a discrepancy, the stricter standard shall apply.

3308.9.1 Safe condition. Unenclosed perimeter protection shall be maintained in a safe condition and used in a manner that eliminates hazards to the public and property. Any hazardous conditions or defects discovered with such shall immediately be brought to the attention of the responsible permit holder under Section 3308.4.

3308.9.2 Precautions. Precautions shall be taken to prevent unenclosed perimeter protection from being damaged by sunlight, abrasion, sand, rust, welding, cutting operations, chemicals, and airborne contaminants, where such systems are susceptible to damage by such.

3308.9.3 Inspections. Unenclosed perimeter protection shall be inspected for compliance with this code, manufacturer specifcations, and required drawings at least daily, as well as before and after each removal and restoration in accordance with Section 3308.10.3, and after each impact loading event, installation, reinstallation, adjustment, maintenance, or repair of the unenclosed perimeter protection or any part or component of such. Where the job requires a site safety manager or coordinator in accordance with Section 3310, the inspection shall be performed by the site safety manager or coordinator, and a written record of such inspection maintained as part of the site safety log. Where the job does not require a site safety manager or coordinator, the inspection shall be performed by a competent person designated by the permit holder in accordance with Section 3308.4, with a record of such inspection prepared, initialed, and dated by such competent person.

3308.9.4 Removing from service. Unenclosed perimeter protection showing signs of mildew, corrosion, wear, tears, breaks, frays, damage, or deterioration that may substantially affect the strength of such shall be immediately removed from service.

3308.9.5 Repair. Repairs to unenclosed perimeter protection shall be in accordance with the specifcations of the manufacturer of such and shall provide the original manufacturer factor of safety, or where manufacturer specifcations do not exist, shall be repaired in accordance with specifcations developed by the registered design professional responsible for the design of the unenclosed perimeter protection in accordance with Section 3308.3.1.

Exception: Structural nets and debris nets shall not be repaired.

3308.9.6 Vacuum cleaning. Areas in the vicinity of operations related to the installation, reinstallation, adjustment, maintenance, repair, temporary removal, or permanent removal of unenclosed perimeter protection systems that produce or typically produce small debris shall be vacuumed as the operation progresses. Examples of operations that produce small debris include, but are not limited to, the installation or removal of fasteners for a vertical netting system, chipping to expose curtain wall clips, preparation of the slab to install or receive exterior walls, and chopping or core drilling at perimeter for mechanical risers. Vacuum equipment shall be tethered or otherwise secured to prevent the equipment from falling.

3308.10 Temporary removal of unenclosed perimeter protection. Unenclosed perimeter protection, or portions thereof, may be temporarily removed in the immediate area where active loading or unloading operations are occurring, or to the extent necessary to facilitate active work at the perimeter, including but not limited to inspections or the relocation of unenclosed perimeter protection to a higher level, provided there is compliance with the following items:

1. All material, equipment, and debris on the foor is secured against dislodgement by wind or accidental impact;

2. A controlled access zone is established to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering the area where the unenclosed perimeter protection has been removed;

3. Prior to removal the foor is cleared of all material, equipment, and debris to a distance of at least 10 feet (3048 mm) in all directions from the area where the unenclosed perimeter protection is to be removed, except for material or equipment that is related to the active loading or unloading operation or active work at the perimeter, or that is stored in accordance with Section 3303.4.5.2;

4. Immediately prior to removal the foor is broom-swept to a distance of at least 10 feet (3048 mm) in all directions from the area where the unenclosed perimeter protection is to be removed and, in addition, areas in the immediate vicinity of the unenclosed perimeter protection are vacuumed, including areas around zero cables, toeboards, and spaces where trapped debris may have accumulated;

5. During removal operations areas are vacuumed as required by Section 3308.9.6;

6. A competent person supervises the operation as required by Section 3308.10.2;

7. Where vertical safety netting, guardrails, or equivalent alternative systems are removed, the removal does not extend past the column bays where the active loading or unloading operations are occurring or where active work at the perimeter is occurring; and

8. Where horizontal safety netting or equivalent alternative systems are removed, none of the following types of work occurs at or above the level where the horizontal safety netting or equivalent alternative system has been removed:

8.1 Concrete work, including formwork placement or stripping;

8.2 Structural steel placement or assembly; or

8.3 Any other work within 10 feet (3048 mm) from an unenclosed perimeter of the building.

3308.10.1 Restoring unenclosed perimeter protection. Unenclosed perimeter protection shall be reinstalled immediately following the end of the active loading or unloading operation or active work at the perimeter, or at the end of the shift, whichever occurs sooner. Immediately prior to restoring a guardrail system, vertical netting system, or equivalent alternative system, areas in the vicinity of the edge shall be vacuumed, and other areas to a distance of at least 10 feet (3048 mm), in all directions from the area where the unenclosed perimeter protection is removed, shall be broom-swept. Vacuum equipment shall be tethered or otherwise secured to prevent the equipment from falling.

Exceptions:

1. Where material overhangs overnight in accordance with Section 3303.4.5.2, guardrails shall be reinstalled the next work day immediately following the relocation of the material.

2. Where a toeboard or zero cable has been temporarily removed to facilitate the placement and curing of a concrete foor slab, the toeboard or zero cable shall be reinstalled as soon as practical.

3308.10.2 Competent person. The competent person designated in accordance with Section 3308.4 shall supervise the temporary removal and reinstallation of unenclosed perimeter protection, including all ancillary activities, such as preparing the area for the removal of the unenclosed perimeter protection, and shall ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 3308.10.

3308.10.3 Inspection. An inspection shall be performed immediately prior to the removal of unenclosed perimeter protection to verify compliance with the provisions of Section 3308.10. An inspection shall be performed immediately prior to restoring a guardrail system, vertical netting system, or equivalent alternative system to verify compliance with the cleaning provisions of Section 3308.10.1. An inspection shall be performed immediately after unenclosed perimeter protection is restored to verify compliance with this code, manufacturer specifcations, and required drawings. These inspections shall be performed by the site safety manager, site safety coordinator, or competent person in accordance with Section 3308.9.3, and recorded in accordance with Section 3308.9.3.

SECTION BC 3309 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY

3309.1 Protection required. Adjoining public and private property, including persons thereon, shall be protected from damage and injury during construction or demolition work. Protection must be provided for footings, foundations, party walls, chimneys, skylights and roofs. Provisions shall also be made to control water run-off and erosion during construction or demolition activities. Where the New York City Department of Environmental Protection has issued a stormwater construction permit for a covered development project, such run-off and erosion controls shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the rules of the Department of Environmental Protection and this code.

3309.1.1 Notifcation. Where a construction or demolition project will require access to adjoining property in accordance with this section, written notifcation shall be provided to the adjoining property owner at least 60 calendar days prior to the commencement of work. Such notifcation shall describe the nature of work, estimated schedule and duration, details of inspections or monitoring to be performed on the adjoining property, protection to be installed on the adjoining property, and contact information for the project. Where no response is received, a second written notifcation shall be made no more than 45 calendar days, and not less than 30 calendar days, prior to the commencement of work.

3309.2 License to enter adjoining property. The responsibility of affording any license to enter adjoining property shall rest upon the owner of the adjoining property involved; and in case any tenant of such owner fails or refuses to permit the owner to afford such license, such failure or refusal shall be a cause for the owner to dispossess such tenant through appropriate legal proceedings for recovering possession of real property. Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to prohibit the owner of the property undertaking construction or demolition work from petitioning for a special proceeding pursuant to Section 881 of the Real Property Actions and Proceedings Law.

3309.3 Physical examination. When permission to enter upon adjoining property has been obtained, a physical examination of such property shall be conducted by the person causing the construction or demolition operations prior to the commencement of the operations and at reasonable periods during the progress of the work. Observed conditions shall be recorded by the person causing the construction or demolition operations, and such records shall be made available to the department upon request.

3309.4 Soil or foundation work affecting adjoining property. Whenever soil or foundation work occurs, regardless of the depth of such, the person who causes such to be made shall, at all times during the course of such work and at his or her own expense, preserve and protect from damage any adjoining structures, including but not limited to footings and foundations, provided such person is afforded a license in accordance with the requirements of Section 3309.2 to enter and inspect the adjoining buildings and property, and to perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such purpose. If the person who causes the soil or foundation work is not afforded a license, such duty to preserve and protect the adjacent property shall devolve to the owner of such adjoining property, who shall be afforded a similar license with respect to the property where the soil or foundation work is to be made.

3309.4.1 Additional safeguards during excavation. The following additional requirements shall apply during excavation:

1. The person causing the excavation shall support the vertical and lateral load of the adjoining structure by proper foundations, underpinning, or other equivalent means where the level of the foundations of the adjoining structure is at or above the level of the bottom of the new excavation.

2. Where the existing adjoining structure is below the level of the construction or demolition, provision shall be made to support any increased vertical or lateral load on the existing adjoining structure caused by the construction or demolition.

3. Where the construction or demolition will result in a decrease in the frost protection for an existing foundation below the minimums established in Section 1809.3.1, the existing foundation shall be modifed as necessary to restore the required frost protection.

3309.4.2 Support of party walls. Where a party wall will be affected by excavation, regardless of the depth, the person who causes the excavation to be made shall preserve such party wall at his or her own expense so that it shall be, and shall remain, in a safe condition. Where an adjoining party wall is intended to be used by the person causing an excavation to be made, and such party wall is in good condition and suffcient for the uses of the existing and proposed buildings, it shall be the duty of such person to protect such party wall and support it by proper foundations, so that it shall be and remain practically as safe as it was before the excavation was commenced.

3309.4.3 Preconstruction survey. No excavation work to a depth of 5 feet to 10 feet (1524 mm to 3048 mm) within 10 feet (3048 mm) of an adjacent building, or an excavation over 10 feet (3048 mm) anywhere on the site shall commence until the person causing an excavation to be made has documented the existing conditions of all adjacent buildings in a preconstruction survey. In addition to the preconstruction survey, a geotechnical report in accordance with Section 1803.6, and an evaluation analysis in accordance with Section 1817, shall be prepared when required by Chapter 18.

3309.4.4 Monitoring. During the course of excavation work the following shall be monitored in accordance with Section 3309.16:

1. Buildings that are within a distance from the edge of the excavation that is equal to or less than the maximum depth of the excavation.

2. Historic structures that are contiguous to or within a lateral distance of 90 feet (27 432 mm) from the edge of the lot where an excavation is occurring.

Exception: Monitoring is not required for excavations to a depth of fve feet (1523 mm) or less, provided:

1. The excavation occurs more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from all footings and foundations; or

2. Where the excavation occurs within fve feet (1524 mm) or less from a footing or foundation, such excavation does not occur below the level of the footing or foundation.

3309.4.5 Potential hazard. When, in the opinion of the commissioner, a potential hazard exists as a result of soil or foundation work, elevations of the adjacent buildings shall be recorded or other monitoring procedures shall be implemented by a registered design professional at intervals of 24 hours or less as determined by the commissioner to ascertain if movement has occurred.

3309.5 Underpinning or alternate methods of support of buildings and adjacent property. Whenever underpinning or an alternate method of support of buildings and adjacent property is required to preserve and protect an adjacent property from construction, demolition, or excavation work, the person who causes such work shall, at his or her own expense, underpin or otherwise support the adjacent building and property provided such person is afforded a license in accordance with the requirements of Section 3309.2 to enter and inspect the adjoining buildings and property, and to perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such purpose. If the person who causes the construction, demolition, or excavation work is not afforded a license, such duty to preserve and protect the adjacent property shall devolve to the owner of the adjoining property, who shall be afforded a similar license with respect to the property where the construction, demolition, or excavation is to be performed.

3309.6 Subsurface operations affecting adjacent properties. Whenever subsurface operations, other than excavation or fll, are conducted that may impose loads or movements on adjoining property, including but not limited to the driving of piles, compaction of soils, or soil solidifcation, the effects

of such operations on adjoining property and structures shall be monitored in accordance with Section 3309.16.

Exception: Monitoring during underpinning or alternate methods of support of buildings and adjacent property shall be in accordance with Section 1817.

3309.6.1 Change in ground water level. Where placement of a foundation will cause changes in the ground water level under adjacent buildings, the effects of such changes on the stability and settlement of the adjacent foundations shall be investigated and provision shall be made to prevent damage to such buildings.

3309.6.2 Potential hazard. When, in the opinion of the commissioner, a potential hazard exists as a result of subsurface operations, elevations of the adjacent buildings shall be recorded by a registered design professional at intervals of 24 hours or less as determined by the commissioner to ascertain if movement has occurred.

3309.7 Retaining structures. The requirements of Article 305 of Chapter 3 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code shall apply to the regulation of retaining structures.

3309.8 Adjoining walls. When any construction or demolition operation exposes or breaches an adjoining wall, including load bearing and nonload-bearing walls as well as party walls and non party walls, the person causing the construction or demolition operation shall, at his or her own expense, perform the following:

1. Maintain the structural integrity of such walls and adjoining structure, and have a registered design professional investigate the stability and condition of the wall and adjoining structure, and take all necessary steps to protect such wall and structure.

2. Maintain all required fre exits and passageways or provide substitutions meeting the requirements of this code.

3. Cut off close to the walls all beams in party walls, remove stub ends without weakening existing masonry, clean beam pockets of loose mortar, bend over all wall anchors at the beam ends in the standing wall, and brick-up all open beam holes with sound brick and compatible mortar.

4. During demolition operations, where the foor beams of the adjacent building bear on the party wall, the person causing

the demolition shall ascertain that such beams are anchored into the wall and, where such anchorage is lacking, shall provide anchorage or otherwise brace the standing wall.

5. During demolition operations, all nonload-bearing chimney breasts, projections and any other debris exposed on party walls shall be examined and monitored by the person causing the demolition. Removal of such items shall be made under the supervision of a registered design professional only if the stability of the adjacent building or structure will not be affected. All openings shall be bricked up fush on the exposed side of the party wall. All masonry that is in poor condition shall be pointed and patched.

3309.9 Weatherproof integrity of adjoining buildings. Where the waterproof integrity of an adjoining wall or building has been impaired due to construction or demolition operations, the person causing the construction or demolition operations shall, at his or her own expense, provide all necessary measures to permanently waterproof the adjoining wall or building in order to establish or restore the weatherproof integrity of such adjoining wall or building. This shall include, but is not limited to:

1. Bending over and fashing all roofng material of adjoining buildings;

2. Sealing and permanently waterproofng all doors or other openings in party walls;

3. Properly sealing all cornices, where cut;

4. Pointing up and making waterproof any walls and parapets and any walls that have been disturbed;

5. Removing all exposed furring, lath, and plaster on party walls; and

6. Removing, replacing, and frmly anchoring any loose wall material.

3309.10 Protection of roofs. Whenever any building is to be constructed or demolished above the roof of an adjoining building, it shall be the duty of the person causing such work to protect from damage at all times during the course of such work and at his or her own expense the roof, skylights, other roof outlets, and equipment located on the roof of the adjoining building, and to use every reasonable means to avoid interference with the use of the adjoining building during the course of such work, provided such person causing such work is afforded a license in accordance with the requirements of Section 3309.2 to enter and

inspect the adjoining building and perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise, the duty of protecting the roof, skylights, other roof outlets, and equipment on the roof of the adjoining building shall devolve upon the owner of such adjoining building. Adjoining roof protection shall be secured to prevent dislodgement by wind. Where construction or demolition work occurs at a height of at least 48 inches (1219 mm) above the level of the adjoining roof, adjoining roof protection shall consist of 2 inches (51 mm) of fame-retardant foam under 2 inches (51 mm) of fame-retardant wood plank laid tight and covered by fame-retardant plywood, or shall consist of equivalent protection acceptable to the commissioner, and shall cover all areas of the adjoining roof that are within a horizontal distance from the building being constructed or demolished equal to the height of the highest working level of the building being constructed or demolished, to a maximum of 20 feet (6096 mm), or to a greater maximum when ordered by the commissioner due to a unique hazard at the site.

Exceptions:

1. Adjoining roof protection is not required along an exposure where a site specifc engineered enclosure system that is acceptable to the commissioner and meets the requirements of Section 3309.17 has been installed to cover the entire exposure where work is occurring.

2. Where vents, equipment, or similar obstructions are present on the roof, the roof protection shall be elevated to avoid interreference, or an equivalent elevated system, designed by a registered design professional, shall be installed.

3. Occupiable spaces on an adjoining roof, such as a roof terrace, observation deck, rooftop bar, or residential balcony, that will not be closed during the work, shall instead be protected in accordance with Section 3309.13.

3309.11 Protection of trees. No trees outside the property line within the public right-of-way shall be disturbed or removed without the permission of the commissioner of the department of parks and recreation. Protection meeting the requirements of the department of parks and recreation shall be provided for all such trees, and written notifcation shall also be made to the department of parks and recreation at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work.

3309.11.1 Deleterious, caustic, or acid materials. No deleterious,

caustic, or acid materials shall be dumped or mixed within 10 feet (3048 mm) of any tree within the public right-of-way, nor shall salt for the removal of ice or snow be applied when runoff will drain to a tree within the public right-of-way.

Exceptions:

1. Mixing, delivery, or placement of concrete from a concrete mixer or concrete truck.

2. Application of de-icing materials as necessary to prevent slipping and tripping hazards in areas accessible to the public during periods where freezing conditions are to be encountered.

3309.12 Protection of chimneys. Any person having the duty to alter or maintain chimneys of any adjoining building under and pursuant to the provisions of this code, the New York City Mechanical Code, the New York City Fuel Gas Code, or other applicable laws and rules shall be afforded a license in accordance with the requirements of Section 3309.2 to enter and inspect such adjoining building and perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise, such duty shall devolve upon the owner of such adjoining building.

3309.13 Protection of adjoining equipment and spaces. Whenever a building is constructed or demolished, it shall be the duty of the person causing such work to protect from damage, at all times during the course of such work and at his or her own expense, all mechanical, electrical, and similar equipment on the adjoining property, and to protect all publicly accessible spaces on the adjoining property, and also to use every reasonable means to avoid interference with the use of such equipment and spaces during the course of such construction or demolition work, provided such person causing such work is afforded a license in accordance with the requirements of Section 3309.2 to enter and inspect the adjoining property and perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise, the duty of protecting such adjoining equipment and spaces shall devolve upon the owner of such adjoining property.

Adjoining equipment and space protection shall be secured to prevent dislodgement by wind. Where the construction or demolition work requires a site safety plan in accordance with Section 3301.13 or 3310 and access to the equipment or space is not precluded, adjoining equipment and space protection shall be designed to provide a level of overhead protection equivalent to that provided by a sidewalk shed in accordance with Section 3307, and shall

cover all adjoining equipment or spaces that are within a horizontal distance from the building being constructed or demolished equal to the height of the highest working level of the building being constructed or demolished, to a maximum of 20 feet (6096 mm), or to a greater maximum when ordered by the commissioner due to a unique hazard at the site.

Exceptions:

1. Equipment on an adjoining roof shall be protected in accordance with Section 3309.10.

2. Adjoining equipment and space protection is not required along an exposure where a site specifc engineered enclosure system, acceptable to the commissioner, and meeting the requirements of Section 3309.17, has been installed to cover the entire exposure where work is occurring.

3309.14 Protection of windows. Whenever exterior construction or demolition work occurs, and such work results in an unenclosed perimeter, it shall be the duty of the person causing such work to protect from damage, at all times during the course of such work and at his or her own expense, all windows on adjoining private property that face such work and are 20 feet (508 mm) or less from an unenclosed perimeter, provided such person causing such work is afforded a license in accordance with the requirements of Section 3309.2 to enter and inspect the adjoining property and perform such work thereon as may be necessary for such purpose; otherwise, the duty of protecting the adjoining windows shall devolve upon the owner of such adjoining building.

Where the window provides required means of natural lighting, natural ventilation, or egress, such protection shall not be allowed to interfere with such required means.

Exceptions: Window protection is not required for:

1. Minor alterations and ordinary repairs.

2. Work performed on a one-, two- or three-family detached house or accessory use to such.

3. Locations where the unenclosed perimeter of the building under construction or demolition is protected along the entire exposure by vertical netting that meets the requirements of Section 3308.5, supported scaffolding provided with guardrails and netting in accordance with Section 3314.8, or an equivalent alternative system acceptable to the commis-

3309.15 Modifcations and alternate methods. The commissioner may, in accordance with Section 28-103.3 of the Administrative Code, and based upon a written request from a registered design professional, modify the requirements for adjoining property protection required by this section, including but not limited to authorizing the installation or use of alternative methods of surveying, monitoring, inspection, or protection.

3309.16 Monitoring plan. Where monitoring is required by Section 3309, such monitoring shall be in accordance with a monitoring plan developed by a registered design professional and acceptable to the commissioner. The monitoring plan shall be specifc to the structures to be monitored and operations to be undertaken, and shall specify the scope and frequency of monitoring, acceptable tolerances, and reporting criteria for when tolerances are exceeded. Monitoring plans shall also comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 18 and Sections 3303, 3304, and 3306.

3309.17 Site specifc engineered enclosure system. Site specifc engineered enclosure systems authorized by this section shall meet the following requirements:

1. The engineered enclosure system shall be designed by a registered design professional. The design shall be specifc to the site and shall meet all temporary load requirements, including but not limited to wind, as prescribed in Chapter 16;

2. The engineered enclosure system shall be acceptable to the commissioner;

3. The engineered enclosure system shall be positioned exterior of the building under construction or demolition and shall cover all areas along the exposure where work is occurring or openings in the building are present;

4. The lowest horizontal level of the engineered enclosure system shall be designed to meet the design loads required for a sidewalk shed in accordance with Section 3307.6.4.2, shall be positioned such that it is located at or below the lowest level of work and openings in the building along the exposure, and shall be brought tight to the face of the building under construction or demolition, except that a gap, not to exceed 1 inch (25 mm), along the face of the building is permissible, provided the resulting gap is sealed or covered by material of suffcient manner and strength capable of trapping falling objects;

5. The vertical surfaces of the engineered enclosure system shall be covered fully by material capable of stopping material or debris generated by the work. Such vertical covering shall be brought tight to the face of the engineered enclosure system. Where necessary to control material or debris, the material shall be rigid and solid, or shall, at a minimum, be a rigid galvanized welded wire screen of not less than No. 16 steel wire gauge, with no opening larger than ½ inch (13 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension, backed by fne debris netting located interior of the steel wire screen;

6. The engineered enclosure system shall be installed, inspected, repaired, maintained, adjusted, used, and removed as indicated on the plans for the engineered enclosure system. Inspections shall be performed, at a minimum, following each installation or reinstallation, each day while in use, periodically while not in use, prior to forecasted inclement weather events, and subsequent to inclement weather events; and

7. A controlled access zone, acceptable to the commissioner, or protection in accordance with Sections 3309.10 or 3309.13, shall be provided to protect the adjoining property whenever the engineered enclosure system is installed or removed, and when otherwise warranted during repairs, maintenance, or adjustments. Such controlled access zone or protection shall be indicated on the plans for the engineered enclosure system.

SECTION BC 3310 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION OF MAJOR BUILDINGS

3310.1 Scope. This section shall apply to:

1. The construction of a new major building;

2. The vertical or horizontal enlargement of a major building;

3. The full or partial demolition of a major building;

4. The alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade of a major building, provided the building is more than 14 stories or 200 feet (60 960 mm) in height, whichever is less, and also provided the façade work requires a sidewalk shed to be installed; and

5. Any construction or demolition work, including the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade, in a building so designated by

the commissioner.

Exception: The requirements of this section shall not apply to partial demolition operations limited to the interior components of a major building, provided no mechanical demolition equipment, other than handheld devices, are used.

3310.1.1 Applicability of other laws. Nothing contained herein shall diminish or supersede any other applicable city, state, or federal regulation. Nothing in this section shall relieve persons engaged in construction or demolition work of their obligations under this chapter, including but not limited to Sections 3301.1 and 3301.2, or from complying with other applicable provisions of law.

3310.2 Major buildings. See the defnition of “Major building” in Chapter 2.

3310.3 Site safety plan. No permit shall be issued for the type of work listed in Section 3310.1 until a site safety plan that meets the requirements of Article 110 of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code has been approved by the department.

3310.4 Site safety monitoring program. For a project that requires a site safety plan, the general contractor shall enact and maintain a site safety monitoring program to implement such site safety plan. The site safety monitoring program shall, at a minimum, comply with Sections 3310.5 through 3310.10.

Exception: Subject to the approval of the commissioner, a site safety monitoring program may be waived, reduced, or modifed in accordance with Section 3310.11.

3310.5 Site safety manager or coordinator to be designated. A primary site safety manager shall be designated by the owner, agent, construction manager, or general contractor. Where more than one site safety manager is to serve at the site, all such entities shall agree to designate one such site safety manager as the primary site safety manager, or where there is only one site safety manager, such manager shall automatically be designated as the primary site safety manager. The primary site safety manager shall carry out all duties and responsibilities assigned to the site safety manager or coordinator by this chapter and rules promulgated by the commissioner, and shall be certifed by the department in accordance with Article 402 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

Exceptions:

1. A site safety coordinator, certifed by the department in accordance with the requirements of Article 403 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, may be designated in lieu of a site safety manager for the construction, vertical or horizontal enlargement, or full or partial demolition of a major building, provided such building:

1.1 Is less than 15 stories or 200 feet (60 960 mm) in height, whichever is less; and

1.2 Has a building footprint of 100,000 square feet (30 480 m2) or less.

2. Façade or roof projects that comply with Section 3310.12.

3310.5.1 Notifcation to the department of the primary manager or coordinator. The department shall be notifed of the primary site safety manager or coordinator prior to the commencement of work. In the event that an alternate site safety manager or coordinator will be acting in place of the primary site safety manager or coordinator for a period longer than two consecutive weeks, the department must be so notifed. Any permanent change of the primary site safety manager or coordinator requires immediate notifcation to the department.

3310.5.2 Presence at the site. For the construction or alteration of a building, the site safety manager or coordinator shall be present at the site during all times while active work is occurring and through all phases of work, beginning with excavation and continuing until the building is enclosed and the sidewalk shed removed.

For the demolition of a building, the site safety manager or coordinator shall be present at the site during all times while active work is occurring and through all phases of work, beginning with the removal of any glass, asbestos, or façade and, for a full demolition, continuing until the site has been backflled to grade, or for a partial demolition until the building is enclosed and the sidewalk shed removed.

Exceptions:

1. The site safety manager or coordinator is not required to be present at the site during the following activities, provided no other work is in progress;

1.1 Surveying that does not involve the disturbance of material, structure, or earth;

1.2

Use of a hoist exterior to the building to transport personnel only;

1.3 Use of a hoist that is fully enclosed within the perimeter of the building to transport personnel or material;

1.4 Work limited to fnish troweling of concrete foors;

1.5

Work limited to providing the site with temporary heat, light, or water;

1.6 Truck deliveries to the site, provided the delivery occurs within the site while the gate is closed and fagpersons are provided to direct traffc while the truck is entering and exiting the site.

1.7 Painting; or

1.8

Landscaping that does not involve the disturbance of material, structure, or earth.

2. Subject to the approval of the commissioner, the requirement for a site safety manager, or where a site safety coordinator is authorized by this code, a site safety coordinator, may be waived entirely, or reduced to a part time basis with such part time basis determined by the commissioner, in accordance with Section 3310.11.

3310.5.3 Alternate site safety manager or coordinator. Where the primary site safety manager or coordinator is unable to be at the site, an alternate site safety manager or coordinator shall act in place of the primary site safety manager or coordinator and carry out all duties and responsibilities assigned to the site safety manager or coordinator by this chapter and rules promulgated by the commissioner. Such shall be recorded in the site safety log as required by Section 3310.8.4.2, and where required by Section 3310.5.1 notifcation shall be provided to the department.

3310.5.4 Limitation on primary site safety manager or coordinator serving at another site. No site safety manager or coordinator designated as the primary site safety manager or coordinator at a site shall serve as a site safety manager or coordinator at any other site.

Exceptions:

1. A site safety manager or coordinator designated as the primary site safety manager or coordinator at a site may serve as a non-primary site safety manager or coordinator at another site, provided there is no work requiring the presence of such individual in accordance with Section 3310.5.2 occurring at the site for which the individual has been designated as the primary site safety manager or coordinator.

2. A site safety manager may be designated as the primary site safety manager for two or more sites, provided all sites meet the criteria set forth in Section 3310.12.

3310.6 Reserved.

3310.7 Contractor shall inform personnel. The requirements of Section 3301.14 shall apply.

3310.8 Site safety manager’s and coordinator’s duties. The site safety manager or coordinator shall monitor compliance with the site safety plan, the tenant or occupant protection plan, and the requirements of this chapter and any rules promogulated thereunder by performing the duties required by Sections 3310.8.1 through 3310.8.5 and by performing all other safety duties assigned by the owner or general contractor to meet legal requirements.

3310.8.1 Meetings. The meeting requirements of Section 3301.13.19‡ shall apply.

3310.8.2 Notifcation of violations. In the event the site safety manager or coordinator discovers a violation of this chapter or any rules promogulated thereunder, the site safety plan, or the tenant or occupant protection plan, he or she shall immediately notify the person or persons responsible for creating the violation, whether these persons are employed by the general contractor or by subcontractors. If the site safety manager or coordinator is unable to obtain the cooperation of these persons in correcting the violation, he or she shall immediately inform the direct supervisor of the person or company responsible for creating the violation and request that the supervisor order the necessary corrective action. If such supervisor is not present at the site or is otherwise unavailable, or if informing the direct supervisor does not result in the violation being corrected, the site safety manager or coordinator shall notify the construction superintendent, or if the job does not require a construction superintendent, any other supervisory personnel of the

permit holder or any other responsible manager or offcer of the permit holder. All such violations and corrective work shall be recorded in the daily log.

3310.8.2.1 Notifcation of conditions to the department. The site safety manager or coordinator shall immediately notify the department directly if he or she discovers any of the following conditions in the routine performance of the job:

1. A person is operating a crane, derrick, or hoisting equipment on the site without a permit and refuses to desist from operating the equipment;

2. A crane is being operated by an unlicensed operator and such unlicensed operator refuses to desist from operating the crane;

3. No fagperson is present during crane operation where required by this chapter;

4. Sidewalk sheds required by the site safety plan are not in place during construction or demolition activity;

5. Permits have not been issued for the sidewalk sheds;

6. The designer and/or supplier of sidewalk sheds has not certifed that the sheds have been erected in accordance with the approved drawings;

7. Any incident has occurred;

8. Required standpipe is not in place at each story below the construction or demolition foor;

9. Required standpipe valves are not in place at each story below the construction or demolition foor;

10. Required standpipe is not capped;

11. Required standpipe is not connected to a water source or fre department connection;

12. Required standpipe fre department hose connection is obstructed;

13. Required standpipe fre department hose connections are not marked by a red light and a sign reading,

“Standpipe Connection”;

14. A breach exists in the required standpipe risers, cross connections, or fre department connections;

15. The standpipe alarm activates;

16. Stairs are not provided in accordance with Section 3303.11; or

17. An elevator or hoist is not available in accordance with Section 3303.12.

3310.8.2.1.1 Responsibility. Upon proper notifcation to the department of the existence of any of the above-noted circumstances, any responsibility the site safety manager or coordinator has under this code arising out of, relating to, or as a result of the existence of that circumstance, shall cease.

3310.8.2.1.2 Notifcation of construction superintendent. For a job that requires a construction superintendent, upon notifcation of the above conditions to the department, the site safety manager or coordinator shall notify the construction superintendent of the condition and that notifcation has been made to the department.

3310.8.3 Inspections. Site safety inspections shall be performed and documented as required by Sections 3310.8.3.1 through 3310.8.3.4.

3310.8.3.1 Spot checks. The safety manager or coordinator shall personally perform spot checks of the site on a regular basis throughout the day for compliance with the site safety plan, the tenant or occupant protection plan, the requirements of this chapter, and any rules promulgated thereunder.

3310.8.3.2 Enumerated inspections. The following inspections shall be performed by the site safety manager or coordinator, or by one or more individuals designated by the site safety manager or coordinator and certifed as a site safety manager or coordinator in accordance with Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code:

1. Daily, weekly, and other checks as specifed in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

2. Daily checks to ensure that a standpipe system is available and in a state of readiness at all times for use by

frefghting personnel by verifying:

2.1 That valves are in place at each story below the construction foor;

2.2 That standpipes are connected to a water source or fre department connection; and

2.3 That fre department hose connections are free from obstruction and are marked by a red light and sign that reads, “Standpipe Connection.”

3. Weekly checks to verify that no breach exists in the standpipe system by visually tracing the standpipe, including risers, cross connections and fre department connections.

3310.8.3.3 Delegation. Nothing in this code shall be read to prohibit the site safety manager from delegating enumerated inspections to an individual certifed as a site safety coordinator at a site where a primary site safety manager is required; however, the site safety manager or coordinator may not delegate their general responsibility to perform spot checks of the site throughout the day. Delegation does not relieve the site safety manager or coordinator from the responsibility to ensure such inspections are adequately performed.

3310.8.3.4 Record of inspections. A record of all such inspections shall be maintained by such site safety manager or coordinator in the site safety log in accordance with Section 3310.8.4.

3310.8.4 Site safety log. A site safety log shall be maintained and kept at the site. The log, or where there is more than one log, the logs in total, shall, at a minimum, contain the following information:

1. Date and location of inspections performed in accordance with Section 3310.8.3;

2. Date and names of individuals met with to satisfy the requirements of Section 3310.8.1;

3. Any unsafe acts and/or conditions, and dates and locations of said unsafe acts and/or conditions;

4. Companies and representatives notifed of unsafe acts and/or conditions;

5. Dates of notifcation of unsafe acts and/or conditions;

6. Dates of correction of unsafe acts and/or conditions and nature of correction;

7. Any incident;

8. Any violations, stop work orders, or summonses issued by the department, including date issued and date lifted or dismissed;

9. Dates and location where horizontal and vertical safety netting have been installed, replaced and/or repaired;

10. Date horizontal safety netting is removed;

11. Date when building reaches a height of 75 feet (22 860 mm); and

12. Date when the building is topped off.

3310.8.4.1 Recording inspections in the site safety log. Inspections shall be recorded by the end of the day by the site safety manager or coordinator who performed the inspection. The site safety log, or where there is more than one log, each individual log, shall be completed and signed by the site safety manager or coordinator, and if the inspection is performed by another individual, by the site safety manager or coordinator who performed the inspection.

Exception: Where a part time site safety manager or coordinator is approved by the commissioner in accordance with Section 3310.11, the site safety manager or coordinator shall sign the log when he or she arrives at the site and leaves the site, and all entries in the site safety log shall be completed and signed prior to leaving the site.

3310.8.4.2 Recording change in site safety manager or coordinator. If at any point during the day an alternate site safety manager or coordinator acts as the primary site safety manager, this shall be noted in the log, and the alternate site safety manager shall log in. If a site safety manager or coordinator is relieved of his or her responsibilities at the site, or a site safety manager or coordinator leaves the site for any reason, this shall be indicated in the site safety log, and another site safety manager or coordinator shall assume the duties of such relieved or

absent site safety manager or coordinator by signing in.

3310.8.4.3 Review and signature by the construction superintendent. Prior to the start of the subsequent work day, the previous day’s entries in the site safety log shall be reviewed by the construction superintendent, and an entry shall be made in the site safety log, signed and dated by the construction superintendent, that he or she has reviewed all of the previous day’s entries.

3310.8.5 Permit log. Any equipment brought onto the job that requires permits, as well as a description of the equipment, where it is to be located, permit number, issue and expiration date of the permit, and certifcate of inspection, if required, shall be entered on a separate permit log that shall be maintained at the site by the site safety manager or coordinator and kept at the site.

3310.8.6 Reserved.

3310.9 Additional site safety personnel. The following additional personnel shall be employed to oversee concrete operations at a major building and such other classes of buildings or operations as the commissioner may designate by rule. These personnel shall coordinate directly with the site safety manager or coordinator. In all instances, the site safety manager or coordinator retains responsibility for ensuring compliance with the provisions of Section 3310 of this code and all applicable rules, and for signing the site safety log. The name and contact information of the additional site safety personnel shall be recorded in the site safety log.

3310.9.1 Concrete safety manager. A concrete safety manager shall be designated by the concrete contractor at those sites where the concrete portion of the project involves the pouring of a minimum of 2,000 cubic yards of concrete or such lesser amount as the commissioner may determine by rule. Concrete safety managers shall have fve years of experience in concrete operations and shall have satisfactorily completed, within the fve calendar years prior to registration, a thirty hour course approved by the commissioner that is suffcient to qualify the individual as a competent person under OSHA standards to oversee concrete operations, including such topics as formwork design, construction and stripping operations, rebar handling, and rigging. Concrete safety managers shall register with the department in the same manner as construction superintendents, and shall provide evidence of meeting the eligibility requirements set forth herein. No person shall perform the duties of a concrete safety manager without being regis-

tered as such with the department. The commissioner shall promulgate rules establishing the duration that such registration shall be valid and the requirements for renewal of the registration. The concrete safety manager shall be present during all concrete operations. For purposes of this section, “concrete operations” shall mean the pouring of concrete and the construction and stripping of concrete forms and related activities as specifed by the commissioner.

3310.10 Orientation and training. All workers employed at a major building site shall receive orientation and training as required by this section and Section 3321.

3310.10.1 Orientation. The requirements of Section 3301.11 shall apply.

3310.11 Modifcations to the site safety monitoring program. The commissioner may, based upon a written request from a registered design professional, waive, reduce, or modify the requirements for the site safety monitoring program for a job of a limited scope or duration in accordance with Section 28-103.3 of the Administrative Code.

3310.12 Façade projects. Where authorized in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner for a project whose scope is limited to the alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade or roof, the inspection, documentation, reporting, and other activities required by Sections 3310.5 through 3310.9 may instead be assigned to a qualifed person. The qualifed person shall also perform all other duties assigned by rules promulgated by the commissioner. The qualifed person shall work under the direct and continuing supervision of a site safety manager, or a licensed master or special rigger, and shall meet all training and experience prerequisites established by rules promulgated by the commissioner.

SECTION BC 3311 EXPLOSIVE POWERED AND PROJECTILE TOOLS

3311.1 Scope. Explosive powered tools, including but not limited to powder-actuated tools and projectile tools, used in connection with the construction or demolition of a building or structure shall be in accordance with the requirements of this section.

3311.2 Projectile tools. Projectile tools shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3311.2.1 through 3311.2.3.

3311.2.1 Basic requirements. Design and construction of the tool must be such as to safely retain all internal pressures that may occur during

its operation. The discharge mechanism shall be such that the projectile cannot be discharged by dropping the tool. The discharge mechanism shall be such that the discharge of each projectile shall be dependent on a separate and distinct act by the operator, and all safety features shall be durable.

A tool shall have such other characteristics as the commissioner may fnd necessary. Such other characteristics may include devices and materials external to the tool itself but associated with its function, and may also include, in respect to high velocity projectile tools, the basic requirements set forth above for explosive powered tools that discharge projectiles with comparable velocities.

3311.2.2 Maintenance. Every projectile tool shall be properly maintained. No such tool shall be used if any part necessary to retain internal pressures or to prevent accidental discharge of a projectile is not in sound and operable condition.

3311.2.3 Operation. The operation of projectile tools shall comply with the following:

1. A projectile tool shall be operated only by an authorized operator who shall be the owner, lessee, or other person having custody of the tool, or any other person whom he or she may authorize to operate it.

2. While a projectile tool is in the care and custody of an authorized operator, no other person shall handle or in any way utilize or modify it.

3. No authorized operator of a projectile tool shall leave it unattended while it is in a condition to discharge a projectile.

4. No person shall use a projectile tool for any purpose other than that for which it was manufactured.

5. No person shall point a projectile tool at another person or hold it at an angle that allows the projectile to fy free.

6. No person shall use a projectile tool in such a way as to endanger persons who may be in the vicinity.

3311.3 Explosive powered tools. The provisions of ANSI A10.3, as modifed in Section 3311.4, shall apply to explosive powered tools, including but not limited to powder-actuated tools. The storage, handling and use of explosives

shall also comply with the New York City Fire Code and Section 3307.4.2.

3311.4 Modifcations to ANSI A10.3. The text of ANSI A10.3 shall be modifed as indicated in Sections 3311.4.1 through 3311.4.12.

3311.4.1 ANSI A10.3, Section 4.2.2. Delete Sections 4.2.2.2, 4.2.2.3 and 4.2.2.4 in their entirety and modify Section 4.2.2.1 to read as follows:

4.2.2.1 Medium-velocity tools, indirect-acting (piston) type, as defned in Section 3, shall not be used.

3311.4.2 ANSI A10.3, Section 4.2.3. Delete Sections 4.2.3.2, 4.2.3.3 and 4.2.3.4 in their entirety and modify Section 4.2.3.1 to read as follows:

4.2.3.1 High velocity tools, direct-acting or indirect-acting type, as defned in Section 3, shall not be used.

3311.4.3 ANSI A10.3, Section 4.3. Delete Section 4.3 in its entirety.

3311.4.4 ANSI A10.3, Section 5.5. Add a new section 5.5 to read as follows:

5.5 Selection of load. No employer shall knowingly furnish to an employee for use in a tool any cartridge or load not suitable for safe use in that tool, whether by reason of excessive power, improper design or poor material. The operator shall use due care to select the proper cartridges or power loads, or other means of controlling the force of the explosion so that the tool develops no more than the necessary pressure to bring about the desired penetration. In doing so, the operator shall be guided by the man- ufacturer’s specifcations.

5.5.1 Proper load. When doubt exists as to proper load, the operator shall make a trial shot to test the surface and the strength of the material to be penetrated. The trial shot shall be made with the lowest power level and then increasing strength until a proper fastening is made. During this test, the operator and all bystanders shall adhere to all safety rules including but not limited to, wearing goggles and hard hats required for the job.

3311.4.5 ANSI A10.3, Section 7.9. Add the following sentence at the beginning of Section 7.9:

7.9 The operator shall always verify the thickness and type of material into which the stud, pin or fastener is to be driven.

3311.4.6 ANSI A10.3, Section 9.4. Add a new section 9.4 to read as follows:

9.4 Storage of power loads shall be in accordance with the requirements of the New York City Fire Code and regulations of the Fire Department.

3311.4.7 ANSI A10.3, Section 10.3.1. Add a new Section 10.3.1 to read as follows:

10.3.1 The authorized instructors’ card shall list the specifc models of powder-actuated tools for which training may be given.

3311.4.8 ANSI A10.3, Section 10.6. Add a new section 10.6 to read as follows:

10.6 All authorized instructors shall hold a Certifcate of Fitness issued by the Fire Department.

3311.4.9 ANSI A10.3, Section 11.4.1. Add a new section 11.4.1 to read as follows:

11.4.1 The qualifed operator’s card shall list the specifc models of powder-actuated tools that may be used.

3311.4.10 ANSI A10.3, Section 11.6. Add a new Section 11.6 to read as follows:

11.6 All qualifed operators shall hold a Certifcate of Fitness issued by the Fire Department.

3311.4.11 ANSI A10.3, Section 12. Delete Section 12 in its entirety and add a new Section 12 to read as follows:

12 Equipment acceptance.

12.1 Powder-actuated tools using ammunition (power loads) shall be approved by the commissioner or other approved agency.

12.2 Labeling. A certifcate or label indicating that the tool is approved shall be attached to the toolbox or operator’s manual and shall be made available for inspection upon request of the commissioner.

3311.4.12 ANSI A10.3, Section 13. Add a new Section 13 to read as follows:

13 Fire Department requirements.

13.1 The requirements of the New York City Fire Code and regulations of the Fire Department shall apply.

SECTION BC 3312 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING

3312.1 General. All handling, transporting, and use of explosives, as defned by the New York City Fire Code, shall comply with the New York City Fire Code and Section 3307.4.2. The use of explosives is strictly prohibited unless the written consent of the commissioner and the Fire Department is obtained.

Exception: Explosive powered or projectile tools that comply with Section 3311.

SECTION BC 3313

FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MIXTURES, COMPRESSED GASES, AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

3313.1 General. The transportation, handling, storage, installation, connection, ventilation, and use of all volatile fammable oils, fammable and combustible mixtures, compressed gases, and other hazardous materials shall comply with the New York City Fire Code, and shall also be safeguarded

SECTION BC 3314 SCAFFOLDS

3314.1 Scope. Scaffolds utilized in conjunction with the construction or demolition of a building or structure shall be erected and maintained in accordance with the requirements of this section so that the safety of public and property will not be endangered by falling material, debris, or equipment, or by collapse of the scaffold.

Exceptions:

1. The requirements of this section shall not apply to window washing equipment permanently anchored to the building and subject to the jurisdiction of the New York State Department of Labor. However, this exemption shall not apply when such equipment is used for activities other than window washing.

2. Mast climbers are only required to comply with the requirements of Section 3314.19.

3314.1.1 Height. For the purposes of this section, the height of a scaffold shall be measured from the base of the scaffold to the top of the uppermost vertical member of the scaffold, with any temporary structure, but not any permanent structure, on which the scaffold rests included in the height measurement.

3314.2 Permit. Prior to the installation and use of a scaffold, the contractor or licensee who is to install the scaffold, or a designated representative of the installer, shall obtain a permit for such scaffold. The permit requirements of this section are independent of the design requirements of Section 3314.3. Sections 3314.3.1 through 3314.3.4 may require a scaffold to be designed even if Section 3314.2 does not require a permit for such scaffold.

Exceptions:

1. A permit is not required for a two-point, single tier, suspended scaffold suspended from a parapet using C-hooks.

2. A permit is not required for a suspended scaffold provided Items 2.1 through 2.3 are complied with:

2.1 The scaffold is installed and used in conjunction with a construction, alteration, or demolition project that holds a valid permit from the department for such project;

2.2 The site is closed to the public and enclosed with a fence in accordance with Section 3307.7; and

2.3 The installation, use, and removal of the scaffold is confned within the site or over an area protected by sidewalk sheds or roof protection.

3. A permit is not required for a single tier nonadjustable suspended scaffold whose platform is 40 square feet (3720 mm2) or less in size.

4. A permit is not required for a supported scaffold, provided Items 4.1 through 4.6 are complied with:

4.1 The scaffold is not an outrigger scaffold (thrust out);

4.2 No hoisting equipment with a manufacturer’s rated capacity greater than 2,000 pounds (907 kg) will be located on the scaffold;

4.3 The scaffold will not be loaded, or designed to

be loaded, in excess of 75 pounds per square foot (366.15 kg/m2) (e.g. a light duty scaffold, a medium duty scaffold, or a heavy duty scaffold);

4.4 The scaffold is less than 40 feet (12 192mm) in height;

4.5 Side-arm or end-arm scaffold brackets are used exclusively for the support of workers; and

4.6 Where the scaffold has a height-to-base ratio (including outriggers supports, if used) of more than four to one (4:1), it is restrained in accordance with Section 3314.9.1.

3314.3 Design. Scaffolds shall be designed in accordance with Sections 3314.3.1 through 3314.3.4. The design requirements of this section are independent of the permit requirements of Section 3314.2. Sections 3314.3.1 through 3314.3.4 may require a scaffold to be designed even if Section 3314.2 does not require a permit for such scaffold.

3314.3.1 Supported scaffolds and outrigger scaffolds (thrust out). Supported scaffolds and outrigger scaffolds (thrust out) shall be designed by a registered design professional. Where the scaffold is to be located upon a sidewalk shed, the requirements of Section 3307.6.4.2.2 shall also apply.

Exception: Design is not required for a supported scaffold, provided Items 1 through 6 are complied with:

1. The scaffold is not an outrigger scaffold (thrust out);

2. No hoisting equipment with a manufacturer’s rated capacity greater than 2,000 pounds (907kg) will be located on the scaffold;

3. The scaffold will not be loaded, or designed to be loaded, in excess of 75 pounds per square foot (366.15 kg/ m2) (e.g. a light duty scaffold, a medium duty scaffold, or a heavy duty scaffold);

4. The scaffold is less than 40 feet (12 192mm) in height;

5. Side-arm or end-arm scaffold brackets are used exclusively for the support of workers; and

6. Where the scaffold has a height-to-base ratio (includ-

ing outriggers supports, if used) of more than four to one (4:1), it is restrained in accordance with Section 3314.9.1.

3314.3.2 Suspended scaffolds. Suspended scaffolds shall be designed by a registered design professional.

Exceptions:

1. Design is not required for a single tier nonadjustable suspended scaffold whose platform is 40 square feet (3720 mm2) or less in size.

2. In lieu of a registered design professional, a two-point, single tier, suspended scaffold may be designed by a licensed rigger provided Items 2.1 and 2.2 are complied with and either Items 2.2.1 or 2.2.2 are complied with:

2.1 The scaffold or scaffold outrigger beam or suspension member support structure is not anchored to the building or structure, other than tiebacks; and

2.2 The scaffold will not be loaded, or designed to be loaded, in excess of 75 pounds per square foot (366.15 kg/m2); and either

2.21 The scaffold utilizes c-hooks; or

2.22 The distance from foor or roof on which the support structure is located to the top of the outrigger beam or suspension member support structure is less than 15 feet (4572 mm).

3. In lieu of a registered design professional or a licensed rigger, a two-point, single tier, suspended scaffold meeting the requirements of Item 2 of these exceptions that is used exclusively for sign hanging work may be designed by a licensed sign hanger.

3314.3.3 Drawings. Where design is required by this section, the drawings shall be specifc to the site and shall, at a minimum, include a plan view and an elevation view, with full dimensions, detailing:

1. The scaffold and location of the scaffold;

2. The base structure (e.g. roof and parapet, sidewalk shed);

3. Connections and attachments to the base structure, including but not limited to anchorages, fastenings, tie-ins, tiebacks, and lifelines;

4. Any temporary or permanent structural modifcations required to the base structure;

5. ╪ Netting with specifc type and manufacturer indicated, overhead protection, or any other equipment attached to the scaffold. The effect of wind on the netting shall be accounted for in the design of the scaffold;

6. Any hoisting equipment located on the scaffold;

7. Platform levels, support centers, and offsets, along with the maximum number of levels to be loaded simultaneously and the maximum loads to be imposed;

8. Temporary construction, such as platforms, runback structures, other scaffolds, mast climbers, cranes, derricks, hoists, horizontal netting, cocoon systems, climbing formwork, sidewalk sheds, fences, and barricades that may present interference for the scaffold;

9. For a suspended scaffold, ropes, number of clips, and counterweights, outrigger beams, c-hooks, or other support devices, blocking, saddles, or equivalent, and the rated load of the scaffold motor (hoist) as established by the manufacturer;

10. For a suspended scaffold, the location of the scaffold during out of service periods, and if the scaffold will not be lowered to the street, sidewalk shed, building setback, equivalent adequate structure, or ground during out of service periods, how the scaffold will be secured while work is not being performed;

11. For a supported scaffold, structural members, as well as the founding of the scaffold, including but not limited to sidewalk sheds, foors, roofs, or ground;

12. References to related job numbers (e.g. the sidewalk shed upon which the scaffold rests, the underlying permit for façade or construction work); and

13. Where anchors are utilized:

13.1 Type of anchor and manufacturer of anchor;

13.2 Procedures for the installation, maintenance, and use of the anchor as specifed by the manufacturer of the anchor; and

13.3 Procedures for the testing and inspection of the anchor as specifed by the manufacturer of the anchor, as well as special inspection requirements when special inspection is required by Chapter 17.

3314.3.4 Loads imposed. Where a supported scaffold requiring design in accordance with Section 3314.3.1 imparts a load on a temporary or permanent structure, including but not limited to a sidewalk shed, roof, setback, or vault, the design drawings required by Section 3314.3.3 shall either be:

1. Sealed and stamped “reviewed for loads imposed” by the registered design professional responsible for the underlying structure and contain a note signed and sealed by such registered design professional indicating that either no structural modifcations are required to the underlying structure, or indicating that structural modifcations to the underlying structure have been incorporated into the drawings for the underlying structure;

2. Accompanied by a signed and sealed letter from the registered design professional responsible for the underlying structure indicating that he or she has reviewed the scaffold drawings for loads imposed on the underlying structure, with the drawing numbers and drawing dates referenced, and a statement indicating that either no structural modifcations are required to the underlying structure, or indicating that structural modifcations to the underlying structure have been incorporated into the drawings for the underlying structure; or

3. For a project where there is no registered design professional responsible for the underlying structure, a signed and sealed letter from the registered design professional who developed the design drawings required by Section 3314.3.3 indicating that he or she has investigated the underlying structure, and a statement indicating that either no structural

modifcations are required to the underlying structure, or indicating that structural modifcations to the underlying structure have been incorporated into the plans required by Section 3314.3.3.

3314.4 Installation, inspection, repair, maintenance, adjustment, use, and removal of scaffolds. Scaffolds shall be installed, inspected, repaired, maintained, adjusted, used, and removed in accordance with the specifcations of the manufacturer, where such specifcations exist, and the requirements of Sections 3314.4.1 through 3314.4.8.

3314.4.1 Installation and removal. Scaffolds shall be installed and removed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3314.4.1.1 through 3314.4.1.5. Where modifcations to the base structure are required to support the scaffold, the scaffold shall not be installed until such modifcations have been completed.

3314.4.1.1 Supervision of suspended scaffold installation and removal. Suspended scaffolds shall be installed and removed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger.

Exceptions: In lieu of direct and continuing supervision by a licensed rigger:

1. The installation and removal of a suspended scaffold utilized exclusively for sign hanging work may be performed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed sign hanger.

2. The installation and removal of a suspended scaffold may be supervised by a competent person designated by the scaffold permit holder, or where there is no scaffold permit holder, designated by the scaffold controlling entity, provided such scaffold is installed and removed in conjunction with:

2.1 The construction of a new building;

2.2 The full demolition of an existing building;

2.3 The vertical or horizontal enlargement of an existing building; or

2.4 The alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade of a major building where a site safe-

ty plan is required by Section 3310.3.

3. The lateral relocation of a wheel or track mounted scaffold and tiebacks may be supervised by a competent person designated by the scaffold controlling entity, provided the design developed by the registered design professional allows for such relocation, and also provided such lateral relocation occurs without the addition or removal of any part, component, attachment, counterweight, anchorage, or connection to the base building or structure, other than tie-backs so long as such tie-backs are placed as designated on the approved plan.

3314.4.1.2 Supervision of supported scaffold installation and removal. The installation and removal of a supported scaffold shall be supervised by a competent person designated by the contractor installing or removing the scaffold.

3314.4.1.3 Supervisor to be present at the site. The licensee or competent person supervising the installation or removal of a scaffold shall be present at the site during all installation and removal work and shall have the ability to communicate with all individuals involved in the installation or removal work. Where only one person is installing or removing a scaffold, such person shall be deemed to be the supervisor present at the site and must have the qualifcations and training required by this chapter to serve as a supervisor for such work.

Exception: The licensed rigger or sign hanger does not have to be present at the site, provided a suspended scaffold foreman is present at the site during all installation and removal work and provided such suspended scaffold foreman has the ability to communicate with all individuals involved in the installation or removal work.

3314.4.1.4 Training. All individuals involved in the installation or removal of a supported scaffold or an adjustable suspended scaffold, including the person supervising such work, shall have been trained as required by Section 3314.4.5.

3314.4.1.5 Notifcation of adjustable suspended scaffold installation and removal. Prior to the initial installation of the adjustable suspended scaffold at a site, and prior to the fnal

removal of the adjustable suspended scaffold at a site, the department shall be notifed at least 24 hours, but not more than 48 hours, prior to such installation or removal. Should the notifcation date fall on a weekend or offcial holiday, the notifcation shall be made on the last business day before the commencement date of the installation or removal. Such notifcation:

1. Where the installation or removal occurs under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, shall be made by such licensee; or

2. Where the installation or removal does not occur under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, shall be made by the designer of the scaffold.

3314.4.2 Use of scaffolds. Scaffolds shall be used in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3314.4.2.1 through 3314.4.2.5.

3314.4.2.1 Supervision of suspended scaffold use. Suspended scaffolds shall be used by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger.

Exceptions:

1. In lieu of direct and continuing supervision by a licensed rigger, the use of a suspended scaffold utilized exclusively for sign hanging work may be performed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed sign hanger.

2. In lieu of direct and continuing supervision by a licensed rigger, the use of a suspended scaffold may be supervised by a competent person designated by the scaffold controlling entity, provided such scaffold is used in conjunction with:

2.1 The construction of a new building;

2.2 The full demolition of an existing building;

2.3 The vertical or horizontal enlargement of an existing building; or

2.4 The alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade of a major building where a site safety plan is required by Section 3310.3.

3. Where a scaffold is used by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger, a registered design professional who is not in the direct employ of the licensee or business of the licensee may ride on a suspended scaffold to perform inspections provided the registered design professional:

3.1 Does not perform construction, maintenance, repair, or demolition work from the scaffold;

3.2 Does not operate the scaffold; and

3.3 Is familiar with the use of the scaffold, safety equipment, and emergency procedures.

4. Where a scaffold is used by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger, a specialty crew who is not in the direct employ of the licensee or business of the licensee may use the suspended scaffold, provided:

4.1 The work requires a specialty trade, including but not limited to work with hazardous materials or chemicals;

4.2 The crew is in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner; and

4.3 The members of the crew are approved by the commissioner.

3314.4.2.2 Supervision of supported scaffold use. The use of a supported scaffold shall be supervised by a competent person designated by the scaffold controlling entity.

3314.4.2.3 Installer who is not the scaffold controlling entity. Where the contractor or licensee that installed the scaffold is not the scaffold controlling entity, the installer shall have no supervisory responsibility for the use of the scaffold.

3314.4.2.4 Supervisor to be present at the site. The licensee or competent person supervising the use of a scaffold shall be present at the site during all times the scaffold is in use and shall have the ability to communicate with all individuals using the scaffold; however, such supervisor does not need to be on the scaffold.

Exception: The licensed rigger or sign hanger does not have to be present at the site, provided a suspended scaffold foreman is present at the site during all times the scaffold is in use and provided such suspended scaffold foreman has the ability to communicate with all individuals using the scaffold. Such suspended scaffold foreman does not need to be on the scaffold.

3314.4.2.5 Training. All individuals using a supported scaffold or an adjustable suspended scaffold, including the person supervising such use, shall have been trained as required by Section 3314.4.5.

3314.4.3 Inspections. Scaffolds shall be inspected in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3314.4.3.1 through 3314.4.3.6.

3314.4.3.1 Inspection prior to the installation of a suspended scaffold. Prior to the installation of a suspended scaffold, all suspended scaffold support devices, including but not limited to outrigger beams and C-hooks, along with the support surface/ structure upon which they rest (e.g. roof, parapet), shall be inspected by a qualifed person. The qualifed person shall:

1. Where the installation or removal occurs under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, be designated by such licensee; or

2. Where the installation or removal does not occur under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, be designated by the designer of the scaffold.

Exception: An inspection is not required for a nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed.

3314.4.3.1.1 Special provision for parapet clamps. Where parapet clamps are to be utilized, the qualifed person who inspects the support surface/structure as required by Section 3314.4.3.1 shall be a registered design professional. The registered design professional shall confrm, based on the inspection and evaluation of the support surface/structure, that the support surface/structure is capable of supporting the loads to be imposed, including any eccentric load introduced by the parapet clamp.

3314.4.3.1.2 Documentation of parapet clamp inspection and evaluation. Documentation of the inspection and evaluation required by Section 3314.4.3.1.1 shall be included with the installation inspection report required by Section 3314.4.3.2.1. Such documentation shall be signed, sealed, and dated by the registered design professional that performed the inspection and evaluation.

3314.4.3.2 Installation inspection for suspended scaffolds. Upon completion of the installation of a suspended scaffold, the scaffold, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold shall be inspected prior to use to verify that they are in a safe condition and, where design is required, installed in accordance with the design drawings. The individual performing the inspection shall have completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.3 and shall be:

1. Where the scaffold was designed by a licensed rigger or sign hanger, or installed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger:

1.1 The licensee; or

1.2 A suspended scaffold foreman; or

2. Where the scaffold was not designed by a licensed rigger or sign hanger, or installed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger:

2.1 The scaffold designer;

2.2 An employee of the scaffold designer under his or her direct supervision;

2.3 A registered design professional retained by the scaffold designer; or

2.4 An employee of such retained registered design professional under the direct supervision of such retained registered design professional.

Exceptions: An installation inspection is not required for:

1. A nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed; or

2. The lateral relocation of a wheel or track mounted scaffold and tiebacks, provided the design developed by the registered design professional allows for such relocation, and also provided such lateral relocation occurs without the addition or removal of any part, component, attachment, counterweight, anchorage, or connection to the base building or structure, other than tie-backs. Following such lateral relocation, the scaffold, and any re- installed tie-back, shall be inspected and documented under the requirements of Section 3314.4.3.4.

3314.4.3.2.1 Installation inspection report. The results of the inspection shall be documented in an installation inspection report signed and dated by the person who performed the inspection. The scaffold shall not be used until it has passed such inspection and the installation inspection report has been completed.

Exception: An installation inspection report is not required for a nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed.

3314.4.3.3

Installation inspection for supported scaffolds.

Upon completion of the installation of a supported scaffold, the scaffold, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold, shall be inspected prior to use to verify that they are in a safe condition and, where design is required, installed in accordance with the design drawings. Such inspection shall be performed by a qualifed person who has completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.1 and who is designated by the designer, the installer, or a third party acceptable to both the designer and the installer. The results of the inspection shall be documented in an installation inspection report signed and dated by the person who performed the inspection. The scaffold shall not be used until it has passed such inspection and the installation inspection report has been completed.

Exceptions:

1. Where additional components or attachments are installed to an existing supported scaffold, or where existing deck planking or guardrails are relocat-

ed to a different level or location, the installation inspection and installation inspection report shall be limited to such components or attachments and related anchorages.

2. An inspection and report is not required for a supported scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.1, is not required to be designed.

3314.4.3.4 Pre-shift inspection for a suspended scaffold. Suspended scaffolds shall be inspected prior to each shift, and after any occurrence which could affect a scaffold’s structural integrity, in accordance with a pre-shift inspection checklist that meets the requirements of Section 3314.4.3.4.2. The scaffold shall not be used until it has passed such inspection and the results have been documented on the checklist. The checklist shall be kept at the site by the scaffold controlling entity.

Exception: A pre-shift inspection is not required for a nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed.

3314.4.3.4.1 Responsibility for performing the inspection and signing the checklist. The inspection required by Section 3314.4.3.4 shall be performed by, and the checklist required by Section 3314.4.3.4.2 shall be signed and dated by, the licensee, suspended scaffold foreman, or competent person who is onsite and responsible for supervising the scaffold under the provisions of Section 3314.4.2.4. Such individual shall have completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.3.

3314.4.3.4.2 Pre-shift inspection checklist contents. The pre-shift inspection checklist shall be based on the manufacturer requirements for the inspection of the scaffold, where such requirements exist, and shall, at a minimum, include an inspection prior to each shift to verify the scaffold, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold, remain in a safe condition for use, and shall also include a comprehensive inspection following high winds. Such checklist shall be:

1. Where the scaffold was designed by a licensed rigger or sign hanger, or installed by or under the direct

and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, developed by the licensee; or

2. Where the scaffold was not designed by a licensed rigger or sign hanger, or installed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, developed by the registered design professional who designed the scaffold.

Exception: A pre-shift inspection checklist is not required for a nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed.

3314.4.3.5

Pre-shift inspection for a supported scaffold.

Prior to each shift, and after any occurrence which could affect a scaffold’s structural integrity, the supported scaffold shall be inspected by the competent person supervising the use of the scaffold in accordance with Section 3314.4.2.2 to verify the scaffold, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold, remain in a safe condition for use. Such competent person shall have completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.2. The results of the inspection shall be documented in a pre-shift inspection report signed and dated by the person who performed the inspection. The scaffold shall not be used until it has passed such inspection and the pre-shift inspection report has been completed.

Exception: An inspection report is not required for a supported scaffold that is not required to be designed under Section 3314.3.1.

3314.4.3.6

Inspection following a site repair or adjustment.

Following a repair or adjustment to a scaffold at a site, the portion adjusted or repaired shall be inspected by the person who supervised the adjustment or repair in accordance with Sections 3314.4.6 or 3314.4.7 to verify the adequacy of such adjustment or repair. A description of the adjustment or repair, and the results of the inspection, shall be recorded, signed, and dated by such supervisor and kept with the inspection report required by Sections 3314.4.3.4 or 3314.4.3.5. The scaffold shall not be used until it has passed such inspection and the results of the inspection have been documented.

Exceptions:

1. The scaffold may be used prior to the inspection where authorized in accordance with Section 3314.4.4.7.

2. An inspection and report is not required for a nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed.

3314.4.4 Safeguards. The safeguards required by Sections 3314.4.4.1 through 3314.4.4.12 shall be observed at all times.

3314.4.4.1 Safe working order. Scaffolds, including all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold, shall be provided to the site in a safe working order by their respective owner, with no known hazardous conditions, defective repairs, or maintenance problems that could compromise the safety of the public and property. All scaffolds shall be kept in a safe condition at the site by the scaffold controlling entity. Every damaged or weakened scaffold shall be immediately repaired or secured and shall not be used until satisfactory repairs have been completed, and the scaffold is inspected under the provisions of Section 3314.4.3.

3314.4.4.2 Loads. At no time shall a scaffold be loaded beyond the capacity of the scaffold or the ground or structure upon which it rests or is supported. Loads shall not be concentrated so as to cause stresses in excess of the allowable values designated for the applicable material described in this code.

3314.4.4.3 Capacity. Scaffolds shall meet the following capacity requirements.

3314.4.4.3.1 Scaffold and components. Each scaffold, and its components, shall be capable of supporting, without failure, its own weight and at least four times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to it. Where applicable, scaffolds and their connections to the building or structure shall be designed to meet the anticipated loads during construction or demolition work, including wind loads as prescribed in Chapter 16.

3314.4.4.3.2 Suspension rope on nonadjustable suspended scaffolds. Each suspension rope, including connecting

hardware, used on nonadjustable suspended scaffolds shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least six times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to the rope.

3314.4.4.3.3 Suspension rope on adjustable suspended scaffolds. Each suspension rope, including connecting hardware, used on adjustable suspension scaffolds shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least six times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that rope with the scaffold operating at the rated load of the hoist.

3314.4.4.3.4 Direct connections to roofs, foors, and counterweights. Direct connections to roofs and foors, and counterweights used to balance adjustable suspension scaffolds, shall be capable of resisting at least four times the tipping moment imposed by the scaffold operating at the rated load of the hoist.

3314.4.4.4 Stable and secure. The scaffold and all materials and equipment located on or used from the scaffold shall be kept stable and secure at all times to prevent the scaffold from losing balance, overturning, or collapsing, and to prevent any object from falling from the scaffold.

3314.4.4.5 Dislodgement. Material and equipment susceptible to dislodgment shall not be stored on a scaffold while work is not being performed.

3314.4.4.6 Winds. Where sustained winds or wind gusts at the site exceed 30 miles per hour, the installation, repair, maintenance, adjustment, use, operation, and removal of scaffolds located on the roof or setback of a building, exterior to a building or structure, on a working deck, or in an area with an unenclosed perimeter shall cease and the scaffold shall be secured. If the manufacturer or designer of the scaffold recommends work to cease at a lower wind speed, such recommendation shall instead apply. Wind speed shall be determined based on data from the nearest United States weather bureau reporting station, or an anemometer located at the site, freely exposed to the wind, and calibrated in accordance with ASTM D5096. No scaffold installation, repair, maintenance, adjustment, use, operation, or removal work shall commence where the weather forecast

indicates the work will not be able to be safely completed and the scaffold secured before sustained winds or wind gusts exceed the thresholds established by this section.

3314.4.4.7 Use during installation, repairs, maintenance, adjustments, or removal. Only personnel, materials, and uses authorized by the person responsible for supervising the installation, repair, maintenance, adjustment, or removal of a scaffold shall be located on and using the scaffold during such work.

3314.4.4.8 Noncombustible construction. With the exception of the planking, the following scaffolds shall be constructed of noncombustible materials:

1. Exterior scaffolds exceeding 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height.

2. Interior scaffolds exceeding 21 feet (6401 mm) in height.

3. All scaffolds used in the alteration, repair, or partial demolition of buildings in Occupancy Groups I-1 to I-4.

3314.4.4.9 Capacity identifcation for suspended scaffolds. Suspended scaffold motors shall contain a plate from the manufacturer of the motor indicating the rated load of the motor. Swaged attachments or spliced eyes on wire suspension ropes shall be tagged in accordance with the requirements of Section 3314.11.8. Identifcation required by this section shall be maintained so as to be legible during the life of the element. Missing or illegible identifcation shall be replaced by a qualifed person in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the component or the testing entity authorized by Section 3314.11.8.

3314.4.4.10 Prohibition on shore or lean-to scaffolds. The use of shore or lean-to scaffolds is prohibited.

3314.4.4.11 Accumulation of debris. Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate on platforms.

3314.4.4.12 Precautions while working around powerlines. The clearance between scaffolds and power lines shall be as specifed in Table 3314.4.4.12. Scaffolds shall not be erected, used, dismantled, altered, or moved such that they or any conductive material handled on them might come closer to

exposed and energized power lines than as specifed in Table 3314.4.4.12.

Exception: Scaffolds and materials may be closer to power lines than specifed in Table 3314.4.4.12 where such clearance is necessary for performance of work, and only after the utility company, or electrical system operator, has been notifed of the need to work closer and the utility company, or electrical system operator, has deenergized the lines, relocated the lines, or installed protective coverings to prevent accidental contact with the lines.

TABLE 3314.4.4.12

MINIMUM DISTANCES FROM POWER LINES

Insulated Lines

More than 50 kilovolts

10 feet (3048 mm) plus 0.4 inches (10 mm) for each 1 kilovolt over 50 kilovolts.

Uninsulated Lines

Two times the length of the line insulator, but never less than 10 feet (3048 mm).

More than 50 kilovolts

10 feet (3.1 m) plus 0.4 inches (10 mm) for each 1 kilovolt over 50 kilovolts.

Two times the length of the line insulator, but never less than 10 feet (3048 mm).

3314.4.5 Training. Only those who are qualifed to install, adjust, maintain, repair, use, or remove a scaffold, and are trained in accordance with the requirements of this section, shall perform such work or supervise such work. No person shall knowingly permit or cause an individual who does not have the experience and training required by this section to install, adjust, modify, repair, use, or remove a scaffold.

3314.4.5.1 Training for supported scaffold installers, adjusters, repairers, maintainers, or removers. Workers who install, adjust, repair, maintain, or remove a supported scaffold that is 40 feet (12 192 mm) or more in height, including the person supervising such, shall, at a minimum, have completed a department-approved training program or course that is at least 32 hours long and shall complete a department-approved 8-hour refresher program or course every 4 years thereafter. Workers who install, adjust, repair, maintain, or remove a sidewalk shed that provides a base for a supported scaffold that is 40 feet (12 192 mm) or more in height, including the person supervising such, are subject to the above requirements.

Exceptions:

1. The installation, adjustment, maintenance, repair, or removal of a supported scaffold performed by an employee of a public utility, including the person supervising such, where such supported scaffold is located within the interior of a structure owned or operated by such utility, and when such utility has a training safety program or course of not less than 32 hours for its employees who perform such scaffold work.

2. Where existing supported scaffold deck planking or guardrails are being relocated to a different level of the scaffold in accordance with the design, such may be performed by individuals who have completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.2.

3314.4.5.2 Training for supported scaffold users. Individuals who use a supported scaffold, including the person supervising such, shall, at a minimum, have completed a department-approved training program or course that is at least 4 hours long and, every four years thereafter, retake the 4- hour training program or course.

Exceptions:

1. Employees of a public utility performing work while using a supported scaffold, including the person supervising such, provided that such employees are trained to be able to recognize the hazards associ-

ated with the type of supported scaffold being used and to understand the procedures to control those hazards.

2. A registered design professional who has not completed the training may use a supported scaffold to perform inspections provided the registered design professional does not perform construction, maintenance, repair, or demolition work from the scaffold.

3. The use of a stair tower/scaffold stairway/scaffold stair tower that is not connected to a

4. scaffold work platform and is dedicated to providing temporary ingress or egress to the building or structure.

3314.4.5.3 Training for suspended scaffold supervisors. Individuals who exercise supervisory responsibility in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3314.4.1 through 3314.4.4 for the installation, adjustment, repair, maintenance, use, or removal of a suspended scaffold shall, at a minimum, have completed a department-approved training program or course that is at least 32 hours long and, four years following completion of the 32-hour program or course, and every four years thereafter, complete a department-approved 8-hour refresher program or course.

Exception: Individuals supervising the installation, adjustment, modifcation, repair, use, or removal of a single tier nonadjustable suspended scaffold whose platform is 40 square feet (3720 mm2) or less in size.

3314.4.5.4 Training for suspended scaffold installers, adjusters, repairers, maintainers, users, or removers. Individuals who install, adjust, repair, maintain, use, or remove a suspended scaffold shall, at a minimum, have completed a department-approved training program or course that is at least 16 hours long and, four years following completion of the 16-hour program or course, and every four years thereafter, complete a department-approved 8-hour refresher program or course.

Exceptions:

1. A registered design professional who has not com-

pleted the training may ride on a suspended scaffold to perform inspections provided the registered design professional does not perform construction, maintenance, repair, or demolition work from the scaffold, or operate the scaffold, and provided the registered design professional is familiar with the use of the scaffold, safety equipment, and emergency procedures.

2. Individuals who install, adjust, repair, maintain, use, or remove a single tier nonadjustable suspended scaffold whose platform is 40 square feet (3720 mm2) or less in size.

3. A person who possesses a valid challenge examination certifcate issued prior to January 1, 2014, need not take a new 16-hour initial program or course but shall be required to complete the 8-hour refresher program or course every 4 years, beginning from the date of enactment of this code.

3314.4.5.5 Course providers. Training programs or courses required by this section shall be conducted by a registered New York State Department of Labor apprenticeship training program or by an educational institution or school chartered, licensed or registered by the New York State Department of Education or by a provider approved by the department and presented by an instructor acceptable to the commissioner.

3314.4.5.6 Course curriculums. All training programs or courses required by this section shall be based on the scaffold requirements of this chapter and shall include, but not be limited to, instruction on the type of scaffold the training covers and associated hazards, common causes of scaffold incidents and steps to avoid such incidents, scaffold components, scaffold connections to a structure, scaffold inspection, the maximum intended load and load-handling capacities of scaffolds, and the prevention of overload conditions. Curriculums for scaffold users shall be focused on the proper use of the scaffold. Curriculums for scaffold installers, adjusters, maintainers, repairers, and removers shall be focused on the proper execution of such work. Curriculums in excess of eight hours in length shall include a signifcant portion of hands-on training.

3314.4.5.7 Evaluation. Successful completion of a training program or course that is more than 4 hours in length shall be based upon a written performance evaluation. For courses that are 16 hours or greater in length, successful completion shall also be based upon passage of a hands-on performance evaluation.

3314.4.5.8 Certifcate card. Successful completion of the training program or course shall be evidenced by a wallet size certifcate card issued by the training provider and acceptable to the commissioner. Such certifcate card shall be readily available to the commissioner upon request and shall contain, at a minimum, the name and photograph of the individual to whom it was issued, as well as any other information required pursuant to rules promulgated by the commissioner for a department approved training course.

3314.4.5.9 Grace period. For individuals who fail to complete the required refresher program or course within any 4 year period, a refresher program or course shall be considered timely if completed within 1 year after the expiration date of the last previously completed initial or refresher program or course. During such period, such individual shall not perform or supervise any activity for which the lapsed training is required to perform or supervise such activity until such individual has successfully completed such refresher program or course. Where more than 1 year has lapsed, such individual shall be required to successfully recomplete the initial training program or course.

3314.4.6 Adjustments. Scaffolds, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold installed at a site shall be adjusted under the supervision of a competent person designated by the contractor or licensee who installed the scaffold. Individuals who perform adjustments, and the person supervising such, shall be trained in accordance with Section 3314.4.5. Following the adjustment, the scaffold shall be inspected in accordance with Section 3314.4.3.6.

Exception: Where a sidewalk shed provides the base for a supported scaffold, the sidewalk shed shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements of Section 3307.6.

3314.4.7 Repairs. Scaffolds, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold installed at a site shall be repaired under the supervision of a competent person desig-

nated by the equipment owner. Individuals who perform repairs, and the person supervising such, shall be trained in accordance with Section 3314.4.5. Following the repair, the scaffold shall be inspected in accordance with Section 3314.4.3.6.

Exceptions:

1. Where a sidewalk shed provides the base for a supported scaffold, the sidewalk shed shall be repaired in accordance with the requirements of Section 3307.6.

2. Components and attachments may be replaced under the supervision of a competent person designated by the contractor or licensee who installed the scaffold.

3314.4.8 Maintenance. Scaffolds, all components of and attachments to the scaffold, and all supports and anchorages of the scaffold installed at a site shall be maintained in a good condition by a qualifed person designated by the scaffold controlling entity. Individuals maintaining a scaffold shall have been trained in accordance with Section 3314.4.5. Individuals who maintain an adjustable suspended scaffold hoist shall also have been trained and authorized by the manufacturer of the scaffold hoist. A description of the maintenance shall be recorded, signed, and dated by the person who performed the maintenance and kept with the inspection checklist or report required by Sections 3314.4.3.4 or 3314.4.3.5.

Exceptions:

1. Where a sidewalk shed provides the base for a supported scaffold, the sidewalk shed shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of Section 3307.6.

2. A description of the maintenance is not required for a nonadjustable suspended scaffold that, pursuant to Section 3314.3.2, is not required to be designed.

3314.5 Platform construction. Platforms on all working levels of a scaffold shall be fully planked or decked between the front uprights and the guardrail system supports in accordance with Sections 3314.5.1 through 3314.5.7.

Exception: Platforms used solely as walkways or used solely by workers installing or removing the scaffold shall be planked to the extent necessary to ensure the safety of the public and property.

3314.5.1 Platform spacing. Each platform unit (e.g., scaffold plank,

fabricated plank, fabricated deck, or fabricated platform) shall be installed so that the space between adjacent units and the space between the platform and the uprights is no more than 1 inch (25 mm) wide except where a qualifed person can demonstrate that a wider space is necessary.

3314.5.2 Maximum span for wood plank. All lumber used in scaffolds or their supports shall be at least equal in strength and quality to construction grade lumber in accordance with Section 2301. See Table 3314.5.2 for the maximum span for scaffold planks.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88

Pa, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

3314.5.3 Minimum overhang. The end of a platform shall extend over the centerline of its support a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) unless cleated or otherwise restrained by hooks or equivalent means.

3314.5.4 Maximum cantilever. The maximum cantilever shall be as follows.

3314.5.4.1 Ten feet or less. The end of a platform 10 feet (3048 mm) or less in length shall not extend over the centerline of its support more than 12 inches (305 mm) unless the platform and its tiedown are designed by a qualifed person or the platform has guardrails to prevent access to the cantilevered end.

3314.5.4.2 More than ten feet. The end of a platform more than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length shall not extend over the centerline of its support more than 18 inches (457 mm) unless the platform and its tiedown are designed by a qualifed person or the platform has guardrails to prevent access to the cantilevered end.

3314.5.5 Platform tiedown. All platforms shall be tied down or oth-

TABLE 3314.5.2/ MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPANS FOR 2-INCH PLANK USED ON SCAFFOLDS

erwise positively restrained by hooks or equivalent means to prevent dislodgment in all directions.

3314.5.6 Platform defection. Platforms shall not defect more than 1/60 of the span when loaded.

3314.5.7 Unsuitable platforms. Unstable objects shall not be used as working platforms.

3314.6 Footings and anchorage. The footings and anchorage for every scaffold shall be sound and rigid, capable of carrying the maximum load without settlement or deformation and secure against movement in any direction. Supports such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, loose stone, or other unstable materials shall not be used.

3314.6.1 Safe points of anchorage. Safe points of anchorage include structural members of a building. Window washing anchors, window frames, mullions, handrails, standpipes, vents and other piping systems, electrical conduit, counterweights or similar elements shall not be used as anchors or braceback points.

Exception: Window washing anchor points that are part of the base building structure may be utilized as an anchor or braceback point for a scaffold, subject to the approval of the commissioner. The anchor points shall be inspected by a registered design professional prior to use to verify their ability to support all loads imposed. At the end of the job, the anchor points shall be restored to their original condition, any damage repaired, and inspected by a registered design professional to verify such. A report verifying such restoration and inspection shall be prepared by the registered design professional and submitted to the department.

3314.6.2 Lifeline anchorage. Vertical lifelines shall be fastened to a fxed safe point of anchorage and shall be independent of the scaffold. Horizontal lifelines shall only be utilized where the individual who designed the scaffold in accordance with Section 3314.3 has determined vertical lifelines are not feasible (for example, lower platforms of a multi-level suspended scaffold). Where utilized, horizontal lifelines shall be secured to two or more structural members of the scaffold, or they may be looped around both suspension and independent suspension lines (on scaffolds so equipped) above the hoist and brake attached to the end of the scaffold. Horizontal lifelines shall not be attached only to the suspension ropes. Vertical and horizontal lifelines shall be

protected from sharp edges and abrasion.

3314.6.3 Lifelines and suspension ropes. Vertical lifelines, tiebacks, and suspension ropes shall each be attached to a different point of anchorage.

3314.6.4 Scaffolds supported on structure. Loads from supported and suspended scaffolds imposed on an existing roof or foor or similar structure shall:

1. Not be concentrated so as to cause stresses in excess of the allowable values designated for the applicable material described in this code; or

2. Be distributed with dunnage or shoring so as to prevent such load from exceeding the allowable values designated for the applicable material described in this code.

3314.7 Outrigger beams. Outrigger beams shall be made of structural metal or equivalent strength material and shall be restrained to prevent movement.

3314.7.1 Overhang. The overhang of outrigger beams shall not exceed that specifed by the design and the inboard length of beam shall be at least one and one-half times the outboard length unless otherwise designed by a registered design professional.

3314.7.2 Placement. Outrigger beams shall be placed so that the suspension ropes will hang vertically.

3314.7.3 Outrigger beam end of suspension ropes. Suspension ropes shall be securely fastened to the outrigger beams by steel shackles, thimbles, or equivalent means.

3314.7.4 Load end of wire suspension ropes. The load end of wire suspension ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles and secured by eyesplicing or equivalent means. Where applicable, such equivalent means shall be in accordance with Section 3314.11.8.

3314.8 Guardrail system and debris netting. The open sides and ends of scaffold platforms shall be provided with a guardrail system that meets the requirements of Section 3314.8.1 and debris netting that meets the requirements of Section 3314.8.2.

Exceptions:

1. A guardrail system and debris netting are not required while the scaffold is being installed or removed but shall be in

place before the scaffold is used.

2. A guardrail system and debris netting is not required along the edge of a scaffold facing a building or structure, provided the distance from the edge of the scaffold platform to the face of the building or structure is:

2.1 For an outrigger scaffold, 3 inches (76 mm) or less;

2.2 For a scaffold used in conjunction with plastering and lathing operations, 18 inches (457 mm) or less; or

2.3 For all other scaffolds, 14 inches (356 mm) or less.

3. Debris netting is not required for a scaffold where the scaffold is set back from all adjoining property and areas that remain open to the public at a distance that is equal to or greater than half the height of scaffold, except where the scaffold is installed to provide an alternative to demolition safety zones, sidewalk sheds, safety netting, or adjoining property protection in accordance with Sections 3306, 3307, 3308, 3309, or the scaffold is installed at the edge of an unenclosed perimeter in accordance with Section 3314.9.4.

4. Debris netting is not required for a scaffold that does not require a design in accordance with Section 3314.3, except where the scaffold is installed to provide an alternative to demolition safety zones, sidewalk sheds, safety netting, or adjoining property protection in accordance with Sections 3306, 3307, 3308, or 3309, or the scaffold is installed at the edge of an unenclosed perimeter in accordance with Section 3314.9.4.

5. A guardrail system and debris netting is not required for a supported scaffold whose topmost platform is 6 feet (1829 mm) or less above the level of the ground or foor, except as otherwise required by Section 3314.9.4.

3314.8.1 Guardrail system. Where required by Section 3314.8, the guardrail system for a scaffold shall meet the requirements of Section 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.7.

Exceptions: For the purposes of this section:

1. The term “foor” in Sections 3308.7.1 through

3308.7.7 shall mean “platform.”

2. The height of the toprail, as prescribed in Section 3308.7.2, may be as low as 38 inches (965 mm) in a guardrail system utilized in connection with a scaffold, and such toprail may defect to a height of not less than 38 inches (965 mm) when designed in accordance with Exception 1 to Section 3308.7.3.

3. Alternate guardrail systems under Exception 1 to Section 3308.7.3 may be designed by the designer of the scaffold or the manufacturer of the scaffold to be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least:

3.1 For toprails or equivalent members, a force applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along its top edge of at least 100 pounds (445 N) for guardrail systems installed on single-point adjustable suspended scaffolds or two-point adjustable suspended scaffolds, and at least 200 pounds (890 N for guardrail systems installed on all other scaffolds.

3.2 For midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, or equivalent members, a force applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along the midrail or other member of at least 75 pounds (333 N) for guardrail systems with a minimum 100 pound (445 N) toprail capacity, and at least 150 pounds (666 N) for guardrail systems with a minimum 200 pound (890 N) toprail capacity.

3.3 For toeboards, a force of at least 50 pounds (222 N) applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along the toeboard.

4. Where intermediate supports, such as ballisters or additional rails are used, they shall not be more than 19 inches (483 mm) apart.

3314.8.2 Debris netting. Where required by Section 3314.8, the scaffold shall be enclosed with a debris netting consisting of a wire screen comprised of not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, or equivalent synthetic netting that is fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701, with openings in the wire or synthetic mesh no larger than ½ inch (13 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension. Such netting shall be securely attached to the scaffold and shall enclose all open sides, ends, and bottom of the scaffold for the full height of all platform levels where work is occurring. The effect of wind on the netting shall be accounted for in the design of the scaffold, where such design is required by Section 3314.3.

Exceptions:

1. Netting is not required to protect the bottom of the scaffold platform provided the netting is securely fastened to the scaffold deck and the scaffold platform planks are laid tight or the deck of the scaffold is solid.

2. Where netting is provided on the upper level of a supported scaffold, or when provided on a suspended scaffold, the netting need only extend to the height of the toprail.

3. Where the scaffold is installed as an alternative to sidewalk sheds, vertical nets, or adjoining property protection in accordance with Sections 3307, 3308, and 3309 respectively, the netting shall enclose the scaffold for its full height.

3314.9 Supported scaffold. Supported scaffolds shall meet the requirements of Sections 3314.9.1 through 3314.9.4.

3314.9.1 Height-to-base ratio. A supported scaffold with a height-tobase ratio (including outriggers supports, if used) of more than four to one (4:1) shall be restrained from tipping by guying, tying, bracing or equivalent means as follows:

1. Guys, ties, or braces shall be installed at locations where horizontal members support both inner and outer legs.

2. Guys, ties, or braces shall be installed in accordance with the design drawings required by Section 3314.3, or where design is not required, in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations. If design is not required and there are

no manufacturer’s specifcations, the frst guy, tie or brace shall be installed at a horizontal member and not more than a distance four times the least plan dimension from the base support and be repeated vertically at locations of horizontal members every 20 feet (6096 mm) or less thereafter for scaffolds 3 feet (914 mm) wide or less, and every 26 feet (7925 mm) or less thereafter for scaffolds greater than 3 feet (914 mm) wide. In every instance, the capacity of requirements of Section 3314.4.4.3 shall apply, which may necessitate guys, ties or braces being installed at smaller intervals.

3. The top guy, tie, or brace shall be placed no further than four times the least plan dimension from the top. Such guys, ties, or braces shall be installed at each end of the scaffold and at horizontal intervals not to exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) measured from one end (not both) towards each other.

4. Guys, ties, braces, or outriggers shall be used to prevent tipping of supported scaffolds in all circumstances where an eccentric load, such as a cantilevered work platform, is applied or is transmitted to the scaffold.

3314.9.2 Foundation. Supported scaffold poles, legs, posts, frames and uprights shall bear on base plates and mud sills or other adequate frm foundation to distribute the weight of the scaffold into the ground, structure, or sidewalk shed upon which it rests. Unstable objects shall not be used to support scaffolds or platform units.

3314.9.3 Plumb. Supported scaffold poles, legs, posts, frames, and uprights shall be plumb and braced to prevent swaying and displacement. The tolerance shall not exceed L/100, where L is the distance measured from the ground or grade elevation to the frst cross brace or bottom of the frst bearer or frame horizontal member.

3314.9.4 Supported scaffolds at the edge. Supported scaffolds located on a foor, working deck, or roof and located within a distance from the edge of the roof or an unenclosed perimeter that is equal to or less than one and one-half times the height of the scaffold shall:

1. Be positively anchored or tied-back, and with all wheels or rollers secured by rope, cable, or chocking at the wheels in order to prevent movement; and

2. Have all sides of the scaffold facing an unenclosed perimeter or the edge of a roof within a distance that is equal to or less

than one and one-half times the height of the scaffold provided with guardrails and debris netting in accordance with Section 3314.8; or

3. Have all material and equipment susceptible to dislodgement, and not being actively held by a person, secured in a manner to prevent dislodgement by wind or accidental impact.

Exception: The above requirements shall not apply where vertical safety netting that meets the requirements of Section 3308.5, or an approved alternate system, extends to cover the full height and width of all unenclosed perimeters within a distance from the scaffold equal to or less than one and one-half times the height of the scaffold.

3314.10 Suspended scaffold. Suspended scaffolds shall meet the requirements of Sections 3314.10.1 through 3314.10.14.

3314.10.1 Suspended elements to be kept vertical and parallel. Suspended scaffolds shall be installed and used in such a manner that the ropes or similar suspension elements are vertical and/or in a plane parallel to the wall at all times.

Exception: Ropes or similar suspension elements do not have to be vertical and/or in a plane parallel to the wall provided such occurs in accordance with design drawings prepared by a registered design professional. Such design drawings shall be based on an investigation of the support surface/structure (e.g. roof, parapet) and anchorage of the scaffold conducted by such registered design professional. A signed, sealed, and dated report prepared by the registered design professional documenting such investigation shall accompany the design drawings.

3314.10.2 Support. All suspended scaffold support devices, such as outrigger beams, C-hooks, parapet clamps, and similar devices shall be supported by surfaces/structures (e.g. roof, parapet) capable of supporting at least four times the load imposed on them by the scaffold operating at the rated load of the hoist. The support shall be inspected prior to installation in accordance with the requirements of Section 3314.4.3.1.

3314.10.3 Outrigger beam location. Outrigger beams shall be placed perpendicular to the face of the building or structure.

Exception: Where a licensed rigger or registered design profes-

sional can demonstrate to the commissioner’s satisfaction that it is not possible to place an outrigger beam perpendicular to the face of the building or structure, the outrigger beam may be placed at a different angle, provided opposing angle tiebacks are used.

3314.10.4 Outrigger beam stabilization. The inboard ends of the suspended scaffold outrigger beam shall be stabilized by bolts or other direct connections to the foor or roof deck, or they shall have their inboard ends stabilized by counterweights.

Exception: Multipoint adjustable suspended scaffolds shall not be stabilized by counterweights.

3314.10.5 Outrigger beams secured by tiebacks. Outrigger beams which are not stabilized by bolts or other direct connections to the foor or roof deck shall be secured by tiebacks.

3314.10.6 Outrigger beam installation. Outrigger beams shall be installed with all bearing supports perpendicular to the beam centerline and shall set and maintain the web in a vertical position. The shackle or clevis with which the rope is attached to the outrigger beam shall be placed directly over the centerline of the stirrup.

3314.10.7 Counterweight material. Only those items specifcally designed as counterweights shall be used to counterweight scaffold systems. Counterweights shall be made of a nonfowable material. Sand, gravel and similar materials that can be easily dislocated shall not be used. Construction materials such as, but not limited to, masonry units and rolls of roofng felt, shall not be used as counterweights.

3314.10.8 Counterweight securement. Counterweights shall be secured by mechanical means to the outrigger to prevent accidental dislodgment.

3314.10.9 Counterweight removal. Counterweights shall not be removed from an outrigger beam until the scaffold is disassembled.

3314.10.10 Tiebacks. Tiebacks shall be equivalent in strength to the suspension ropes. Tiebacks shall be secured to a structurally sound anchorage on the building or structure in accordance with Section 3314.6.

3314.10.11 Horizontal tieback location. Horizontal tiebacks shall be installed perpendicular to the face of the building or structure, or opposing angle tiebacks shall be installed. Single tiebacks installed at an angle are prohibited.

3314.10.12╪ Support devices. Suspended scaffold support devices, such as C-hooks, cornice hooks, roof hooks, roof irons, parapet clamps or other similar devices shall meet the following requirements:

1. Support devices shall be made of steel, wrought iron or materials of equivalent strength.

2. Such devices shall be supported by bearing blocks.

3. Support devices shall be secured against movement by tiebacks installed perpendicular to the face of the building or structure or by opposing angle tiebacks installed and secured to a structurally sound point of anchorage as prescribed in Section 3314.6.

4. Tieback rope shall be at least equal in strength to the suspension rope.

3314.10.13 Securing suspended scaffolds. At the end of the shift, and when otherwise required by Section 3314.4.4.6, the suspended scaffold shall be cleared of all equipment and material susceptible to dislodgement and shall be lowered to the street, sidewalk shed, or other location specifed in the design drawings required by Section 3314.3.3, or shall be secured to the roof, building, or other structure in accordance with the design drawings required by Section 3314.3.3.

3314.10.14 Stand-off brackets prohibited. The installation or use of a stand-off bracket is prohibited.

3314.11 Suspension rope. Suspension ropes on suspended scaffolds shall meet the requirements of Section 3314.11.1 through 3314.11.8.

3314.11.1 Wraps of rope. When winding drum hoists are used on a suspended scaffold, they shall contain not fewer than four wraps of the suspension rope at the lowest point of scaffold travel. When other types of hoists are used, the suspension ropes shall be long enough to allow the scaffold to be lowered to the level below without the rope end passing through the hoist, or the rope end shall be confgured or provided with means to prevent the end from passing through the hoist.

3314.11.2 Repaired rope. The use of repaired wire rope as suspension rope is prohibited.

3314.11.3 Rope replacement. Ropes shall be replaced or removed if any of the following conditions exist, and as otherwise prescribed by rule of the department:

1. Any physical damage that impairs the function and strength of the rope.

2. Presence of kinks that might impair the tracking or wrapping of the rope around the drums or sheaves.

3. Presence of abrasion, corrosion, scrubbing, fattening or peening causing the loss of more than one-third of the original diameter of the outside wires.

4. Heat damage caused by a torch or any damage caused by contact with electrical wires.

5. Evidence that the secondary brake has been activated during an overspeed condition and has engaged the suspension rope.

3314.11.4 Shielding. Suspension ropes shall be shielded from heat-producing processes.

3314.11.5 Corrosive substances. When acids or other corrosive substances are used on a scaffold, the ropes shall be shielded, treated to protect against corrosive substances, or made of a material that will not be damaged by the corrosive substance being used.

3314.11.6 Suspended scaffold welding precautions for arcing prevention. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the possibility of arcing through the suspension wire rope during welding operations.

3314.11.6.1 Insulated thimble. An insulated thimble shall be used to attach each suspension wire rope to its hanging support. Excessive suspension wire rope and any additional independent lines from grounding shall be insulated.

3314.11.6.2 Insulating material. The suspension wire rope shall be covered with insulating material extending at least 4 feet (1219 mm) above the hoist. If there is a tail line below the hoist, it shall be insulated to prevent contact with the platform. The portion of the tail line that hangs free below the scaffold shall be guided or retained or both so that it does not become grounded.

3314.11.6.3 Protective covers. Each hoist shall be covered with insulated protective covers.

3314.11.6.4 Grounding conductor. In addition to a work lead attachment required by the welding process, a grounding

conductor shall be connected from the scaffold to the structure. The size of the connector shall be at least the size of the welding process work lead, and this conductor shall not be in series with the welding process or the work piece.

3314.11.6.5 Disconnected grounding lead. If the scaffold grounding lead is disconnected at any time, the welding machine shall be shut off or the welding lead shall be removed from the scaffold.

3314.11.6.6 Welding rod or lead. An active welding rod or uninsulated welding lead shall not be allowed to make contact with the scaffold or its suspension system.

3314.11.7 Wire rope clips. Wire rope clips used on suspended scaffolds shall be in accordance with Sections 3114.11.7.1 through 3314.11.7.4.

3314.11.7.1 Minimum number of clips to be installed. Where wire clips are used on suspended scaffolds, there shall be a minimum of three wire rope clips installed a minimum of six rope diameters apart.

3314.11.7.2 Installed to manufacturer specifcations. The clips shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifcations.

3314.11.7.3 Retightening of clips. The clips shall be retightened to the manufacturer’s specifcations after initial loading. Clips shall be inspected and retightened to the manufacturer’s specifcations at the start of each work shift thereafter.

3314.11.7.4 U-bolt clips. When U-bolt clips are used, the U-bolt shall be placed over the dead end of the rope and the saddle shall be placed over the live end of the rope.

Exception: U-bolt clips shall not be used at the point of suspension.

3314.11.8 Swaged attachments or spliced eyes. Swaged attachments or spliced eyes on wire suspension ropes shall not be used unless they are made by the wire rope manufacturer or a qualifed person. Where swaged attachments or spliced eyes are made by a qualifed person, a representative sample of the assembly shall be tested under the supervision of a licensed rigger or a registered design professional to confrm the assembly will supply the clamping force specifed by the wire rope man-

ufacturer or the manufacturer of the hardware. Swaged attachments or spliced eyes shall be provided with a tag by the wire rope manufacturer or the testing entity indicating the capacity of the assembly.

Exception: J-bolts shall be designed by a manufacturer and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations.

3314.12 Wood pole scaffolds. Wood pole scaffolds shall meet the requirements of Sections 3314.12.1 through 3314.12.9.

3314.12.1 Standard designs. All wood pole scaffolds 40 feet (12 192 mm) high or less shall be constructed in accordance with the minimum nominal sizes and maximum spacings shown in Tables 3314.12.1 (1) through 3314.12.1 (6). Wood pole scaffolds more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) high shall be designed in accordance with Section 3314.3.

TABLE 3314.12.1(1)

MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE WOOD POLE LIGHT DUTY SCAFFOLDS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 25 psf

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 25 psf

Note: For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa.

TABLE 3314.12.1(2)

MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE WOOD POLE MEDIUM DUTY SCAFFOLDS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 50 psf

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 50 psf

Note: For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa.

TABLE 3314.12.1(3)

MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE WOOD POLE HEAVY DUTY SCAFFOLDS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 75 psf

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 75 psf

Note: For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa.

TABLE 3314.12.1(4)

MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF INDEPENDENT WOOD POLE LIGHT DUTY SCAFFOLDS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 25 psf

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 25 psf

Note: For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa.

a. Total base dimension in both directions to be at least 25 percent of height.

TABLE 3314.12.1(5)

MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF INDEPENDENT WOOD POLE MEDIUM DUTY SCAFFOLDS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 50 psf

Note: For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa.

a. Total base dimension in both directions to be at least 25 percent of height.

TABLE 3314.12.1(6)

MINIMUM SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF INDEPENDENT WOOD POLE HEAVY DUTY SCAFFOLDS

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 75 psf

Note: For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa. a. Total base dimension in both directions to be at least 25 percent of height.

3314.12.2 Erection and removal. When a new working level is desired, the existing planks shall be left undisturbed until the new working level is framed. As the platform level is abandoned with the progress of the work, all members other than the planking, railing and toeboards shall be left intact. When removing a scaffold, the sequence of removing the members shall be the reverse of that used in erection.

3314.12.3 Materials and construction for wood pole scaffolds. Wood

pole scaffold materials and construction shall comply with the following requirements:

1. All lumber used in wood pole scaffolds or their supports shall be at least equal in strength and quality to construction grade lumber in accordance with Section 2301.

2. All lumber and timber shall be fastened at the various joints with suffcient nails or bolts of a suitable size to produce a secure joint capable of withstanding the design load. Table 3314.12.3 provides minimum requirements for size and number of nails. All nails shall be driven full length.

3. Any other suitable material, or dimensions other than those indicated, may be used for wood pole

4. scaffold construction provided it is at least equivalent in strength and suitability to the comparable wood scaffold it is designed to replace, and approval of the commissioner has been obtained.

TABLE 3314.12.3 SIZE AND NUMBER OF NAILS REQUIRED FOR SCAFFOLD CONSTRUCTION

Poles. Wooden scaffold poles shall be plumb and the foot

ends shall be secured against lateral movement. Where wood poles are spliced, the squared end of the upper section shall bear uniformly on the squared end of the lower section and the two ends shall be rigidly fastened together with two or more wood splice plates, each at least 4 feet (1219 mm) in length. The plates shall be placed at right angles to each other, shall overlap the abutting ends of the pole equally, and shall have a combined sectional area not less than 50 percent of the cross sectional area of the pole. Splicing of adjacent poles shall be staggered. Splices shall be close to ledgers, but so located as not to interfere with the fastenings.

3314.12.5 Bracing. Wood pole scaffolds shall be braced and stayed to prevent movement away from the building. Diagonal or equivalent bracing shall be provided to prevent the poles from moving in a direction parallel to the building face and shall be so installed that every spliced section of every pole is braced to adjacent poles.

3314.12.6 Planking. Planking shall comply with Items 1 through 3.

1. Where planks are butted end to end, parallel putlogs or bearers shall be provided not more than 8 inches (203 mm) apart so that the butted ends rest on separate putlogs or bearers. Ends shall be nailed or cleated.

2. Where platform planks are used with overlapping ends, the ends of both the upper and lower planks shall overlap the putlog or bearer by at least 6 inches (152 mm).

3. Planks shall be laid close together and shall be of suffcient length to extend over three bearers.

3314.12.7 Connections. Ledgers shall not be spliced between poles but shall overlap the poles at each end by at least 4 inches (102 mm). Where ledgers lap each other, bearing-blocks attached to the pole shall be provided to support the ledger.

3314.12.7.1 Braces. The ends of all wooden braces shall overlap the nailed fastenings by an amount suffcient to prevent the ends of the braces from splitting.

3314.12.8 Putlogs for single pole scaffolds. All putlogs shall be set with the greater dimension vertical and shall be long enough to project beyond the outer edge of the poles by at least 12 inches (305 mm). Putlogs shall be supported on the ledger and located against the side of the poles and fastened to either the pole or the ledger. The other end of the

putlog shall rest in the wall of the building, with at least a 4 inch (102 mm) bearing, and shall not be notched or cut down, except for light duty scaffolds, which may be notched or cut down to ft into a space made by the removal of a brick. In such cases, the notch shall be made on the top of the putlog just deep enough to permit it to be inserted in the hole in the wall.

3314.12.9 Bearers for independent pole scaffolds. Bearers shall be set with their greater dimensions vertical, and shall be long enough to project over the ledgers beyond the outer row of poles by at least 12 inches (305 mm) and beyond the inner row of poles by at least 2 inches (51 mm). Bearers shall be supported on the ledgers, located against the sides of the poles and fastened to the ledgers.

3314.13 Fabricated frame scaffolds. Fabricated frame scaffolds shall meet the requirements of Sections 3314.13.1 through 3314.13.3.

3314.13.1 Bracing. Frames and panels shall be braced by cross, horizontal or diagonal braces or a combination thereof, which secure vertical members together laterally.

3314.13.2 Vertical joining. Frames and panels shall be joined together vertically by coupling or stacking pins or equivalent means. Where uplift can occur, the frames or panels shall be locked together vertically by pins or equivalent means.

3314.13.3 Frame scaffold brackets. Brackets used to support cantilevered loads shall be seated with side- brackets parallel to the frame and end-brackets at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) to the frames shall not be bent or twisted from these positions and shall be used only to support light duty loads of up to 25 pounds per square foot (122.05 kg/m2), unless the design provisions of Section 3314.3 have been met.

3314.14 Outrigger scaffolds (thrust out). Outrigger scaffolds (thrust out) shall not be used for loading in excess of 50 pounds per square foot (244.1 kg/m2) (medium duty).

3314.14.1 Outrigger beams. The fulcrum point of the beam shall rest on a secure bearing at least 6 inches (152 mm) in each horizontal dimension. The beam shall be secured against movement and shall be securely braced against tipping at both the fulcrum point and the inboard end.

3314.14.2 Inboard supports. The inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be securely fxed to resist all vertical, horizontal and torsional forces. Pull-out tests for adhesive and expansions anchors, if used, shall

be approved by the commissioner.

3314.15 Two-point adjustable suspended scaffolds. Two-point adjustable suspended scaffolds shall meet the requirements of Sections 3314.15.1 through 3314.15.7.

3314.15.1 Width and support. Two-point adjustable suspended platforms shall be at least 20 inches (508 mm) but not more than 36 inches (914 mm) in width unless designed by a registered design professional. Each end of the platform shall be supported by a stirrup or hanger that meets the requirements of Section 3315.15.2, and the platform shall be securely fastened thereto. Not more than two hangers or stirrups shall be used to support one scaffold.

3314.15.2 Hangers or stirrups. Hangers or stirrups shall be of steel or wrought iron. Each such hanger shall be formed to properly ft the platform and the hoist mechanism. The hanger or stirrup shall be placed at least 6 inches (152 mm) but not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from the end of the platform.

Exception: Alternative spacing from the end of the platform may be utilized where the manufacturer so specifes and such alternative spacing is indicated on design drawings developed by a registered design professional.

3314.15.3 Fiber suspension rope. The use of fber rope shall be limited to light duty two-point adjustable suspended scaffolds. Fiber rope shall be at least equivalent in strength and suitability to ¾-inch (19 mm) grade #1 unspliced manila rope.

3314.15.3.1 Corrosive substances. Fiber rope susceptible to damage from corrosive substances shall not be permitted for or near any work involving the use of corrosive substances.

3314.15.3.2 Upper block. Fiber rope shall not be used where the upper block is more than 100 feet (30 480 mm) or ten stories, whichever is less, above the ground or roof setback.

3314.15.3.3 Fit. All blocks shall ft the size of rope they carry, and shall be constructed so as not to chafe the rope.

3314.15.4 Combination. Two or more two-point adjustable suspended scaffolds shall not be combined into one by bridging the distance between them or by any other form of connection.

3314.15.5 Number of workers. Not more than two people shall be

permitted on one scaffold at one time except where the scaffold is designed to hold more. Written permission from the commissioner shall be required for more than two people on the scaffold.

3314.15.6 Device to raise, lower, and hold the scaffold. Every twopoint adjustable suspended scaffold shall be equipped with a device to raise, lower or hold the scaffold in position.

3314.15.7 Platforms. The platforms of every two-point adjustable suspended scaffold shall be ladder- type, plank-type, beam-type, light-metal type, or another type acceptable to the commissioner.

3314.16 Corner and angle scaffolds. Corner and angle scaffolds shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3314.16.1 through 3314.16.4.

3314.16.1 Motors. As many motors as needed shall be provided to maintain the stability of the platform under all operating conditions.

3314.16.2 Maximum number of people. The number of people allowed on a corner or angle scaffold shall not be more than the number of motors required to keep the scaffold stable, unless otherwise designed by a registered design professional.

3314.16.3 Additional information. In addition to the information required by Section 3314.3, corner and angle scaffolds shall also contain load capacity and distribution charts and a certifcation from the registered design professional that he/she has reviewed the manufacturer’s design calculations and testing or prepared suffcient calculations of his/her own and found them to conform to this code.

3314.16.4 Inspection. The equipment setting for corner and angle scaffolds shall be inspected by the department prior to its use. Additional inspection by the department shall be required each time the equipment is moved to a different position.

3314.17 Multiple-point adjustable suspended scaffolds. Multiple-point adjustable suspended scaffolds shall comply with the following:

1. All multiple-point adjustable suspended scaffolds shall be supported by wire ropes. The use of fber ropes is not permitted;

2. Provision shall be made to prevent supports from slipping off the ends of outrigger beams;

3. Platform bearers shall be of metal; and

4. During raising or lowering, the levels of the various sections of the

scaffolds shall be kept uniform and the differential height between sections shall be minimized.

3314.18 Manually propelled, free-standing scaffolds. All manually propelled free-standing scaffolds shall meet the following requirements:

1. Work platforms shall be tightly planked for the full width of the scaffold, except for necessary entrance openings. Planks shall be secured in place;

2. Platforms shall have a guardrail system;

3. Where a ladder is used to approach a platform, the ladder shall be secured to the scaffold;

4. Handholds shall be provided for safe passage from the ladder to the platform;

5. Unless temporarily braced to an adjacent structure, the ratio of the platform height to the least base dimension shall be such as to ensure stability, but in no case shall such height be more than four times the least base dimension;

6. Provisions shall be made to prevent the scaffold from falling during movement from one location to another;

7. While the scaffold is in use, it shall rest upon a stable footing and shall stand plumb. The casters or wheels shall be locked in position; and

8. While the scaffold is being moved, no person shall be permitted to ride on it, and all tools, equipment and material shall be removed.

3314.19 Mast climbers. Mast climbers shall be designed, constructed, permitted, installed, adjusted, maintained, repaired, used, operated, inspected, and removed in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3314.20 Public housing construction projects. No scaffolding permit issued for construction projects on public housing developments provided by the New York city housing authority shall be renewed unless the commissioner determines that such scaffolding is being used as part of an ongoing construction project. The commissioner shall promulgate such rules and regulations as shall be necessary to implement the provisions of this section.

An "ongoing" construction project" shall mean any construction project

during which persons employed in construction work are utilizing such scaffolding at least two days per week, or have utilized such scaffolding for at least two days per week at any time over the course of the six months immediately preceding a request to renew a scaffolding permit.

SECTION BC 3315 STRUCTURAL RAMPS, RUNWAYS, AND PLATFORMS

3315.1 Ramps and runways. Ramps and runways (including elevated walkways) shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3315.1.1 through 3315.1.7, as well as rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3315.1.1 Construction. All runways and ramps shall be constructed, braced and supported to resist lateral displacement and all vertical loads, including impact.

3315.1.2 For motor vehicle use. Runways and ramps for the use of motor vehicles may consist of an earthfll or may be structurally supported. Such runways and ramps shall have a clear width of not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) with solid curbs or barriers at least 8 inches by 8 inches (203 mm by 203 mm) placed parallel to, and secured to, the sides of the runway or ramp. The fooring of structurally supported ramps shall consist of no smaller than 3-inch (76 mm) planking full size, undressed, or equivalent material, with spans designed for the loads to be imposed. Runways and ramps used by both motor vehicles and persons must also comply with requirements for runways and ramps used by persons. Runways and ramps dedicated exclusively to motor vehicles do not have to comply with requirements for runways and ramps used by persons.

3315.1.3 For use by persons. Runways and ramps used by persons shall be at least 2 feet (610 mm) in clear width. Where used for wheelbarrows, handcarts, or hand-trucks, runways and ramps shall be at least 3 feet (914 mm) in clear width. Flooring shall consist of at least 2-inch (51 mm) planking spanning as permitted by Table 3314.5.2, laid close, butt-joined and securely fastened.

3315.1.4 Slope limitations. Ramps shall have a slope not steeper than one in four. If the slope is steeper than one in eight, the ramp shall be provided with cleats spaced not more than 14 inches (356 mm) apart and securely fastened to the planking to afford a foothold. Spaces in the cleats may be provided for the passage of the wheels of vehicles. The total rise of a continuous ramp used by persons carrying material or

using wheelbarrows, hand-carts, or hand-trucks shall not exceed 12 feet (3658 mm) unless broken by horizontal landings at least 4 feet (1219 mm) in length.

3315.1.5 Guardrail required. A guardrail meeting the requirements of Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.7 shall be provided in any of the following circumstances:

1. Where an unprotected side or edge is 6 feet (1829 mm) or more above the ground, foor, or other lower level;

2. Along any portion of the runway or ramp that is used by persons and abuts motor vehicle traffc; or

3. Along any portion of the runway or ramp where a person may thereby be exposed to harm from adjoining machinery, electrical equipment, or other hazardous equipment. For the purposes of Section 3315.1.5, the term “foor” in Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.7 shall mean “runway or ramp.”

3315.1.6 Netting required. Where it is possible for the public to pass under, or next to, runways or ramps, the space between the top rail and the toeboard shall be enclosed with a wire screen comprised of not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, or equivalent synthetic netting that is fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701, with openings in the wire or synthetic mesh no larger than ½ inch (13 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension.

3315.1.7 Signage required. At every access point to a runway or ramp, a sign shall be posted indicating whether the runway or ramp, or a portion thereof, is intended for use by motor vehicles or by persons.

3315.2 Platforms. Platforms shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3315.2.1 through 3315.2.3.

3315.2.1 Planking. Platforms shall have a foor consisting of at least 2-inch (51 mm) planking spanning as permitted by Table 3314.5.2. Planking shall be laid close and shall be butt-joined and securely fastened.

Exceptions:

1. Where the platform is to be used to support loads in excess of 75 psf (366.2 kg/m2), or is intended for a use as specifed in rules promulgated by the commissioner, the platform shall be designed by a registered design

professional.

2. Where the platform is to be used by motorized equipment, including but not limited to trucks, power buggies, fork lifts, or scissor lifts, the platform shall be designed by a registered design professional.

3315.2.2 Guardrail required. A guardrail meeting the requirements of Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.7 shall be provided in any of the following circumstances:

1. Where an unprotected side or edge is 6 feet (1829 mm) or more above the ground, foor, or other lower level;

2. Along any portion of the runway or ramp that abuts motor vehicle traffc; or

3. Along any portion of the runway or ramp where a person may thereby be exposed to harm from adjoining machinery, electrical equipment, or other hazardous equipment.

For the purposes of Section 3315.2.2, the term “foor” in Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.7 shall mean “platform.”

Exception: In lieu of a guardrail, the side of the platform used for the loading or unloading of vehicles may be protected by a solid curb or barrier at least 8 inches by 8 inches (203 mm by 203 mm) for motor trucks or 4 inches by 4 inches (102 mm by 102 mm) for wheelbarrows and handtrucks.

3315.2.3 Netting required. Where it is possible for the public to pass under, or next to, platforms, the space between the top rail and the toeboard shall be enclosed with a wire screen comprised of not less than number 18 gauge wire mesh, or equivalent synthetic netting that is fame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701, with openings in the wire or synthetic mesh no larger than ½ inch (13 mm) in the vertical or horizontal dimensions and ¾ inch (19 mm) in any other dimension.

3315.3 Special requirements where motorized equipment is used. Runways, ramps, platforms, and other surfaces upon which motorized equipment, including but not limited to trucks, power buggies, fork lifts, or scissor lifts, is operated shall also meet the following minimum requirements:

1. The minimum width, inside of curbs or barriers, for any ramp, runway, or platform shall be 2 feet (610 mm) wider than the outside

width of any motorized equipment operated thereon without passing, and 3 feet (914 mm) wider than twice such motorized equipment width in the places where passing occurs.

2. All runways shall be essentially level transversely.

3. Curbs or barriers shall be furnished along all motorized equipment traffc paths that are nearer than 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally to any unenclosed area, shaft, or other open space into which or through which a fall of more than 12 inches (305 mm) from such surface is possible, except as set forth in numbered Item 5.

4. Where curbs or barriers are not required because the motorized equipment is operated on a surface up to 12 inches (305 mm) above another surface, the lower surface shall be strong enough to sustain the loaded vehicle in the event of a fall thereon.

5. Curbs or barriers may be omitted at actual dumping points more than 12 inches (305mm) above other surfaces if the edge over which dumping occurs is provided with bumpers or other means that will effectively stop the motorized equipment from running over the edge while dumping.

6. Curbs or barriers must be at least 7 inches (178 mm) high, securely fastened, and capable of resisting side impact, and shall be equivalent to at least 2 inch by 8 inch (51 mm by 203 mm) plank set on edge against uprights securely fastened and braced at not more than 4-foot (1219 mm) intervals.

SECTION BC 3316 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT

3316.1 Scope. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment shall meet and be used in accordance with the requirements of this section and rules promulgated by the commissioner. Material hoists and bucket hoists shall also meet the requirements of Section 3317, personnel hoists shall also meet the requirements of Section 3318, and cranes and derricks shall also meet the requirements of Section 3319. Certain material handling equipment listed in Section 3320 shall also meet the requirements of that section.

Exceptions: The requirements of this section, as well as Sections 3317 through 3320, shall not apply to:

1. Scaffolds. Scaffolds shall comply with the requirements of Section 3314. However, hoisting equipment utilized

on scaffolds shall be subject to the requirements of this section.

2. Mast climbers. Mast climbers shall comply with rules promulgated by the commissioner. However, hoisting equipment utilized on mast climbers shall be subject to the requirements of this section.

3. Elevators. Elevators shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 30.

4. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment, including but not limited to cranes or derricks, used in industrial or commercial plants or yards, other than those used for the construction or demolition of the facility.

5. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment on ships or barges, including but not limited to foating cranes, foating derricks, and cranes and derricks used on foating equipment.

6. An automotive wrecker, tow truck, or mechanic’s truck with a hoisting device when used to clear vehicular wrecks, haul vehicles, or used in activities related to the maintenance and repair of construction- or demolition-related vehicular equipment. However, this exception shall not apply to the use of such equipment to perform other tasks, including but not limited to hoisting earthwork equipment for the purpose of placing or extracting the earthwork equipment from an excavation.

7. Helicopters. Helicopter lifts shall require a permit from the fre department.

8. Tree trimming or tree removal equipment. However, this exception shall not apply to the use of hoisting equipment capable of lifting or lowering other loads, including but not limited to a crane utilized in conjunction with tree trimming or tree removal.

3316.2 Requirements. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment, including supports and runback structures, shall be installed, operated, used, and maintained to eliminate hazard to the public or to property.

3316.3 Notifcation of incidents involving hoisting equipment or material handling equipment. The requirements of Section 3301.8 shall apply.

3316.3.1 Additional notifcation requirement for hoisting machines. In addition to the requirements of Section 3301.8, the operator of a hoisting machine shall immediately notify the department, in a form and manner acceptable to the commissioner, of any incident involving the use of the hoisting machine, or of any damage to adjoining property caused by the use of the hoisting machine.

3316.4 Permit for power operated hoisting equipment. No power operated hoisting equipment, including supports and runback structures, shall be installed until the equipment user has obtained a permit in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

Exceptions:

1. A hoisting equipment permit is not required for equipment that is exempted from the requirements of Sections 3316.1 or 3319.1.

2. A hoisting equipment permit is not required for equipment, other than a crane, derrick, bucket hoist, material hoist, personnel hoist, or industrial rope access equipment, used exclusively to make deliveries to the site or service the site, and not used to perform construction or demolition work.

3. A hoisting equipment permit is not required for a power-operated, nonguided hoist with a maximum capacity of one ton or less and installed on new construction, or on alterations where the operation of the hoist is confned within the property and the site is protected in accordance with Section 3307.

4. A hoisting equipment permit issued under the provisions of this section is not required for cranes and derricks. Permits for cranes and derricks shall be in accordance with Section 3319.3.

3316.5 Design, installation, and inspection. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment, including supports and runback structures, shall be designed, installed, and inspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations, the requirements of this code, and rules promulgated by the commissioner. If there is a discrepancy, the stricter requirement shall be met.

3316.6 Rope inspection and replacement. All ropes used in hoisting equipment and material handling equipment shall meet the inspection and replacement requirements specifed in the manufacturer’s specifcations, the

requirements of this code, and rules promulgated by the commissioner. If there is a dis- crepancy, the stricter requirement shall be met.

3316.7 Operation. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment, including supports and runback structures, shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations, the requirements of this code, and rules promulgated by the commissioner. If there is a discrepancy, the stricter requirement shall be met.

3316.7.1 Operators and signalpersons. Operators and signalpersons shall be qualifed for the operation they perform. Only operators designated by the equipment user shall operate hoisting equipment and material handling equipment. Operators of hoisting machines shall be licensed where required by Article 405 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code. Signalpersons shall be trained or certifed where required by Section 3316.9.2 of this code. Operators of hoisting equipment and material handling equipment shall familiarize themselves with manufacturer specifcations and applicable plans for the hoisting equipment prior to operating the hoisting equipment at the site and whenever such specifcations or plans are revised or amended.

3316.7.2 Use during installation, jumping, dismantling or alteration. Personnel and building materials connected with or related to the building project shall not be moved by the hoisting equipment or material handling equipment while such equipment is being installed, jumped, dismantled, or altered.

3316.7.3 Preventing unauthorized operation. It shall be unlawful to operate any hoisting equipment or material handling equipment that is not provided with a positive means for preventing the unauthorized operation of such equipment. The means whereby the equipment may be made inoperative shall be acceptable to the department.

3316.7.4 Securing equipment. The operator of the hoisting equipment or material handling equipment shall park and secure the equipment at the end of the shift and as weather or site conditions otherwise warrant. The operator of the hoisting equipment or material handling equipment shall make the equipment inoperative before leaving the equipment.

3316.7.5 Loading. Loading of hoisting equipment and material handling equipment shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

1. The equipment shall not be loaded in excess of the rated load specifed by the manufacturer. When necessary, allow-

able loads shall be reduced to take into account effects of wind, ground condition, and operating speed.

2. Rated load capacities shall be conspicuously posted or displayed on the equipment. Load charts shall be accessible to the operator at all times and to the commissioner upon request.

3. All loads shall be properly trimmed and secured to prevent the dislodgment of any part during raising, lowering, swinging or transit.

4. Suspended loads shall be securely slung and properly balanced before they are set in motion.

5. The operator shall ascertain the weight of the load prior to lifting or lowering the load.

3316.7.6 Refueling. Refueling of hoisting equipment and material handling equipment shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

1. The engine shall be stopped during refueling, except as otherwise provided in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

2. Open lights, fames, or spark-producing devices shall be kept at a safe distance while refueling an internal combustion engine.

3. No person shall smoke or carry lighted smoking material in the immediate vicinity of the

4. refueling area.

5. “No smoking” signs shall be conspicuously posted in all fueling or fuel storage areas.

6. Fuel shall be kept in containers that meet the requirements of the New York City Fire Department.

7. All other requirements of the New York City Fire Department and the New York City Department of Environmental Protection shall be satisfed.

3316.7.7 Work area control. The equipment user shall provide and maintain measures, including but not limited to warning signs, barriers, or fagpersons, to prevent the public from coming into contact with or passing under hoisting equipment or material handling equipment.

Exception: For cranes or derricks, the work area shall be controlled in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3316.7.8 Wind and weather. Hoisting equipment located on the roof or setback of a building, exterior to a building or structure, on a working deck, or in an area with an unenclosed perimeter, is subject to the following wind and weather restrictions.

Exception: Cranes and derricks shall not be subject to the requirements of this section. Wind and weather restrictions for cranes and derricks shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 3319.13 and rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3316.7.8.1 Start of work. No operator of hoisting equipment shall start a pick when:

1. The wind speed exceeds 30 mph (3-second gust), the threshold specifed by the manufacturer of the hoisting equipment, or the threshold indicated on plans, whichever is lower; or

2. As otherwise warranted by weather conditions or weather forecasts.

3316.7.8.2 In-service. During picks it is the responsibility of the operator of the hoisting equipment to safely bring the pick to a stop and safely land the load when:

1. The wind speed exceeds 30 mph (3-second gust), the threshold specifed by the manufacturer of the hoisting equipment, or the threshold indicated on plans, whichever is lower; or

2. As otherwise warranted by weather conditions or weather forecasts.

3316.7.8.3 Out-of-service. At the end of the shift, or as weather conditions otherwise warrant, the operator of the hoisting equipment must properly park or secure the hoisting equipment for occurring or forecasted winds in accordance with the specifcations of the manufacturer of the hoisting equipment and applicable plans.

3316.7.8.4 Assembly/disassembly. The assembly/disassembly of hoisting equipment, including but not limited to the installa-

tion, jumping, or dismantling of the hoisting equipment, shall not begin when:

1. The wind speed exceeds 30 mph (3-second gust), the threshold specifed by the manufacturer of the hoisting equipment to be assembled/disassembled, the threshold specifed by the manufacturer of the assist equipment, or the threshold indicated on plans, whichever is lower;

2. The wind speed is forecast to exceed 30 mph (3-second gust), the threshold specifed by the manufacturer of the hoisting equipment to be assembled/disassembled, the threshold specifed by the manufacturer of the assist equipment, or the threshold indicated on plans, whichever is lower, before the assembly/disassembly operation can be safely completed and the hoisting equipment and all assist equipment can be parked and secured; or

3. As otherwise warranted by weather conditions or weather forecasts.

3316.7.8.5 Determining wind speed. Wind speed shall be determined based on data from the nearest United States weather bureau reporting station, or an anemometer located at the site, freely exposed to the wind, and calibrated in accordance with ASTM D5096-02.

Exception: For cranes and derricks, the requirements of Section 3319.13 shall apply.

3316.7.8.6 Assist equipment. The requirements of Sections 3316.7.8.1 through 3316.7.8.5 shall also apply to assist equipment utilized in conjunction with the assembly/disassembly of hoisting equipment.

3316.8 Maintenance and repair. Hoisting equipment and material handling equipment, including supports and runback structures, shall be maintained and repaired in compliance with the manufacturer’s specifcations, the requirements of this code, and rules promulgated by the commissioner. If there is a discrepancy, the stricter requirement shall be met.

3316.9 Rigging. The hoisting or lowering of any suspended article on the outside of any building in the city shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3316.9.1 through 3316.9.3.

3316.9.1 Supervision. The hoisting or lowering of any suspended article on the outside of any building in the city shall be performed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger.

Exceptions:

1. In lieu of a licensed rigger, the hoisting or lowering of a sign may be performed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed sign hanger.

2. Suspended scaffold operations shall meet the requirements of Section 3314.

3. In lieu of a licensed rigger, the hoisting or lowering of any suspended article on the outside of any building in the city may be performed by or under the supervision of a competent person designated by the contractor using the equipment provided the following conditions are met:

3.1 The hoisting or lowering occurs in conjunction with:

3.1.1 The construction of a new building;

3.1.2 The full demolition of an existing building;

3.1.3 The vertical or horizontal enlargement of an existing building; or

3.1.4 The alteration, maintenance, or repair of a façade of a major building where a site safety plan is required by Section 3310.3.

3.2 All individuals involved in the work are certifed or trained in accordance with Section 3316.9.2, where such certifcation or training is required;

3.3 The hoisting or lowering does not meet the defnition of industrial rope access;

3.4 The article being hoisted or lowered is not a boiler or tank;

3.5 The article being hoisted or lowered is not related to the assembly, jumping, or disassembly of a tower crane; and

3.6 Where the hoisting or lowering operation meets

the defnition of a critical pick, such critical pick is:

3.6.1 Performed in accordance with a plan developed by either a:

3.6.1.1. Licensed master rigger; or

3.6.1.2. Registered design professional who has demonstrated knowledge or experience with safe loads and computation thereof, types of rigging, size and strength of ropes, cables, blocks, and any other rigging equipment to be used during the critical pick; and

3.6.2 Immediately prior to the pick, onsite verifcation is made to ensure conformance with the plan by either:

3.6.2.1. The licensed master rigger who developed the plan;

3.6.2.2. The registered design professional who developed the plan; or

3.6.2.3. A registered design professional employed by and working under the direct supervision of the registered design professional who developed the plan.

4. Where the hoisting or lowering is performed under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger, a specialty crew who is not in the direct employ of the licensee or business of the licensee may be utilized, provided:

4.1 The work requires a specialty trade, including but not limited to work with hazardous materials or chemicals;

4.2 The crew is in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner; and

4.3 The members of the crew are approved by the commissioner.

3316.9.1.1 Supervisor. The individual supervising the hoisting or lowering in accordance with Section 3316.9.1 shall:

1. Be present at the site during all times articles are being rigged for hoisting or lowering or are being hoisted or lowered;

2. Have the ability to communicate with all individuals involved with such work; and

3. Be in the line of sight of either the:

3.1 Attaching operation;

3.2 Detaching operation, or

3.3 The hoisting equipment.

3316.9.2 Certifcation or training. All members of the rigging crew engaged in the hoisting or lowering of any suspended article on the outside of any building in the city, the supervisor of such individuals, and signalpersons communicating with such individuals, shall either:

1. Possess a valid certifcation for both rigging and signaling. The certifcation shall be acceptable to the commissioner and issued by a rigging and signaling certifcation program that is accredited by the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA) or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). The certifcation shall be valid for a term of no more than fve years before it has to be renewed and shall cover areas including, but not limited to, the inspection and use of rigging hardware, basic rigging techniques, signaling, and hazards associated with rigging. The certifcation for a supervisor shall, in addition to the foregoing, include calculations and problem solving with respect to rigging; or

2. Have completed an initial department-approved training course, and four years following the completion of the initial training course, and every four years thereafter, complete a department- approved refresher course. The courses shall be in accordance with the following:

2.1 The initial training course for members of the rigging crew, including signalpersons communicating with such crew, shall be, at a minimum, 16 hours

long, with the refresher course, at a minimum, 8 hours long. The initial training course for a supervisor shall be, at a minimum, 32 hours long, with the refresher course, at a minimum, 16 hours long.

2.2 The training course shall be conducted by a registered New York State Department of Labor apprenticeship training program or by an educational institution or school chartered, licensed or registered by the New York State Department of Education or by a provider approved by the department and presented by an instructor acceptable to the commissioner.

2.3 Training courses and refresher courses shall cover areas including, but not limited to, the inspection and use of rigging hardware, basic rigging techniques, signaling, and hazards associated with rigging. The training course and refresher course for a supervisor shall, in addition to the foregoing, include calculations and problem solving with respect to rigging. The training course and refresher course, both for crew members and supervisors, shall include a significant portion of hands on training.

2.4 Successful completion of the initial training course and refresher course shall be based upon passage of a written and a practical exam.

2.5 Successful completion of the initial training course and refresher course shall be evidenced by a wallet size certifcate card issued by the training provider and acceptable to the commissioner. Such certifcate card shall be readily available to the commissioner upon request and shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:

2.5.1 The name of the individual to whom it was issued;

2.5.2 A photograph of the individual to whom it was issued; and

2.5.3 Any other information required pursuant to rules promulgated by the commissioner for a department approved training course.

2.6 For individuals who fail to complete the required refresher course within any 4 year period, a refresher course shall be considered timely if completed within 1 year after the expiration date of the last previously completed initial or refresher course. During such period, such individual shall not perform or supervise any activity for which the lapsed training is required to perform or supervise such activity until such individual has successfully completed such refresher course. Where more than 1 year has lapsed, such individual shall be required to successfully recomplete the initial training course.

Exceptions: Training or certifcation is not required for:

1. Individuals working under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger.

2. The loading or unloading of a material delivery truck provided the material is loaded or unloaded only between the ground and the truck, or vice versa, and also provided that the material is not raised more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the bed of the truck during the loading or unloading process.

3. The use of hoisting equipment that has a manufacturer’s rated capacity of 2,000 pounds (907 kg) or less.

4. The use of equipment that is exempted from the requirements of Section 3316.1 or Section 3319.1 of the building code.

5. The use of industrial rope access equipment, which shall instead meet the requirements of Section 3316.9.3. 3316.9.3 Industrial rope access. Any person using industrial rope access methods to descend or ascend outside a building, including the individual supervising such, must be certifed by either the Society of Professional Rope Access Technicians (“SPRAT”) or the Industrial Rope Access Trade Association (“IRATA”), or an equivalent acceptable to the department. Only hand tools, securely attached to a person, may be carried by such person during the use of industrial rope access methods. Any other tools or equipment must be separately hoisted or lowered.

3316.10 Special provisions for cableways. The construction, installation, inspection, maintenance, and use of cableways shall be in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

SECTION BC 3317 MATERIAL HOISTS AND BUCKET HOISTS

3317.1 Scope. Material hoists and bucket hoists shall meet and be used in accordance with the requirements of this section, Section 3316, and rules promulgated by the commissioner.

Exception: Equipment that is exempted from the requirements of Section 3316.1.

3317.2 Permit. Material hoists and bucket hoists shall require a permit in accordance with Section 3316.4.

3317.3 Design and inspection. Material hoists, bucket hoists and their components shall be designed and inspected in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3317.4 Construction. Material hoists, bucket hoists and their components shall be constructed in compliance with the manufacturing specifcations, the requirements of this code, and rules promulgated by the commissioner. If there is a discrepancy, the stricter requirement shall be met.

Upon completion of the installation of the hoisting equipment and/or its runback structure, an inspection report verifying that the hoist has been installed in accordance with the design drawings, construction documents and specifcations shall be prepared by the designer, installer or an approved inspection agency designated by both the designer and installer.

3317.5 Operation. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, material hoists with a manufacturer’s capacity over one ton shall be operated only by persons holding a Class A or B hoisting machine operators license except during installation, jumping, dismantling or alteration operations.

3317.6 Making safety devices inoperative. No person shall at any time make any required safety device or electrical protective device inoperative except when necessary during tests, inspections, and maintenance.

Immediately upon completion of the tests, inspections, and maintenance, such devices shall be restored to their normal operating condition in conformance with the applicable requirements of this section.

SECTION BC 3318 PERSONNEL HOISTS

3318.1 Scope. Personnel hoists shall meet and be used in accordance with the requirements of this section, Section 3316, and rules promulgated by the commissioner.

Exception: Equipment that is exempted from the requirements of Section 3316.1.

3318.2 Permit. Personnel hoists shall require a permit in accordance with Section 3316.4.

3318.3 Design and inspection. Personnel hoists and their components shall be designed and inspected in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3318.4 Construction. Personnel hoists and their components shall be constructed in compliance with the manufacturer’s specifcations, this code, and rules promulgated by the commissioner. If there is a discrepancy, the stricter requirement shall be met.

Upon completion of the installation of the hoisting equipment and/or its runback structure, an inspection report verifying that the hoist has been installed in accordance with the design drawings, construction documents and specifcations shall be prepared by the designer, installer or third-party designated by both the designer and installer and acceptable to the commissioner.

3318.5 Operation. Personnel hoists and their components shall be operated in accordance with this code and rules promulgated by the commissioner.

When the hoist is equipped with manual controls, the hoist shall be operated by a qualifed operator. Only the operator authorized by the equipment user shall operate the hoist.

3318.6 Making safety devices inoperative. No person shall at any time make any required safety device or electrical protective device inoperative except when necessary during tests, inspections and maintenance.

Immediately upon completion of the tests, inspections and maintenance, such devices shall be restored to their normal operating condition in conformance with the applicable requirements of this section.

SECTION BC 3319 CRANES AND DERRICKS

3319.1 Scope. Cranes and derricks shall meet and be used in accordance with

the requirements of this section, Section 3316, and rules promulgated by the commissioner.

Exceptions: The requirements of this section shall not apply to:

1. Equipment that is exempted from the requirements of Section 3316.1.

2. Material delivery trucks when used to load and unload material, provided such material is loaded or unloaded only between the ground and the truck, or vice versa, and also provided that the material is not raised more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the bed of the truck during the loading or unloading process.

3. Excavation or earth-moving equipment, including but not limited to power shovels, excavators, wheel loaders, backhoes, loader backhoes, and truck loaders. However, this exception shall not apply when such equipment is used to lift or lower a suspended load more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the level of the ground. This exception further shall not apply to equipment designed primarily to lift or lower a suspended load, including but not limited to a mobile crane with a clamshell.

4. Excavation or earth-moving equipment equipped with a pile driving attachment. However, this exception shall not apply when such equipment is confgured to lift or lower a suspended load not related to the pile driving operation. This exception further shall not apply to dedicated pile drivers, nor shall it apply to equipment designed primarily to lift or lower a suspended load, including but not limited to a mobile crane with a pile driving attachment.

5. Drilling equipment, including but not limited to augers, churn-drills, dedicated drilling rigs, and excavators equipped with a drilling attachment. However, this exception shall not apply when such equipment is confgured to lift or lower a suspended load not related to the drilling operation. This exception further shall not apply to equipment designed primarily to lift or lower a suspended load, including but not limited to a mobile crane with a drilling attachment.

6. Digger derricks used in conjunction with the installation,

alteration, maintenance, or removal of electric or telecommunication transmission/distribution lines and associated equipment.

7. Demolition equipment, including but not limited to vertical concrete chippers and high reach demolition equipment. However, this exception shall not apply when such equipment is confgured to lift or lower a suspended load. This exception further shall not apply to equipment designed primarily to lift or lower a suspended load, including but not limited to a crane assisting with demolition operations.

8. Powered industrial trucks (forklifts). However, this exception shall not apply when such equipment is used to lift or lower a suspended load.

9. Aerial work platforms, including but not limited to vehicle-mounted aerial devices for lifting personnel, and self-propelled elevating work platforms. However, this exception shall not apply when such equipment is confgured to both lift or lower a suspended load and function as an aerial work platform. This exception further shall not apply to equipment designed primarily to lift or lower a suspended load, including but not limited to a mobile crane equipped with a manbasket.

10. Concrete pumping equipment not capable of lifting or lowering any suspended loads.

11. Machinery that hoists by using a come-a-long or chainfall.

12. Roustabouts.

3319.2 Personnel. Personnel shall comply with Sections 3319.2.1 through 3319.2.3.

3319.2.1 Hoisting machine operators. The hoisting machine operator shall be licensed as required by Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

3319.2.2 Riggers. Rigging work must be supervised in accordance with Section 3316.9.1 and where required, riggers must be licensed in accordance with Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

3319.2.3 Lift directors. Lift directors shall be designated, and perform the duties assigned to them, in accordance with rules promulgated by

the commissioner. Such duties shall include, but not be limited to, ensuring compliance with approved plans, traffc and pedestrian controls, and weather restrictions.

3319.3 Certifcates required. No owner, equipment user, or other person shall authorize or permit the use or operation of a crane or derrick that does not possess and/or is not in conformance with a certifcate of approval, certifcate of operation, and certifcate of on-site inspection. The certifcates are valid only if the conditions and statements contained in the approved application are complied with, and the crane or derrick is used or operated in conformance with the provisions of this code and the rules applicable thereto.

Exceptions: The requirement for a certifcate of approval, certifcate of operation, and a certifcate of on- site inspection shall not apply to the following:

1. Cranes or derricks performing an emergency use pursuant to the lawful order of the head of any department.

2. Cranes or derricks with a manufacturer’s rated capacity of 1 ton (907 kg) or less.

3. Mobile cranes, including jibs and any other extensions to the boom, not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) in length and with a manufacturer’s rated capacity of 3 tons (2722 kg) or less.

4. Mobile cranes, including jibs and any other extensions to the boom, exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) but not exceeding 135 feet (41 148 mm) in length, and with a manufacturer’s rated capacity of 3 tons (2722 kg) or less, except that a certificate of operation, as provided for in Section 3319.5, shall be required.

5. Mobile cranes of a limited size and capacity, or performing a limited use, and exempted from the requirements for a certifcate of approval, certifcate of operation, or a certifcate of on-site inspection in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3319.4 Certifcate of approval. Certifcates of approval shall comply with the following:

1. The manufacturer or owner, or a designated representative of the manufacturer or owner, of a crane or derrick for which a certifcate of approval is sought, or for which an existing certifcate of approv-

al is to be amended, shall fle an application for such certifcate of approval or amendment, and provide such information as set forth in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

2. Upon the department’s approval of the application described in Item 1 above, the department shall issue a certifcate of approval for the equipment. The manuals, load rating charts, and other information submitted with the application are considered part of the certifcate of approval.

3. The certifcate of approval shall be required to be amended when a crane or derrick is modifed or altered to:

3.1 Increase the boom length, jibs, or any extensions to the boom beyond the maximum approval length;

3.2 Increase the load ratings beyond the maximum approval; or

3.3 As otherwise specifed in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3319.5 Certifcate of operation. Certifcates of operation shall comply with the following:

1. The owner, or his or her designated representative, of a crane or derrick for which an initial certifcate of operation is sought, or for which an existing certifcate of operation is intended to be amended or renewed, shall fle an application for such certifcate of operation and provide such information as set forth in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

2. The commissioner shall issue, renew, or amend a certifcate of operation upon satisfactory inspection and testing indicating that such crane or derrick is in a safe operating condition.

3. A certifcate of operation shall be valid for a period of one year; except that:

3.1 For a crane or derrick meeting conditions established in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner, the certifcate of operation shall expire at the end of the job.

3.2 For a crane or derrick which possesses a certifcate of operation that expires annually, the owner of the crane or derrick may continue to use the crane or

derrick until the department renews or denies the certifcate of operation, provided the owner applied to renew the certifcate of operation within not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the date of its expiration.

4. The renewal fee for the certifcate of operation shall be charged annually, except for a crane or derrick meeting conditions established in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner, the fee shall be charged at intervals prescribed in the rule.

5. When a component, as defned in rules promulgated by the commissioner, is replaced or added to the crane or derrick, the certifcate of operation shall be amended to refect such change.

6. A certifcate of operation is also required to be amended when otherwise specifed in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

7. No crane or derrick subject to one or more of the conditions listed in items 5 or 6 above shall operate until an amended certifcate of operation has been issued by the department.

3319.6 Certifcate of on-site inspection. Certifcates of on-site inspection shall comply with the following:

1. An engineer, designated by the equipment user of a crane or derrick for which an initial certifcate of on-site inspection is sought, or for which an existing certifcate of on-site inspection is intended to be amended or renewed, shall fle an application for such certifcate of on-site inspection and provide such information as set forth in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

2. The commissioner shall issue, renew, or amend a certifcate of onsite inspection upon satisfactory inspection and testing indicating that such crane or derrick is confgured and located in accordance with the approved application.

3. A certifcate of on-site inspection shall be valid for a period of one year, or until the end of the job, whichever is less.

3319.7 Temporary certifcates. The commissioner may issue temporary certifcates of approval, operation, or on-site inspection for any crane or derrick during the pendency of an application for the certifcate and upon inspection, analysis, and testing as the commissioner may deem necessary. The commissioner may place appropriate restrictions on a crane or derrick operating under a temporary certifcate, and may revoke such temporary certifcates if

the underlying application is denied.

3319.8 Special provisions for tower cranes. Tower cranes shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3319.8.1 through 3319.8.8.

Exceptions: The requirements of Sections 3319.8.1 through 3319.8.8 shall not apply to:

1. The installation of a tower crane foundation, anchor stool, and frst mast section, provided such installations are in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

2. The assembly or disassembly of a self-erecting tower crane, provided the assembly/disassembly proceeds in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3319.8.1 Plan for the erection, jumping, and dismantling of tower cranes. An erection, jumping, and dismantling plan for tower cranes, other than truck and crawler mounted tower cranes, shall be submitted to the department by a licensed engineer. The plan must be prepared by a licensed engineer in conjunction with a licensed rigger and must be in compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendation for erection, jumping, or dismantling of the specifc crane where such manufacturer’s recommendations exist. The plan must be fled with the certifcate of on-site inspection application as required by Section 3319.3. No erection, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane shall take place without the prior issuance of a certifcate of on-site inspection by the cranes and derricks unit. The plan shall include the following:

1. Identifcation of the equipment proposed to be used, including all machines proposed to be used in the erection or dismantling;

2. A detailed identifcation of the assemblies and components required for the erection and dismantling of the equipment;

3. Location of the equipment, sidewalk sheds (or Department of Transportation street closing permits, if applicable), surrounding buildings, protection for their roofs and the pick-up points, loads, and radius of swing of all loads. In addition, the safe load from the approved load radius chart shall be submitted for lift radius;

4. A weight list of all assemblies and components proposed to be lifted. Components are to be clearly marked with their weight painted on the assembly or stamped on metal tags

attached to the assembly. The manufacturer of the tower crane shall certify the weight of assemblies and components. Alternately, in lieu of painted weight markings or metal tags, or when the manufacturer’s certifcation is not available, the licensed engineer applicant shall certify an erection, jumping, or dismantling weight list indicating how such weights were determined;

5. The center of gravity of all asymmetrical components shall be located and shown;

6. A sequence of operation detailing the erection, jumping, and dismantling, along with the rigging materials to be used in such operations;

7. The certifcation of the calibration as required in Item 6 of Section 3319.8.8; and

8. Cranes or derricks located either within the lot line or on the street and used to erect, jump, or dismantle a tower crane shall be indicated.

3319.8.2 Safety coordination meeting. The equipment user must hold a safety coordination meeting prior to the initial erection, as well as the dismantling or initial jump down, of a tower crane. No work related to the erection, jumping or dismantling of the tower crane may be performed without the safety coordination meeting having taken place. The following parties must be present at the safety coordination meeting:

1. Equipment user or designee;

2. Professional engineer of record for the crane or designee;

3. Licensed master or tower crane rigger and rigger foreman;

4. Site safety manager or coordinator, if required for the job by Chapter 33 of this code;

5. Licensed crane operator and oiler; and

6. Any other parties the department deems necessary.

3319.8.3 Pre-jump safety meeting. The equipment user must coordinate a pre-jump safety meeting no more than 24 hours prior to each instance of a tower crane jump. No work related to the jumping of the tower crane may be performed without the pre-jump safety meeting having taken place. The following parties must be present at the pre-

jump safety meeting:

1. Equipment user or designee;

2. Licensed master or tower crane rigger and rigger foreman;

3. Site safety manager or coordinator, if required for the job by Chapter 33 of this code;

4. Licensed crane operator and oiler;

5. “Jumping” crew and back-up personnel;

6. Flagman/woman where required;

7. Signalman/woman and communications personnel; and

8. Any other parties the department deems necessary.

3319.8.4 Department notifcation. The equipment user shall notify the department at least 48 hours in advance of the erection, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane. No work related to the erecting, jumping, or dismantling of the tower crane is to be performed without such notifcation having been given to the department. The notifcation shall include the following information:

1. A time schedule including date and time of day that the erection, jumping, or dismantling is proposed to take place;

2. The names and contact information of the licensed master or tower crane rigger; and

3. The name and contact information of the company performing the erection, dismantling, or jumping work.

3319.8.5 Safety coordination and pre-jump safety meeting topics. The following topics are to be covered during safety coordination and pre-jump safety meetings:

1. Scope of work;

2. Roles and responsibilities;

3. Rigging to be used and the specifc sequence of operations;

4. Inspection of all rigging equipment, materials, and tools prior to work;

5. Review of all equipment, including but not limited to, collars, ties, and bolts;

6. Permit validity;

7. Qualifcations and training of personnel;

8. Relevant weather warnings;

9. Compliance with the manufacturer’s manual; and

10. Softening mechanisms, if using nylon slings.

3319.8.6 Meeting log. The equipment user, or his or her designee, and/ or the company erecting, jumping, or dismantling the tower crane shall keep a log on site and available to the department at all times that shall include:

1. The dates and times of all safety coordination meetings and pre-jump safety meetings held;

2. The names, titles, and company affliations of all those present at the meetings;

3. A summary of what was discussed during each meeting, including specifc tasks and the name of the person to whom they were assigned;

4. A list of the decisions made at the meeting; and

5. Certifcation of worker training pursuant to Section 3319.10.

3319.8.7 Inspection and certifcation by the engineer of record. Prior to jumping a tower crane, the engineer of record for the crane must provide the department with a certifed, signed, and sealed report stating that:

1. He or she (or his or her designee) has inspected the crane installation prior to the pre-jump safety meeting, and providing the date of inspection;

2. He or she has found no hazardous conditions during the crane inspection or any other condition within his or her purview that adversely affects the safety of erection, dismantling, or jumping operations;

3. The crane is installed according to the plans approved by the department as well as in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifcations to the extent applicable; and

4. The appropriate technical testing records for the crane,

including torque, plumb, and magnetic particle or other appropriate reports comply with safety requirements and with the manufacturer’s specifcations.

3319.8.8 Erection, jumping, and dismantling operations. The erection, jumping, and dismantling operations for tower cranes shall be subject to the following requirements:

1. The licensed master, tower crane rigger, and the rigger foreman shall be present at the site during erection, jumping, and dismantling of the tower crane;

2. Cranes or derricks located either within the lot line or on the street, and used to erect, jump, or dismantle tower cranes, shall be subject to certifcate of on-site inspection requirements;

3. A load radius chart approved by department shall be posted in the cabin of the crane;

4. The approved erection, jumping, or dismantling procedure and sequence, with weights of assemblies and components clearly marked, shall be given by the equipment user to the licensed operator of the crane or derrick and to the rigger prior to commencement of the work;

5. No tower crane shall be placed, erected or disassembled in any roadway, sidewalk, or street unless a permit is frst obtained from the New York City Department of Transportation;

6. All accepted or approved installed safety devices on a crane involved in the erection, jumping, or dismantling procedure shall have been calibrated within the time period provided by department rules or manufacturer’s specifcations; and

7. The safety devices of the tower crane shall be inspected by the licensed crane operator as part of the inspection procedure.

3319.9 Slings. Slings shall be used in accordance with the following requirements and any rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3319.9.1 Use of synthetic slings in conjunction with tower crane erection, jumping, and dismantling. Synthetic slings shall only be used in conjunction with tower crane erection, jumping, and disman-

tling if the manufacturer’s manual specifcally states or recommends the use of synthetic slings. Synthetic slings shall not be used unless softening mechanisms have been applied to all sharp edges.

3319.9.2 Discarded rope. Discarded rope shall not be used for slings.

3319.10 Worker training. The training of workers engaged in the erection, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane, including the licensed rigger and the rigger foreman, shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 3319.10.1 and 3319.10.2.

Exceptions: The requirements of this section shall not apply to:

1. The installation of a tower crane foundation, anchor stool, and frst mast section.

2. The assembly or disassembly of a self-erecting tower crane, provided workers engaged in the assembly/disassembly operation have been trained in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.

3319.10.1 Training Requirements. All workers engaged in the erection, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane, including the licensed rigger and the rigger foreman, shall have satisfactorily completed a department-approved training course of not less than thirty hours. Such course shall, at a minimum, include instruction on fall protection, crane assembly and disassembly, pre-lift planning, weights and materials, the use of slings, lifting/lowering loads, signaling and other proper means of communication with the crane operator, crane and hoist inspections, rigging requirements, and generally how to avoid incidents with cranes and hoists. The commissioner may by rule identify additional types of cranes for which such training is necessary. Any person who, within the three years prior to the effective date of this section, has successfully completed at least a thirty-hour training course need not take a second thirty- hour course, provided such person can provide to the department a dated certifcate as set forth in this section evidencing completion of such a training course. Such person shall, however, take a departmentapproved eight-hour re-certifcation course within three years of the initial course and every three years thereafter. Successful completion of the training or re-certifcation course shall be evidenced by a dated certifcate issued by the provider of the training or re-certifcation course. The certifcate shall include such information as specifed by the department by rule. The certifcate, or a valid wallet card version thereof, shall be readily available to the commissioner upon request.

3319.10.1.1 Training providers. Such training or refresher course shall be conducted (i) pursuant to a registered New York state department of labor training program, or (ii) by a provider approved by the department.

3319.10.2 Certifcation. Prior to erecting, jumping, or dismantling the tower crane, or other crane type the commissioner specifes by rule, the master or tower crane rigger shall certify in the meeting log, described in Section 3319.8.6, that the rigger foreman and all other members of the “jumping crew” and back-up personnel have satisfactorily completed all training requirements.

3319.11 Crane location device. No crane operation that requires a certifcate of on-site inspection, and other such types of crane operations where identifed in rules promulgated by the commissioner, shall commence unless the crane is equipped with a global positioning system, or other similar device, that is approved by the department and capable of transmitting the location of the crane to which it is attached to the department. Where no such system or device has been approved by the department, (i) no crane operation subject to the provisions of this section shall commence until after the department has been notifed by the equipment user, in a form and manner approved by the commissioner, of the date upon which the crane will arrive at the site, and (ii) upon the conclusion of the work, the equipment user shall also notify the department, in a form and manner approved by the commissioner, of the date of the departure of the crane from the site.

Exception: Crane operations that utilize tower cranes and require submission of an erection, jumping, and dismantling plan to the department by a licensed engineer.

3319.12 Crane event recorder. No certifcate of operation for a crane shall be issued or renewed on or after January 1, 2019, unless the crane is equipped with an event recorder that is supplied by the crane manufacturer, or by a dealer, distributor, vendor, or third-party authorized crane manufacturer.

Exception: Cranes where the manufacturer certifes to the department that an event recorder cannot be installed on the crane due to a technological limitation.

3319.12.1 Data to be recorded. At a minimum, the event recorder shall collect the following data:

1. Crane confguration;

2. Any overload condition;

3. Status of limit switches; and

4. Operator overrides.

3319.12.2 Data to be made available to commissioner upon request. Data collected by the event recorder shall be made available to the commissioner upon request.

3319.13 Measuring wind. Wind speed during crane or derrick operations shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of Table 3319.13. Options 1, 2, and 3 in Table 3319.13 shall be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3319.13.1 through 3319.13.3, respectively.

Table 3319.13

Wind measurement requirements for cranes and derricks

Allowable options

Equipment type

Option 1: Anemometer on the crane or derrick

Option 2: Anemometer at the site

Option 3: Nearest weather station

3319.13.1

emometer provided by the crane or derrick manufacturer, or an entity acceptable to such manufacturer, and installed at the top of the boom or at the location specifed by such manufacturer. The anemometer must measure a 3-second gust wind. A real time display of the anemometer must be available to the hoisting machine operator in the crane cab or at the operator’s station. Such anemometer is to be considered an operational aid and must be checked prior to each shift as required by department rules.

Exception: Where the manufacturer is no longer in business, or the manufacturer or an entity acceptable to such manufacturer is unable to provide the anemometer, the anemometer may be approved by the department.

3319.13.2 Option 2: Anemometer at the site. An anemometer located at a high point of the site approximate to the height and location of the crane or derrick boom/jib, freely exposed to the wind, and calibrated in accordance with ASTM D5096-02. The anemometer must measure a 3-second gust wind. A real time display of the anemometer must be available to the hoisting machine operator at the operator’s station, or a person designated by the hoisting machine operator must be provided to monitor the display and alert the hoisting machine operator when measurements near, meet, or exceed the thresholds specifed in the approved wind action plan. Such anemometer is to be considered an operational aid and must be checked prior to each shift as required by department rules.

3319.13.3 Option 3: Nearest weather station. The most recent gust wind speed reported at the nearest National Weather Service weather station. The equipment user must establish a system to ensure the hoisting machine operator is notifed when reported wind gusts near, meet, or exceed the thresholds specifed in the approved wind action plan. An acceptable system may include engaging a metrological service to provide a text or similar alert to a person designated by the equipment user when wind thresholds are neared, met, or exceeded, and have such designated person notify the hoisting machine operator.

3319.14 Age limitations for cranes. Only cranes having an age of less than 25 years from the manufacture date may be used in New York City. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3319.5, the certifcate of operation for a crane with an age greater than 25 years from the manufacture date shall be deemed to have expired.

Exceptions:

1. A crane with an age of 25 years or greater from the manufacture date that is (i) in use on a project on January 1, 2019 or (ii) not in use on January 1, 2019, but for which an application for a certifcate of on-site inspection has been approved as of January 1, 2019, may continue to be used until completion of the project for which it is being used or the project for which such certifcate of onsite inspection was issued.

2. Where a crane with an age of less than 25 years from the manufacture date at the time the department approved the application for a certifcate of on-site inspection is being used on a project and will reach an age of 25 years or greater from the manufacture date during such project, such crane may be used for the duration of that project or until it reaches 28 years of age, whichever occurs earlier.

3. The commissioner may approve the use of a crane with an age of 25 years or greater from the manufacture date for up to a maximum of fve years, not to exceed 30 years from the manufacture date, when records as required by rule of the department are deemed suffcient by the commissioner to establish that such crane meets the manufacturer’s standards for use.

4. This section shall not apply to equipment used for pile driving or clamshell work.

SECTION BC 3320

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT

3320.1 Scope. Conveyors, trucks, power buggies, lift and fork trucks, hand propelled vehicles, mixing machines, and jacks shall meet and be used in accordance with the requirements of this section, Section 3316, and rules promulgated by the commissioner.

Exception: Equipment that is exempted from the requirements of Section 3316.1.

3320.2 Reserved.

3320.3 Reserved.

3320.4 Reserved.

3320.5 Conveyors. Conveyors shall meet the requirements of Sections 3320.5.1 through 3320.5.3.

3320.5.1 Walkways. Walkways along belt conveyors or bucket conveyors shall be kept free of materials and, where 5 feet (127 mm) or more above the ground, shall be provided with a guardrail system that meets the requirements of Sections 3308.7.1 through 3308.7.7 along the outside of the walkway. The guardrail system may be omitted on the side toward the belt if the walkway is located adjacent to the conveyor.

3320.5.2 Trippers. Where trippers are used to control discharge, a device for throwing the belt or bucket drive into neutral shall be installed at each end of the runway.

3320.5.3 Spillage. Where conveyor belts cross any traveled way, trays shall be installed to catch spillage and overhead protection shall be provided for persons or traffc passing beneath.

3320.6 Trucks. Trucks shall meet the requirements of Sections 3320.6.1 and 3320.6.2.

3320.6.1 Maintenance. All parts and accessories of trucks shall be kept in repair. Brakes shall be maintained so that the vehicle with full load may be held on any grade that may be encountered on the job. Provision shall be made for the immediate application of wheel blocks to trucks traversing ramps steeper than one in ten.

3320.6.2 Loading. Trucks shall not be loaded beyond the manufacturer’s rated capacity, nor beyond the legal load limit, where applicable. The loads shall be trimmed before the truck is set in motion to prevent spillage. Loads that project beyond the sides of the truck, or that may be dislodged in transit, shall be removed or securely lashed in place.

3320.7 Power buggies. Power buggies shall meet the requirements of Sections 3320.7.1 and 3320.7.2.

3320.7.1 Responsibilities of employers and workers. Employers and workers shall have the following responsibilities regarding power buggies:

1. Every contractor causing a power buggy to be used shall provide trained and qualifed operators and shall carry out or enforce all provisions of this section pertaining to the use, operation and maintenance thereof.

2. No person other than the operator assigned by the employer shall operate a power buggy. A power buggy shall be in the charge and custody of the operator assigned, and no other person shall in any way interfere with or handle it, nor shall the operator cause or permit any other person to do so.

3. No power buggy shall be operated unless it is in good operating condition and is so constructed that it is stable under conditions of normal use.

3320.7.2 Operation and construction. Power buggies shall be operated and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3320.7.2.1 through 3320.7.2.4.

3320.7.2.1 Brakes. Every power buggy shall be provided with brakes and tire surfaces capable of bringing it to a full stop within 25 feet (635 mm) on a level surface that is similar to the one on which it will be used and at full rated load and maximum design speed. Brakes shall be capable of being fxed in engagement to hold the full load stationary on a 25 percent grade.

3320.7.2.2 Accidental starting. All movement controls of every power buggy shall be so arranged or shielded that they cannot be inadvertently engaged or the buggy accidentally set in motion.

3320.7.2.3 Parking on grades. No power buggy shall be left unattended on any grade suffciently steep to cause it to coast if free of engine and brake resistance.

3320.7.2.4 Use on ramps, runways and platforms. Power buggies shall not be used on ramps, runways, or platforms that do not meet the requirements of Section 3315.

3320.8 Lift and fork trucks. Lift and fork trucks shall meet the requirements of Sections 3320.8.1 through 3320.8.4.

3320.8.1 Load capacity. A metal plate with readily legible etched or stamped fgures giving the capacity rating in pounds shall be attached to every lift or fork truck.

3320.8.2 Maintenance. All parts and accessories of lift or fork trucks shall be kept in repair and with brakes adequate to maintain the fully loaded vehicle on any grade that may be encountered on the job.

3320.8.3 Loading. No lift or fork truck shall be loaded beyond its ca-

pacity rating. No hand-operated pallet truck loaded so that any point on the load is at a greater height than 4 feet 6 inches (114 mm) above the foor shall be moved by pushing unless handled by two persons.

3320.8.4 Prohibited use. No lift or fork truck shall be in motion when the loaded forks are elevated higher than necessary to clear obstructions, except as may be required for positioning, picking up, or depositing the load.

3320.9 Hand propelled vehicles. Hand propelled vehicles shall be constructed and braked to withstand the loads to be carried and shall be maintained in repair. Vehicles with loose parts shall not be used.

3320.10 Mixing machines. Where the public may have access to the working area near charging skips, guardrails or other adequate protection in accordance with the New York City Department of Transportation shall be erected to enclose the area under the raised skip and the mixing machine. Each time before raising or lowering the charging skip, the operator shall ascertain that no one is in the danger zone.

3320.11 Jacks. Jacks shall meet the requirements of Sections 3320.11.1 through 3320.11.5.

3320.11.1 Marking. The rated capacity of every jack shall be legibly marked in a prominent location on the jack by casting or stamping. The manufacturer shall designate the intended supporting point of the load and the maximum permissible length of lever and force applied.

3320.11.2 Overtravel to be limited. Every jack shall, where practicable, be provided with a positive stop to prevent overtravel; otherwise an indicator to clearly show overtravel shall be provided on the jack.

3320.11.3 Maintenance. Lubrication and operation of jacks shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

3320.11.4 Foundations. Jacks shall rest on a frm, level foundation adequate to support the load.

3320.11.5 Blocking required. When the object has been lifted to the desired height, blocking or cribbing shall be immediately placed under it if the jack does not have built-in safety devices such as stop-rings, locknuts or place-in cylinder sleeves.

SECTION BC 3321 CONSTRUCTION SITE SAFETY TRAINING

3321.1 Site safety training required. In addition to any other applicable city, state or federal law or rule, each permit holder at a building site for which a construction superintendent, site safety manager or site safety coordinator is required shall be responsible for the following:

1. On and after March 1, 2018, and until the day before the SST second compliance date, ensuring that each construction or demolition worker employed or otherwise engaged at such site by the permit holder or performing subcontracted work for or on behalf of such permit holder has successfully completed (i) and OSHA 10-hour class, (ii) an OSHA 30-hour class or (iii) a 100-hour training program.

2. On and after the SST second compliance date, and until the day before the SST full compliance date, ensuring that (i) each such worker has an SST card, a limited SST card or a temporary SST card and (ii) each such worker who is serving as a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, construction superintendent or a competent person at such site, as required by Section 3301.13.12, has an SST supervisor card.

3. On and after the SST full compliance date, ensuring that (i) each such worker has an SST card or a temporary SST card and (ii) each such worker who is serving as a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, construction superintendent or a competent person at such site, as required by Section 3301.13.12, has an SST supervisor card.

Exception: The department may by rule establish alterative training requirements for workers who are (i) working on a building that is four stories or less in height or working on a new building that will, upon completion of such work, be four stories or less in height and (ii) engaged on a volunteer basis by a not- for-proft humanitarian organization that is registered with the New York state charities bureau.

3321.2 Duties of permit holder. On and after March 1, 2018, each permit holder at a building site shall be responsible for the following:

1. Ensuring that each construction or demolition worker employed

or otherwise engaged at such site by or on behalf of such permit holder complies with the requirements of Section 3321.1.

2. Certifying to the department, in a form and manner established by the department, that the requirements of Section 3321 have been met.

3. Maintaining at such site a daily log, in a form and manner established by the department, that identifes each such worker and that includes, for each such worker, a copy of the SST card, SST supervisor card, limited SST card, temporary SST card or proof of compliance with Item 1 of Section 3321.1, as applicable.

4. Providing such log to the department upon request by the department.

CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS

SECTION BC 201 GENERAL

201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the meanings shown in this chapter.

201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense include the future; words stated in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural, the singular.

201.3 Terms Defned in Other Codes. Where terms are not defned in this code and are defned in the New York City Fuel Gas Code, New York City Fire Code, New York City Mechanical Code, New York City Electrical Code, New York City Plumbing Code, or the New York City Energy Conservation Code, such terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.

201.3.1 Terms Defned in the General Administrative Provisions. The following terms are defned in Section 28-101.5 of the Administrative Code: 1968 BUILDING CODE.

1968 OR PRIOR CODE BUILDINGS OR STRUCTURES (PRIOR CODE BUILDINGS). ACCEPTANCE OR ACCEPTED. ADDITION.

ADMINISTRATIVE CODE. ALTERATION. APPROVAL OR APPROVED. APPROVED AGENCY.

APPROVED FABRICATOR. APPROVED INSPECTION AGENCY. APPROVED TESTING AGENCY. ARCHITECT. BUILDING. CHARTER. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. CITY. COMMISSIONER. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DAY.

DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. DEMOLITION.

DEMOLITION, FULL. DEMOLITION, PARTIAL. DEPARTMENT. ENGINEER.

ENLARGEMENT.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD or ECB.

EXISTING BUILDING OR STRUCTURE.

FABRICATED ITEM.

FIRE PROTECTION PLAN. HEREAFTER.

HERETOFORE.

INTERIM CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. INSPECTION CERTIFICATE.

LABEL. LABELED.

LAND SURVEYOR.

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

LETTER OF COMPLETION.

LIMITED ALTERATION APPLICATION.

LIMITED OIL-BURNING APPLIANCE ALTERATIONS.

LIMITED PLUMBING ALTERATIONS.

LIMITED SPRINKLER ALTERATIONS.

LIMITED STANDPIPE ALTERATIONS. Category 2 LISTED.

MAIN USE OR DOMINANT OCCUPANCY (OF A BUILDING).

MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. MARK.

MATERIALS. OCCUPANCY.

OWNER.

PARTY WALL. PERMIT.

PERSON. PREMISES.

PRIOR CODE BUILDING.

PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION.

PROGRESS INSPECTION.

PROJECT.

REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL.

REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD.

REQUIRED. RETAINING WALL. SERVICE EQUIPMENT. SIGN-OFF.

SINGLE ROOM OCCUPANCY MULTIPLE DWELLING. SPECIAL INSPECTION. SPECIAL INSPECTION AGENCY. SPECIAL INSPECTOR. STRUCTURE.

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS. SUPERINTENDENT OF CONSTRUCTION (CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT). USE (USED).

UTILITY COMPANY OR PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY. UTILITY CORPORATION OR PUBLIC UTILITY CORPORATION.

WORK NOT CONSTITUTING MINOR ALTERATIONS OR ORDINARY REPAIRS. WRITING (WRITTEN). WRITTEN NOTICE.

ZONING RESOLUTION.

201.4 Terms Not Defned. Where terms are not defned through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies.

SECTION BC 202 DEFINITIONS

24-HOUR BASIS. The actual time that a person is an occupant within a facility for the purpose of receiving care. It shall not include a facility that is open for 24 hours and is capable of providing care to someone visiting the facility during any segment of the 24 hours.

100-HOUR TRAINING PROGRAM. A program that (i) includes 100 or more hours of training in technical subjects relating to a construction trade, including an apprenticeship program registered with the New York State Department of Labor, (ii) is approved by OSHA, the United States Department of Labor, the New York State Department of Education or the New York State Department of Labor and (iii) provides training that the department determines is equivalent to or exceeds the training required to comply with Section 3321.

500-YEAR FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the food having a 0.2-percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year, as specifed on FEMA FIRM 360497 or FEMA FIS 360497.

AAC MASONRY. Masonry made of autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) units, manufactured without internal reinforcement and bonded together using thin- or thick-bed mortar.

ACCESSIBLE. A site, building, facility or portion thereof that complies with Chapter 11.

ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel from any accessible point in a building or facility to a public way. Such way of egress travel may include an assisted rescue path.

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A continuous, unobstructed path that complies with Chapter 11.

ACCESSIBLE UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit that complies with this code and the provisions for Accessible units in ICC A117.1.

ACCREDITATION BODY. An approved, third-party organization that is independent of the grading and inspection agencies, and the lumber mills, and that initially accredits and subsequently monitors, on a continuing basis, the competency and performance of a grading or inspection agency related to carrying gout specifc tasks.

ACTIVELY PROCTORED ONLINE TRAINING. Online training that satisfes each of the following conditions:

1. The person responsible for conducting such training confrms the identifcation of the person taking such training in a manner established by the department.

2. While such training is being conducted, the site of such training is actively observed by or on behalf of the person responsible for conducting such training.

3. Such training complies with any other requirements the department establishes by rule.

ADHERED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured and supported through the adhesion of an approved bonding material applied to an approved backing.

ADJUSTMENT (SCAFFOLD). The calibration or modifcation of a scaffold, including any part or component, that does not meet the defnition

of installation, removal, repair, maintenance, or use, and does not constitute normal use or operation of the scaffold.

AEROSOL. A product that is dispensed from an aerosol container by a propellant, classifed as follows:

Level 1. Aerosol products with a total chemical heat of combustion that is greater than 0 and less than or equal to 8,600 British thermal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g).

Level 2. Aerosol products with a total chemical heat of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/lb (20 kJ/g), but less than or equal to 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).

Level 3. Aerosol products with a total chemical heat combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g).

AGGREGATE. In roofng, crushed stone, crushed slag or water-worn gravel used for surfacing for roof coverings.

AGRICULTURAL, BUILDING. A structure designed and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, nor shall it be a place used by the public.

AIR-INFLATED STRUCTURE. A structure that uses air-pressurized membrane beams, arches or other elements to enclose space. Occupants of such a structure do not occupy the pressurized area used to support the structure.

AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A building wherein the shape of the structure is attained and maintained by elevated air pressure and occupants of the structure are within the elevated pressure area. Air-supported structures are of two basic types:

Double skin. Similar to a single skin, but with an attached liner that is separated from the outer skin and provides an airspace which serves for insulation, acoustic, aesthetic or similar purposes.

Single skin. Where there is only the single outer skin and the air pressure is directly against that skin.

AISLE. An unenclosed exit access component that defnes and provides a path of egress travel.

AISLE ACCESSWAY. That portion of an exit that leads to an aisle.

ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A fre alarm system component

such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any combination thereof.

ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency requiring immediate action, such as a signal indicative of fre.

ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A feature of automatic fre detection and alarm systems to reduce unwanted alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm conditions for a minimum period of time, or confrm alarm conditions within a given time period, after being automatically reset, in order to be accepted as a valid alarm-initiation signal.

ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. A method of proportioning structural members, such that elastically computed stresses produced in the members by nominal loads do not exceed specifed allowable stresses (also called "working stress design").

ALTERNATE LOAD PATH. A secondary or redundant load path capable of transferring the load from one structural element to other structural elements.

ALTERNATE LOAD PATH METHOD. A design approach that accounts for an extreme event by providing alternate load paths for elements that are no longer able to carry load. In an alternate load path design, key elements are considered notionally removed, one at a time, and the structure is designed to transfer the loads from the removed element to other structural elements, as required by Section 1617.

ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. A device that has a series of steps between 50 and 70 degrees 25 (0.87 and 1.22 rad) from horizontal, usually attached to a center support rail in an alternating manner so that the user does not have both feet on the same level at the same time.

AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY. Buildings or portions thereof used to provide medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing or similar care on a less than 24-hour basis to individuals who are rendered incapable of self-preservation by the services provided.

ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter building of a group other than H having direct access to a covered mall building but having required means of egress independent of the mall.

ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured and supported through the adhesion of an approved bonding material applied to an approved backing.

ANIMAL SERVICE FACILITY. The following facilities where animals are sheltered on a 24-hour basis: animal hospitals, kennels, pounds, veterinary clinics and pet shops.

ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the penetrating item.

ANNUNCIATOR. A unit containing one or more indicator lamps, alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means in which each indication provides status information about a circuit, condition or location.

APARTMENT. A dwelling unit providing permanent provisions for both sanitation and kitchen facilities, occupied or arranged to be occupied by not more than one family maintaining a common household.

APARTMENT, STUDENT. An apartment occupied or arranged to be occupied by students enrolled at a single accredited college or university and maintaining a common household pursuant to a lease, sublease, or occupancy agreement directly with such college or university.

ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA. Plain or ornamental hard-burned modifed clay units, larger in size than brick, with glazed or unglazed ceramic fnish.

AREA (Masonry).

Gross cross-sectional. The area delineated by the out-to-out specifed dimensions of masonry in the plane under consideration.

Net cross-sectional. The area of masonry units, grout and mortar crossed by the plane under consideration based on out-to-out specifed dimensions.

AREA, BUILDING. The area included within surrounding exterior walls (or exterior walls and frewalls) exclusive of vent shafts and courts. Areas of the building not provided with surrounding walls shall be included in the building area if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof or foor above.

AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE. An area where persons unable to use stairways can remain temporarily to await instructions or assistance during emergency evacuation.

AREA OF SPORT ACTIVITY. That portion of an indoor or outdoor space where the play or practice of a sport occurs.

AREAWAY. A space below grade adjacent to a building open to the outer air and enclosed by walls.

ARTICULATING BOOM CRANE. A crane whose boom consists of a series of folding, pin connected structural members, typically manipulated to extend or retract by power from hydraulic cylinders.

ASPECT RATIO. The height of any portion of a building divided by its least dimension at the elevation from which the height is being measured.

ASPHALT. A dark brown to black bitumen pitch that melts readily and which appears in nature in asphalt beds or is produced as a by-product of the petroleum industry.

ASPHALT CONCRETE or ASPHALT PAVING. A mixture of liquid asphalt and graded aggregate used as a paving material.

ASSEMBLY SPACE. Any part of a place of assembly, exclusive of the stage, that is occupied by numbers of persons during the major period of occupancy. Every tier of seating shall be considered a separate assembly space.

ASSISTED RESCUE PATH. A portion of the accessible means of egress which begins at the area of rescue assistance and terminates at the public way.

ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stories other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escalators, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or any other vertical openings that are not required to be enclosed by other provisions of this code, which is closed at the top and not defned as a mall. Stories, as used in this defnition, do not include balconies within assembly groups or mezzanines that comply with Section 505.

ATTIC. The space between the ceiling beams of the top story and the roof rafters.

AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A notifcation appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing.

AUGERED-CAST-IN-PLACE PILES. Augered-cast-in-place piles are constructed by pumping grout into an augered hole during the withdrawal of the auger. The pile is reinforced with a single reinforcing bar, a reinforcing steel cage or a structural steel section.

AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC). Low-density cementitious product of calcium silicate hydrates, whose material specifcations are defned in ASTM C 1386.

AUTOMATIC. As applied to fre protection devices, a device or system providing an emergency function without the necessity for human intervention and activated as a result of a predetermined temperature rise, rate of tempera-

ture rise and/or the presence of combustion products.

AUTOMATIC FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. An approved system of devices and equipment that automatically detects a fre and discharges an approved fre-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fre.

AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. A fre alarm system that has initiation devices that utilize smoke detectors for protection of an area such as a room or space with detectors to provide early warning of fre.

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. A fre suppression or control device that operates automatically when its heat-activated element is heated to its thermal rating or above, allowing water to discharge over a specifed area.

AUTOMATIC WATER MIST SYSTEM. A system consisting of a water supply, a pressure source, and a distribution piping system with attached nozzles, which, at or above a minimum operating pressure defned by its listing, discharges water in fne droplets meeting the requirements of NFPA 750 for the purpose of the control, suppression or extinguishment of a fre. Such systems include wet-pipe, dry-pipe and pre-action types. The systems are designed as engineered, pre-engineered, local application or total fooding systems.

AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. The root mean square, A-weighted sound pressure level measured over a 24-hour period, or the time any person is present, whichever time period is less.

AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather protection, identity or decoration and is wholly supported by the building to which it is attached. An awning is comprised of a lightweight frame structure over which a covering is attached.

AXIS OF ROTATION. The vertical axis around which the crane superstructure rotates.

AXLE. The shaft or spindle with which or about which a wheel rotates. On truck and wheel mounted cranes, it refers to a type of axle assembly including housing, gearing, differential, bearings, and mounting appurtenances.

A-ZONE. An area of special food hazard without high-velocity wave action. When not shown on the FIRMs, the water surface elevation may be determined from available data by the registered design professional of record in accordance with Section G103.3. See also "Area of special food hazard."

BACKING. The wall or surface to which the veneer is secured

BALCONY, EXTERIOR. An exterior foor projecting from and supported

by a structure without additional independent supports.

BALED COTTON. A natural seed fber wrapped in and secured with industry accepted materials, typically consisting of burlap, woven polypropylene, polyethylene or cotton or sheet polyethylene, secured with wire or bands. The term baled cotton includes lint removed from the cottonseed (linters) and residual materials from the ginning process (motes).

BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. Baled cotton with a packing density of not less than 22 pounds per cubic foot (360 kg/m3). A bale of densely packed baled cotton typically measures 55 inches (1397 mm) in length, 21 inches (533.4 mm) in width, and 27.6 to 35.4 inches (701 to 899 mm) in height.

BALLAST. In roofng, ballast comes in the form of large stones or paver systems or light-weight interlocking paver systems and is used to provide uplift resistance to components of the roof assembly systems that are not adhered or mechanically attached to the roof deck.

BARRICADE (EXPLOSIVE). A structure or other artifcial or natural barrier constructed in connection with the storage, handling and use of explosives that is designed to withstand the rapid release of energy in an explosion and provides a shield from the impact of such explosion. A straight line from the top of any sidewall of a building containing explosives to the eaveline of any magazine or other building or to a point 12 feet (3658 mm) above the center of a railway shall pass through such barrier.

Artifcial barricade. An artifcial mound or revetment, including a barrier constructed of sandbags, with a minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm).

Natural barricade. Terrain or other natural features of the ground.

BARRIER, TEMPORARY. An approved temporary fence, permanent fence, the wall of a permanent structure, any other structure, or any combination thereof that prevents access to the swimming pool by any person not engaged in the installation or construction of the swimming pool during its installation or construction.

BASE FLOOD. The food having a 1-percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the base food, including wave height, as specifed on FEMA FIRMs 360497 or as determined in accordance with Section G103.3. In areas designated as ZONE AO, the base food elevation shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the

building's perimeter plus the depth number (in feet) specifed on the food hazard map.

BASE (MOUNTING). The traveling base on which the rotating superstructure of a crawler crane is mounted.

BASEMENT. A story partly below the grade plane and having less than onehalf its clear height (measured from fnished foor to fnished ceiling) below the grade plan (see "Story" and "Story above grade plane"). A basement shall be considered a story above grade plane.

BASEMENT (FOR FLOOD ZONE PURPOSES). The portion of a building having its foor subgrade (below ground level) on all sides. This defnition of "Basement" is limited in application to the provisions of Appendix G.

BEARER (PUTLOG). A horizontal transverse scaffold member (which may be supported by legs or runners) upon which the scaffold platform rests and joins scaffold uprights, posts, poles, and similar members.

BED JOINT. The horizontal layer of mortar on which a masonry unit is laid.

BIRD HAZARD INSTALLATIONS. Monolithic glazing installations that provide a clear line of sight on the exterior of buildings, including, but not limited to, glass awnings, glass handrails and guards, glass wind break panels, or glass acoustic barriers.

BLEACHERS. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated structural system and two or more rows high and is not a building element (see "Grandstand").

BOARDER (ROOMER, LODGER). A person who pays a consideration for living within the household and does not occupy such space as an incident of employment.

BOILING POINT. The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14.7 pounds per square inch (psia) (101 kPa) or 760 mm of mercury. Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, for the purposes of this classifcation, the 20-percent evaporated point of a distillation performed in accordance with ASTM D 86 shall be used as the boiling point of the liquid.

BOOM (CRANE OR DERRICK). A section or strut, of which the heel (lower end) is affxed to a base, carriage, or support, and whose upper end supports a cable and sheaves where the load is lifted by means of rope and a hook.

BOOM POINT. The outer extremity of the crane boom, containing the hoist

sheave assembly.

BRACED WALL LINE. A straight line through the building plan that represents a location of the lateral resistance provided by wall bracing.

BRACED WALL PANEL. A full-height section of wall constructed to resist in-plane shear loads through interaction of framing members, sheathing material and anchors. The panel's length meets the requirements of its particular bracing method and contributes toward the total amount of bracing required along its braced wall line.

BRAKE. A device used for retarding or stopping motion.

BREAKAWAY WALL. An open lattice wall subject to fooding that is not required to provide structural support to a building or other structure and that is designed and constructed such that, under base food or lesser food conditions, it will collapse under specifc lateral-loading forces in such a way that (i) it allows the free passage of foodwaters, and (ii) it does not damage the structure or the supporting foundation system.

BREAKOUT. For revolving doors, a process whereby wings or door panels can be pushed open manually for means of egress travel.

BRICK.

Calcium silicate (sand lime brick). A pressed and subsequently autoclaved unit that consists of sand and lime, with or without the inclusion of other materials.

Clay or shale. A solid or hollow masonry unit made of clay or shale, usually formed into a rectangular prism, then burned or fred in a kiln; brick is a ceramic product.

Concrete. A concrete masonry unit made from portland cement, water, and suitable aggregates, with or without the inclusion of other materials.

BUCKET HOIST. A power or manually operated bucket that (i) is temporarily installed at a construction or demolition site, (ii) moves vertically on guide members to raise or lower material, and (iii) is controlled from a point outside the conveyance.

BUILDING ELEMENT. A fundamental component of building construction, listed in Table 601, which may or may not be of fre-resistance-rated construction and is constructed of materials based on the building type of construction.

BUILDING, ENCLOSED. A building that does not comply with the requirements for open or partially enclosed buildings.

BUILDING LINE. The line established by law, beyond which a building shall not extend, except as specifcally provided by law.

BUILDING, LOW-RISE. Enclosed or partially enclosed buildings that comply with the following conditions:

Mean roof height, h, less than or equal to 60 feet (18 288 mm).

Mean roof height, h, does not exceed least horizontal dimension.

BUILDING, OPEN. A building having each wall at least 80 percent open. This condition is expressed for each wall by the equation:

A o ≥ 0.8 A g (Equation 2-1) where:

A o =

Total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure, in square feet (m2 ).

A g = The gross area of that wall in which Ao is identifed, in square feet (m2).

BUILDING, PARTIALLY ENCLOSED. A building that complies with both of the following conditions:

1. The total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure exceeds the sum of the areas of openings in the balance of the building envelope (walls and roof) by more than 10 percent; and

2. The total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure exceeds 4 square feet (0.37 m2) or 1 percent of the area of that wall, whichever is smaller, and the percentage of openings in the balance of the building envelope does not exceed 20 percent. These conditions are expressed by the following equations:

A o > 1.10 Aoi (Equation 2-2)

A o > 4 square feet (0.37m2) or > 0.01 A g, whichever is smaller, and Aoi/Agi ≤ 0.20 (Equation 2-3) where:

Ao, Ag are as defned for an open building.

Aoi = The sum of the areas of openings in the building envelope (walls and roof) not including A o, in square feet (m2).

A gi = The sum of the gross surface areas of the building envelope (walls and roof) not including Ag, in square feet (m2).

BUILDING, SIMPLE DIAPHRAGM. A building in which wind loads are transmitted through foor and roof diaphragms to the vertical lateral-force-resisting systems.

BUILDING-INTEGRATED PHOTOVOLTAIC (BIPV) PRODUCT. A building product that incorporates photovoltaic modules and functions as a component of the building envelope.

BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES, FLEXIBLE. Buildings and other structures that have a fundamental natural frequency less than 1 Hz.

BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. Two or more layers of felt cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mineral aggregate, smooth coating or similar surfacing material.

BULKHEAD. An enclosed rooftop structure enclosing a shaft, stairway, tank or service equipment, or other space not designed or used for human occupancy.

CABARET. Any room, place or space in which any musical entertainment, singing, dancing or other similar amusement is permitted in connection with an eating and drinking establishment.

CABLE-RESTRAINED, AIR-SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A structure in which the uplift is resisted by cables or webbings that are anchored to either foundations or dead men. Reinforcing cable or webbing is attached by various methods to the membrane or is an integral part of the membrane. This is not a cable-supported structure.

CABLEWAY. A device used for hoisting, lowering, and transporting loads within a prescribed path, longitudinally and laterally. The load block (upper) travels on a rope catenary system having span ends that are supported on fxed or movable towers (masts) or other elevated supports.

CAISSON PILES. Steel cased piles constructed by advancing a steel shell seated into rock and drilling of an uncased socket within the rock. The shell and socket are flled with a steel core section or steel reinforcing, and concrete or grout.

CANOPY. A permanent structure or architectural projection of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that provides weather protection, identity or decoration, which shall be structurally independent or supported by attachment to a building on one end and by not fewer than one stanchion at the outer end.

CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. A system supplying

carbon dioxide (CO2) from a pressurized vessel through fxed pipes and nozzles. The system includes a manual- or automatic-actuating mechanism.

CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM. A listed single- or multiple-station alarm responsive to carbon monoxide.

CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR. A listed device that senses carbon monoxide.

CARBON MONOXIDE-PRODUCING EQUIPMENT. Any furnace, boiler, water heater, freplace, cooking appliance, gas clothes dryer, apparatus, appliance or device that burns coal, kerosene, oil, wood, fuel gases and other petroleum products including, but not limited to, methane, natural gas, liquefed natural gas and manufactured fuel gases.

CARE SUITE. In Group I-2 occupancies, a group of treatment rooms, care recipient sleeping rooms and the support rooms or spaces and circulation space within the suite where staff are in attendance for supervision of all care recipients within the suite, and the suite is in compliance with the requirements of Section 407.4.4.

CARPORT. A structure or portion of a structure, accessory to a Group R-2 or R-3 occupancy, open on at least two sides and unenclosed for at least 50 percent of perimeter, used for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles. Such facility shall not exceed 650 square feet (60.45 m2) in area and one story in height.

CAST STONE. A building stone manufactured from portland cement concrete precast and used as a trim, veneer or facing on or in buildings or structures.

CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an air-borne contaminant to which one may be exposed. The ceiling limits utilized are those published in DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000. The ceiling Recommended Exposure Limit (REL-C) concentrations published by the U.S. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Threshold Limit Value — Ceiling (TLV-C) concentrations published by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), Ceiling Workplace Environmental Exposure Level (WEEL-Ceiling) Guides published by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and other approved, consistent measures are allowed as surrogates for hazardous substances not listed in DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000.

CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. See Dampers, Types of.

CELL. See Section 408.1.1.

CELL. As used in Chapter 21, a void space having a gross cross-sectional area greater than 11/2 square inches (967 mm2).

CELL TIER. See Section 408.1.1.

CELLAR. That portion of a building that is partly or wholly underground, and having one-half or more of its clear height (measured from fnished foor to fnished ceiling) below the grade plane. Cellars shall not be counted as stories in measuring the height of the buildings.

CEMENT BOARD. A fber reinforced cementitious panel most commonly used under fooring or as a tile backing board. Cement board shall include discrete nonasbestos fber-cement interior substrate sheets or nonasbestos fber-mat reinforced cement substrate sheets.

CEMENT PLASTER. A mixture of portland or blended cement, portland cement or blended cement and hydrated lime, masonry cement or plastic cement and aggregate and other approved materials as specifed in this code.

CEMENTED SOIL. Soil in which the particles are held together by a chemical agent, such as calcium carbonate, such that a hand-size sample cannot be crushed into powder or individual soil particles by fnger pressure.

CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A high-temperature mineral wool insulation material made of alumina-silica ceramic or calcium magnesium silicate soluble fbers and weighing 4 to 10 pounds per square cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/m3).

CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL. A certifcate issued by the department upon review and approval of the engineering and testing of a specifc make and model of hoisting equipment to ensure compliance with the applicable provisions of this code.

CERTIFICATE OF OPERATION. A certifcate issued by the department upon satisfactory inspection of a specifc piece of hoisting equipment to ensure that the equipment is in compliance with this code.

CERTIFICATE OF ON-SITE INSPECTION. A certifcate issued by the department based on a site-specifc inspection of the placement and founding of hoisting equipment.

CHILD CARE FACILITIES. See Section 308.2.1.

CHIMNEY. A primarily vertical structure containing one or more fues used to remove hot gases from burning fuel, refuse, or from industrial processes to the outdoor atmosphere.

Factory-built chimney. A listed and labeled chimney composed of factory-made components, assembled in the feld in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the conditions of the listing.

Masonry chimney. A feld-constructed chimney composed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones, or concrete.

Metal chimney. A feld-constructed chimney of metal.

CHIMNEY TYPES.

High-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning, high-heat appliances producing combustion gases in excess of 2,000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance fue outlet (see Section 2113.11.3).

Low-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning, low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1,000°F (538°C) under normal operating conditions, but capable of producing combustion gases of 1,400°F (760°C) during intermittent forces fring for periods up to 1 hour. Temperatures shall be measured at the appliance fue outlet.

Medium-heat appliance type. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning, medium-heat appliances producing combustion gases between 1,000°F (538°C) and 2,000°F (1093°C) measured at the appliance fue outlet (see Section 2113.11.2).

CIRCULATION PATH. An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrian travel, including that within accessible spaces.

CLAMSHELL. A shovel bucket with two jaws that clamp together by their own weight when it is lifted by a closing line.

CLEAN AGENT. Electrically nonconducting, volatile or gaseous fre extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon evaporation.

CLIMBER CRANE. A tower crane that can be raised to a new working height, either by adding tower sections to the top of the crane (top climbing), or by a system in which the entire crane is raised inside the structure (inside climbing).

CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. Buildings or portions thereof used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis to persons who are not rendered incapable of self-preservation by the services provided.

CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of any compressed gas and the use of a solid

or liquid hazardous material in equipment or a vessel or system that remains closed during normal operations, such that vapors emitted during the operation of such equipment, vessel or system are not liberated outside of the equipment, vessel or system and the gas or hazardous material is not exposed to the atmosphere during such operation. Examples of closed systems include hazardous materials conveyed through a piping system into closed equipment of a closed vessel or system.

CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEPHONE. A telephone with a dedicated line such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility.

COASTAL A-ZONE. An area within a special food hazard area, shown on FEMA FIRMs 360497 as an area bounded by a "Limit of Moderate Wave Action," landward of a V-Zone or landward of an open coast without mapped V-Zones. In a Coastal A-Zone, the principal source of fooding must be astronomical tides, storm surges, seiches, or tsunamis, and not riverine fooding. During the base food conditions, the potential for breaking wave heights must be greater than or equal to 1 foot, 6 inches (457 mm). In no case shall an area of special food hazard be deemed a coastal A-Zone unless and until it has been identifed as such on the adopted FEMA FIRMs 360497.

COASTAL HIGH HAZARD AREA. Area within the area of special food hazard extending from offshore to the inland limit of a primary dune along an open coast and any other area that is subject to high-velocity wave action from storms and shown on FEMA FIRMs 360497 as velocity Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30.

COHESIVE SOIL. Clay (fne grained soil), or soil with a high clay content, which has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical side slopes, and is plastic when moist. Cohesive soil is hard to break up when dry, and exhibits signifcant cohesion when submerged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay.

COLLAPSE (STRUCTURAL). Failure of a structural element to the extent that it can no longer support any load.

COLLAR JOINT. Vertical longitudinal space between wythes of masonry or between masonry wythe and backup construction that is permitted to be flled with mortar or grout.

COLLECTING SAFE AREA. See Section 1002.1.2.

COLLECTOR. A horizontal diaphragm element parallel and in line with the applied force that collects and transfers diaphragm shear forces to the vertical

elements of the lateral-force-resisting system or distributes forces within the diaphragm or both.

COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. See Dampers, Types of.

COMBINATION SIGN. A sign incorporating any combination of the features of pole, projecting and roof signs.

COMBINED HEAT AND POWER SYSTEMS. Equipment that simultaneously produces electricity and heat from a single fuel source.

COMBUSTIBLE DUST. Finely divided solid material that is 420 microns or less in diameter, will pass through a U.S. standard No. 40 sieve and, when dispersed in air in suffcient concentrations, can be ignited by a fame, spark or other source of ignition.

COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. Readily ignitable and free-burning materials in fbrous or shredded form, such as cocoa fber, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen, istle, jute, kapok, oakum, sisal, Spanish moss, straw, tow, wastepaper or other natural or synthetic fbers that possess similar qualities, but excluding densely packed baled cotton. Exception: Moss used for medicinal purposes.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. For the purposes of transportation, a combustible liquid as defned in the regulations of the United States of Transportation, as set forth in 49 CFR 173.120. For all other purposes, a liquid, other than a compressed gas or cryogenic fuid, having a closed cup fash point at or above 100°F (38°C) classifed as follows:

Class II. Liquids having a closed cup fash point at or above 100°F (38°C) and below 140°F (60°C).

Class IIIA. Liquids having a closed cup fash point at or above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).

Class IIIB. Liquids having a closed cup fash point at or above 200°F (93°C).

COMMERCIAL COOKING SYSTEM. A system consisting of commercial cooking equipment, exhaust hood, flters, exhaust duct system, fre suppression system and other related appurtenances designed to capture grease-laden cooking vapors and exhaust them safely to the outdoors.

COMMERCIAL MOTOR VEHICLE. A motor vehicle used to transport passengers or goods where the motor vehicle:

Has a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds (4540 kg) or more; or

Is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver

COMMERCIAL TRUCK-MOUNTED CRANE (BOOM TRUCK). A mobile crane consisting of a rotating superstructure (center post or turntable), boom, operating machinery, and one or more operator's stations mounted on a frame attached to a commercial truck chassis.

COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. That portion of exit access that the occupants are required to traverse before two separate and distinct paths of egress travel to two exits are available. Paths that merge are common paths of travel. Common paths of egress travel shall be included within the permitted travel distance.

COMMON USE. Interior or exterior circulation paths, rooms, spaces or elements that are made available for the shared use of two or more people but are not for public use.

COMPACTED CONCRETE PILES. Compacted concrete piles are constructed by flling a driven casing with low-strength concrete and compacting the concrete as the casing is withdrawn.

COMPETENT PERSON. One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate such hazards.

COMPLETED STEEL FLOOR. Any foor, in a building whose primary structural system consists of structural steel, where the structural foor system, including the fnal walkable structural surface, has been installed and has achieved its required strength for construction loading.

COMPONENTS AND CLADDING. Elements of the building envelope that do not qualify as part of the main wind force-resisting system.

COMPOSITE PILES. Composite piles consist of two or more approved pile types joined together.

COMPRESSED GAS. A material, or mixture of materials that:

1. Is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) of pressure; and

2. Has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) that is either liquefed, nonliquefed or in solution at that temperature and pressure, except those gases which have no other healthor physical-hazard properties are not considered to be compressed until the pressure in the packaging exceeds 41 psia (282 kPa) at

68°F (20°C).

The states of compressed gases are categorized as follows:

Nonliquefed compressed gases. Gases, other than those in solution, which are in packaging under the charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a temperature of 68°F (20°C).

Liquefed compressed gases. Gases that, in a packaging under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C).

Compressed gases in solution. Nonliquefed gases that are dissolved in a solvent.

Compressed gas mixtures. A mixture of two or more compressed gases contained in a single packaging, the hazard properties of which are represented by the properties of the mixture as a whole.

CONCEALED SPACES. Enclosed spaces within partitions, walls, foors, roofs, stairs, furring, pipe chases and column enclosures and other similar spaces.

CONCRETE.

Carbonate aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates consisting mainly of calcium or magnesium carbonate, such as limestone or dolomite, and containing 40 percent or less quartz, chert, or fint.

Cellular. A lightweight insulating concrete made by mixing a preformed foam with portland cement slurry and having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m3).

Lightweight aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates of expanded clay, shale, slag or slate or sintered fy ash or any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fre-resistance properties and weighing 85 to 115 pcf (1360 to 1840 kg/m3).

Perlite. A lightweight insulating concrete having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m3) made with perlite concrete aggregate. Perlite aggregate is produced from a volcanic rock that, when heated, expands to form a glass-like material of cellular structure.

Sand-lightweight. Concrete made with a combination of expanded clay, shale, slag, slate, sintered fy ash, or any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C 330 and possessing equivalent fre-resistance properties and natural sand. Its unit weight is generally between 105 and 120 pcf (1680 and 1920 kg/m3).

Siliceous aggregate. Concrete made with normal-weight aggregates consisting mainly of silica or compounds other than calcium or magnesium carbonate, which contains more than 40-percent quartz, chert, or fint.

Vermiculite. A lightweight insulating concrete made with vermiculite concrete aggregate that is laminated micaceous material produced by expanding the ore at high temperatures. When added to a portland cement slurry the resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m3).

CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE PILES. Concrete-flled steel pipe and tube piles are constructed by driving a steel pipe or tube section into the soil and flling the pipe or tube section with concrete. The steel pipe or tube section is left in place during and after the deposition of the concrete. For the purposes of this code, these piles shall be considered driven piles.

CONCRETE WASHOUT WATER. Wastewater from the rinsing of equipment used to mix, transport, convey, and/or place concrete. Such equipment shall include, but not be limited to, concrete buckets, concrete hose lines and pumps, boots, shovels, fnishing tools, wheelbarrows, motorized concrete carts, concrete pour funnels and the chute of concrete mixer trucks.

Exceptions:

1. This term shall not include wastewater from the rinsing of equipment involved in the preparation, conveyance or application of concrete that is:

1.1. mixed on site if the total quantity of concrete is less than or equal to one and one half cubic yards (1.146 m3), or

1.2. from bagged ready mix if the total quantity of concrete is less than or equal to sixty (60) eighty pound (36.287 kg) bags, or eighty (80) sixty pound (27.215 kg) bags, or the equivalent.

2. This term shall not include wastewater from the rinsing of the wheels, undercarriage or chassis of concrete mixer trucks.

CONGREGATE LIVING UNIT. A dwelling unit, comprised of one or more habitable rooms separated by nonrated partitions, occupied or arranged to be occupied by more than one family or by persons who are not maintaining a common household. Creation of or conversion to such unit shall be

subject to Section 27-2077 of the New York City Housing Maintenance Code.

CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A designated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are monitored and facilities are provided for notifcation of the Fire Department of other emergency services.

CONSTRUCTION. The excavation, erection, alteration, and repair of buildings or any component parts, including all operations incidental thereto.

CONTAINER GARDEN. A plant or plants maintained in a pot or planters located on a roof, terrace, or other horizontal exterior area.

CONTINUOUS GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. A gas detection system where the analytical instrument is maintained in continuous operation and sampling is performed without interruption. Analysis is allowed to be performed on a cyclical basis at intervals not to exceed 30 minutes.

CONTROL AREA. Spaces within a building where quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area are stored, handled, or used, including any dispensing. See also defnition of "Outdoor control area" in the New York City Fire Code.

CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL. A self-compacted, cementitious material used primarily as a backfll in place of compacted fll.

CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction whose primary structural elements are formed by a system of repetitive wood-framing members. See Section 2308 for conventional lightframe construction provisions.

CORNER SCAFFOLD (ANGLE SCAFFOLD). A suspended scaffold consisting of an assembly of two or more platforms connected nonlineraly and designed and manufactured to ft around a corner or a projecting part of a building.

CORRIDOR. An enclosed exit access component that defnes and provides a path of egress travel to an exit. Corridors shall be either interior or public.

Corridor, interior. A corridor that serves only one tenant. In Group E occupancies, corridors serving only one institution shall be deemed as serving a single tenant.

Corridor, public. A corridor that serves more than one tenant.

CORROSIVE MATERIAL. A material that causes full thickness destruction of human skin at the site of contact within a specifed period of time

when tested by methods set forth in DOTn regulations 49 CFR 173.136 and 173.137, or a liquid that has a severe corrosion rate on steel or aluminum based on the criteria set forth in DOTn regulations 49 CFR 173.173(c)(2).

CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when exposed to its environment.

COUNTERWEIGHT. Weight used to supplement the weight of the machine in order to provide stability for lifting loads.

COURT. An open, uncovered space, unobstructed to the sky, bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or other enclosing devices.

COVERED DEVELOPMENT PROJECT. See Section 28-104.11.1 of the Administrative Code.

COVERED MALL BUILDING. A single building enclosing a number of tenants and occupants such as retail stores, drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, passenger transportation terminals, offces, and other similar uses wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance into one or more malls. For the purpose of this chapter, anchor buildings shall not be considered as part of the covered mall building. The term "Covered Mall Building" shall include open mall buildings as defned below.

Mall. A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a covered mall building that serves as access for two or more tenants and not to exceed three levels that are open to each other. The term "mall" shall include open malls as defned below.

Open mall. An unroofed common pedestrian way serving a number of tenants not exceeding three levels. Circulation at levels above grade shall be permitted to include open exterior balconies leading to exits discharging at grade.

Open mall building. Several structures housing a number of tenants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, offces and other similar uses, wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance into one or more open malls. For the purposes of Chapter 4, anchor buildings are not considered as part of the open mall building.

CRANE. A power operated machine that can (i) hoist, lower, and horizontally move a suspended load, or (ii) lift, lower, and horizontally swing a load utilizing a boom, jib, arm, or similar member, regardless of whether it is fxed, folds, telescopes, or articulates. The defnition of crane includes, but is

not limited to, an articulating boom crane, mobile crane, tower crane, dedicated pile driver, and rotating telehandler. The defnition of crane shall not include a derrick or cableway.

CRAWLER CRANE. A mobile crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with a power plant, operating machinery, and boom, mounted on a base and equipped with crawler treads for travel.

CRIPPLE WALL. A framed stud wall extending from the top of the foundation to the underside of foor framing for the lowest occupied foor level.

CRITICAL PICK. The attachment and detachment of loads from the hook of hoisting equipment used to hoist or lower loads on the outside of a building that involves one or more of the following:

1. An article that is at or above 95 percent of approved rated capacity of the hoisting equipment or rigging equipment;

2. An article that is asymmetrical and is not provided with lifting connections by the manufacturer or fabricator;

3. An article that has a wind sail area exceeding 500 square feet (46 m2);

4. A pick that may present an added risk because of clearance, drift, or other interference;

5. An article that is fragile or of thin shell construction and is not provided with standard rigging ears;

6. A pick that requires multiple power-operated hoisting equipment (tandem pick); or

7. A pick that require out of the ordinary rigging equipment, methods, or setup.

CROSS AISLE. An unenclosed exit access component in a place of assembly usually parallel to rows of seats, connecting aisles or connecting an aisle and an exit. For the purposes of Chapter 10, a cross aisle is not an aisle.

CROSS-LAMINATED TIMBER (CLT). A prefabricated engineered wood product made of at least three orthogonal layers of graded sawn lumber or structural composite lumber (SCL) that are laminated by gluing with structural adhesives.

CRYOGENIC FLUID. A liquid having a boiling point lower than -130°F (-89.9°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101.3 kPa).

CURB LEVEL. As defned in the New York City Zoning Resolution.

CURB LINE. The line coincident with the face of the street curb adjacent to the roadway.

CURTAIN WALL. A curtain wall or panel wall system is a nonload-bearing building wall, in skeleton frame construction, attached and supported to the structure at every foor or other periodic locations. Assemblies may include glass, metal, precast concrete or masonry elements arranged so as not to exert common action under load and to move independently of each other and the supporting structure.

CUSTODIAL CARE FACILITY. A building or part thereof occupied by persons, on less than a 24-hour basis and not overnight, who because of age, disability or other reasons, receive personal care services by individuals other than parents or guardians, relatives by blood, marriage, domestic partnership, or adoption, in a place other than the home of the person cared for.

DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing material made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded in a cast matrix of concrete or epoxy.

DAMPERS, TYPES OF.

Ceiling radiation damper. A listed device, installed in a ceiling membrane of a fre-resistance rated foor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly to limit automatically the radiative heat transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening. Ceiling radiation dampers include air terminal units, ceiling dampers and ceiling air diffusers.

Combination fre/smoke damper. A listed device, installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the passage of fame and smoke. The device is installed to operate automatically controlled by a smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of being positioned from a fre command center.

Fire damper. A listed device, installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detection of heat and restrict the passage of fame. Fire dampers are classifed for use in either static systems that will automatically shut down in the event of a fre, or in dynamic systems that continues to operate during a fre. A dynamic fre damper is tested and rated for closure under elevated temperature airfow.

Smoke damper. A listed device, installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to resist the passage of air and smoke. The device

is installed to operate automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of being positioned from a fre command center.

DAMPPROOFING. Dampproofng is a protective measure applied to building foundation walls and slabs to prevent moisture from passing into interior spaces.

DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explosive materials constructed in accordance with the requirements for a Type 3 magazine as defned and classifed in the New York City Fire Code.

DEAD END. A portion of a corridor in which the travel to an exit is in one direction only.

DEAD LOAD. The weight of materials of construction incorporated into the building, including but not limited to walls, foors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions, fnishes, cladding and other similarly incorporated architectural and structural items, and the weight of fxed service equipment, such as cranes, pluming stacks and risers, electrical feeders, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and automatic sprinkler systems.

DEBRIS. Rubbish, waste, discarded material, or the remains of something broken down, demolished, or destroyed.

DEBRIS NET or NETTING. A netting of a fne mesh of a size and strength suffcient to catch debris, such as falling tools and materials.

DECK. An exterior foor supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjacent structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports.

DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle glass or glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artistic, not functional; whose coloring, texture or other design qualities or components cannot be removed without destroying the glazing material and whose surface, or assembly into which it is incorporated, is divided into segments.

DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied over the building interior fnish for decorative, acoustical or other effect (such as curtains, draperies, fabrics, streamers and surface coverings), and all other materials utilized for decorative effect (such as batting, cloth, cotton, hay, stalks, straw, vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items), including foam plastics and materials containing foam plastics. Decorative materials do not include foor coverings, ordinary window shades, interior fnish and materials 0.025 inch (0.64 mm) or less in thickness applied directly to and adhering tightly to a substrate.

DECORATIVE SHROUD. A listed partial combustible enclosure for aesthetic purposes that is installed at the termination of a venting system that surrounds or conceals the chimney or vent cap.

DEDICATED PILE DRIVER. A power operated machine that is designed primarily to drive, hammer, press, or vibrate piles into the earth ("pile drive"). These machines typically have the ability to both hoist the material that will be pile driven and to pile drive that material.

DEEP FOUNDATIONS. Deep foundations are comprised of concrete, grout, wood or steel structural elements either driven, drilled or jacked into the ground or cast in place. Deep foundations are relatively slender in comparison to their length, with lengths exceeding 12 times the least horizontal dimension. Deep foundations derive their load-carrying capacity through skin friction, end bearing, or a combination thereof.

DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the extremely rapid oxidation of a fammable dust or vapor in air, in which the reaction progresses through the unburned material at a rate less than the velocity of sound. A defagration can have an explosive effect.

DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. A sprinkler system employing open sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a water supply through a valve that is opened by the operation of a detection system installed in the same areas as the sprinklers. When this valve opens, water fows into the piping system and discharges from all sprinklers attached thereto.

DEMOLITION. Full or partial demolition.

Full demolition. The dismantling, razing, or removal of all of a building or structure, including all operations incidental thereto.

Partial demolition. The dismantling, razing, or removal of structural members, foors, interior bearing walls, and/or exterior walls or portions thereof, including all operations incidental thereto.

DERRICK. An apparatus consisting of a mast or equivalent member held at the end by guys or braces, with or without a boom, for use with a hoisting mechanism and operating ropes, for lifting or lowering a load and moving it horizontally.

DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. The earthquake ground motion that buildings and structures are specifcally proportioned to resist in Section 1613.

DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The applicable elevation specifed in

ASCE 24, Tables 2-1, 4-1, 5-1, 6-1, or 7-1, depending on the food design class designated in ASCE 24, Table 1-1.

DESIGN STRENGTH. The product of the nominal strength and a resistance factor (or strength reduction factor).

DETACHED BUILDING. A separate single-story building, without a basement or crawl space, used for the storage, handling or use of hazardous materials and located an approved distance from other buildings and structures.

DETECTABLE WARNING. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements to warn a person who is blind or has low vision of hazards on a circulation path.

DETECTOR, HEAT. A fre detector that senses heat — either abnormally high temperature or rate of rise, or both.

DETONATION. An exothermic reaction with explosive effect that utilizes shock compression as the principal heating mechanism and generates a shock wave in the material that establishes and maintains a reaction that progresses through the material at a rate greater than the velocity of sound.

DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES. See Section 308.2.1.

DEVELOPMENT. See Section G201.1.2.

DEWATERING. The removal of surface or ground water from a site by pumping or evaporation.

DIAPHRAGM. A horizontal or sloped system acting to transmit lateral forces to vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system. When the term "diaphragm" is used, it shall include horizontal bracing systems.

Diaphragm, blocked. In light-frame construction, a diaphragm in which all sheathing edges not occurring on a framing member are supported on and fastened to blocking.

Diaphragm boundary. In light-frame construction, a location where shear is transferred into or out of the diaphragm sheathing. Transfer is either to a boundary element or to another force resisting element.

Diaphragm chord. A diaphragm boundary element perpendicular to the applied load that is assumed to take axial stresses due to the diaphragm moment.

Diaphragm, unblocked. A diaphragm that has edge nailing at supporting members only. Blocking between supporting structural members at panel edges is not included. Diaphragm panels are feld nailed to

supporting members. DIMENSIONS.

Nominal. The specifed dimension plus an allowance for the joints with which the units are to be laid. Nominal dimensions are usually stated in whole numbers. Thickness is given frst, followed by height and then length.

Specifed. Dimensions specifed for the manufacture or construction of a unit, joint or element.

DIRECT AND CONTINUING SUPERVISION. See Section 28-401.3 of the Administrative Code.

DIRECT EMPLOY. See Section 28-401.3 of the Administrative Code.

DISMANTLING. The fnal process of taking apart, piece by piece, in a specifc sequence, the components of a tower crane. Dismantling shall include jumping.

DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring by other means of any material from a container, tank or similar vessel, which would release dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases to the atmosphere, unless such release is prevented by a device, equipment or system designed for that purpose.

DISPLAY SIGN. The area made available by the sign structure for the purpose of displaying the advertising message.

DOOR, BALANCED. A door equipped with double-pivoted hardware so designed as to cause a semicounterbalanced swing action when opening.

DRAFT STOP. A material, device or construction installed to resist the movement of air within open spaces of concealed areas of building components such as crawl spaces, foor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics.

DRAG STRUT. See "Collector."

DRILLED DISPLACEMENT PILES. Rotary displacement piles installed by rotating a helical auger segment into the ground with both a vertical force and a torque. The soil is displaced laterally within the ground (with minimum spoil generated) and the void created is flled with grout or concrete.

DRIVEN UNCASED PILES. Driven uncased piles are constructed by driving a steel shell into the soil to shore an unexcavated hole that is later flled with concrete. The steel casing is lifted out of the hole during the deposition

of the concrete. Driven uncased piles are not permitted under the provisions of this code.

DRUM. The cylindrical member around which a rope is wound for raising and lowering the load or boom.

DRY-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A powder composed of small particles, usually of sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea-potassium-based bicarbonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate, with added particulate material supplemented by special treatment to provide resistance to packing, resistance to moisture absorption (caking) and the proper fow capabilities.

DRY (SOIL). Soil that does not exhibit visible signs of moisture content.

DWELLING. A building or structure that is occupied in whole or in part as the home, residence or sleeping place of one or more families.

DWELLING, MULTIPLE. A dwelling that is either rented, leased, let or hired out, to be occupied, or is occupied, as the residence or home of three or more families living independently of each other. A multiple dwelling does not include a building used for occupancies in Groups I-2, I-3 or I-4.

DWELLING, ONE-FAMILY. Any building or structure designed and occupied exclusively for residence purposes on a long-term basis for more than a month at a time by not more than one family. One-family dwelling shall also be deemed to include a dwelling located in a series of one-family dwellings each of which faces or is accessible to a legal street or public thoroughfare, provided that each such dwelling unit is equipped as a separate dwelling unit with all essential services, and also provided that each such unit is arranged so that is may be approved as a legal one-family dwelling.

DWELLING, TWO-FAMILY. Any building or structure designed and occupied exclusively for residence purposes on a long-term basis for more than a month at a time by not more than two families. Two-family dwellings shall also be deemed to include a dwelling located in a series of two-family dwellings each of which faces or is accessible to a legal street or public thoroughfare, provided that each such dwelling is equipped as a separate dwelling with all essential services, and also provided that each such dwelling is arranged so that it may be approved as a legal two-family dwelling.

DWELLING UNIT. A single unit consisting of one or more habitable rooms and occupied or arranged to be occupied as a unit separate from all other units within a dwelling.

DWELLING UNIT (ACCESSIBILITY). As used in Chapter 11 and

Appendix E, a single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.

DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTISTORY. See "Multistory unit".

DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, TYPE B. See "Type B unit".

EAVE HEIGHT, h. The distance from the ground surface adjacent to the building to the roof eave line at the particular wall. If the distance of the eave varies along the wall, the average distance shall be used.

EFFECTIVE WIND AREA. See ASCE 7.

EGRESS, COURT. A court or yard that provides access to a public right of way for one or more exits.

ELECTRIC SIGN. A sign containing electrical wiring, but not including signs illuminated by an exterior light source.

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE SYSTEM. A specifc listed construction of devices, materials, or coatings installed as a fre-resistive barrier system applied to electrical system components, such as cable trays, conduits and other raceways, open run cables and conductors, cables, and conductors in accordance with UL 2196.

ELEMENT (STRUCTURAL). A structural member or structural assembly. ELEVATOR LANDING. That portion of a foor, balcony, or platform used to receive and discharge passengers or freight adjacent to an elevator hoistway.

EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. A system to provide indication and warning of an emergency condition involving a release of hazardous material or other hazardous material incident.

EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. An approved location on the premises of a semiconductor fabrication facility staffed by trained personnel that monitor the operation of equipment and systems including alert and alarm signals.

EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. An operable window, door or other similar device that provides for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an emergency.

EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS. Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for originating and distributing voice instructions,

as well as alert and evacuation signals pertaining to a fre or other emergency, to the occupants of a building.

EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. All or any portion of a space used only by employees and only for work. Corridors, toilet rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work areas.

ENGINEERED WOOD RIM BOARD. A full-depth structural composite lumber, wood structural panel, structural glued laminated timber or prefabricated wood I-joist member designed to transfer horizontal (shear) and vertical (compression) loads, provide attachment for diaphragm sheathing, siding and exterior deck ledgers, and provide lateral support at the ends of foor or roof joists or rafters.

ENLARGED BASE PILES. Enlarged base piles are cast-in-place concrete piles constructed with a base that is larger than the diameter of the remainder of the pile. The enlarged base is designed to increase the load-bearing area of the pile in end bearing. Enlarged base piles include piles installed by driving a precast concrete tip or by compacting concrete into the base of the pile to form an enlarged base.

EQUIPMENT. Tools, machinery, or other implements used to facilitate construction or demolition work.

EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, elevated platform used exclusively for mechanical systems or industrial process equipment, including the associated elevated walkways, stairways, alternating tread devices and ladders necessary to access the platform (see Section 505.3).

ERECTION. The assembly and placement of tower crane sections and components into place, including all operations incidental thereto. Erection shall include jumping.

ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. Buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme environmental loading from food, wind, snow or earthquakes.

EXCAVATION. The removal of earth from its natural position; except for any incidental removal that occurs during the course of auguring, drilling, vibrating, or driving.

EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. A device, typically consisting of a hood equipped with a fan, that serves to capture and exhaust fumes, mist, vapors and gases generated at a workstation or other local environment. An exhausted enclosure does not include a room provided with general ventilation.

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (FOR FLOOD ZONE PURPOSES). See Section G201.1.2.

EXISTING STRUCTURE (FOR FLOOD ZONE PURPOSES). See Section G201.1.2.

EXIT. That portion of a means of egress system, which is separated from other interior spaces of a building or structure by fre-resistance-rated construction and opening protective as required to provide a protected path of egress travel between the exit access and the exit discharge. Exits include exterior exit doors at the level of exit discharge, interior exit stairways and ramps, exit passageways, exterior exit stairways, exterior exit ramps and horizontal exits, but do not include access stairs, aisles, exit access doors opening to corridors, or corridors.

EXIT ACCESS. That portion of a means of egress system that leads from any occupied portion of a building or structure to an exit.

EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY. A door or access point along the path of egress travel from an occupied room, area or space where the path of egress enters an intervening room, corridor, unenclosed exit access stair or unenclosed exit access ramp.

EXIT ACCESS RAMP. A ramp within the exit access portion of the means of egress system.

EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAY. A stairway within the exit access portion of the means of egress system.

EXIT DISCHARGE. That portion of a means of egress system between the termination of an exit and a public way.

EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF. The story at the point at which an exit terminates and an exit discharge begins.

EXIT, HORIZONTAL. An exit that provides a path of egress travel from one building to an area in another building on approximately the same level, or a path of egress travel through or around a wall or partition to an area on approximately the same level in the same building, or a bridge or tunnel between two buildings, which affords safety from fre and smoke from the area of incidence and areas communicating therewith.

EXIT PASSAGEWAY. An exit component that is separated from other interior spaces of a building or structure by fre-resistance-rated construction and opening protectives, and provides for a protected path of egress travel in a horizontal direction to an exit component or to the exit discharge.

EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall covering consisting of a woven textile backing, an expanded vinyl base coat layer and a non-expanded vinyl skin coat. The expanded base coat layer is a homogenous vinyl layer that contains a blowing agent. During processing, the blowing agent decomposes, causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells. The total thickness of the wall covering is approximately 0.055 inch to 0.070 inch (1.4 mm to 1.8 mm).

EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent expansion of gases, whether or not accompanied by a shock wave or disruption, of enclosing materials, including the effects of the following sources of explosion:

1. Chemical changes such as rapid oxidation, defagration or detonation, decomposition of molecules and runaway polymerization (usually detonations).

2. Physical changes such as pressure tank ruptures.

3. Atomic changes (nuclear fssion or fusion).

EXPLOSIVE. A chemical compound, mixture or device, the primary or common purpose of which is to function by explosion. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite, black powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord and igniters. The term "explosive" includes any material determined to be within the scope of Chapter 40 of Title 18 of the United States Codes, and any material classifed as an explosive by the hazardous materials regulations of the United States Department of Transportation, as set forth in 49 CFR Section 173.52, except freworks. Explosives are classifed in accordance with the following United States Department of Transportation classifcation and other terms in common usage:

UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives.

Division 1.1. Explosives that present a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.2. Explosives that present a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.3. Explosives that present a fre hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard, or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.

Division 1.4. Explosives that present a minor explosion hazard. The explosive effects are largely confned to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be

expected. Such explosives are not subject to mass explosion when exposed to fre.

Division 1.5. Explosives that present a mass explosion hazard but which are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport.

Division 1.6. Explosives consisting of extremely insensitive articles that do not present a mass explosion hazard, and present a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.

High explosive. Explosives, including dynamite, that, when detonated, are characterized by a high rate of reaction, high pressure development, and the presence of a detonation wave, and that can be caused to detonate by means of a No. 8 test blasting cap, when unconfned.

Low explosive. Explosives that will burn or defagrate when ignited, and which are characterized by a rate of reaction that is less than the speed of sound, and low pressure development. Examples of low explosives include black powder, igniter cords, igniters, safety fuses, small arms ammunition and primers, and propellants, 1.3C.

Mass-detonating explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2 and 1.5 explosives that, whether individually or in combination, or loaded into ammunition or containers, explode virtually instantaneously when a small portion is subjected to fre, concussion, impact, the impulse of an initiating agent, or the effect of a considerable discharge of energy from without, with severe explosive effect, including the potential for structural damage to adjacent objects, and explosive propagation to other explosives stored in proximity, such that two or more quantities in proximity must be considered as one for quantity-distance purposes.

EXTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves to meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and is open to yards, courts or public ways.

EXTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. A stairway that is open on at least one side, except for required structural columns, beams, handrails and guards. The adjoining open areas shall be either yards, courts or public ways. The other sides of the exterior exit stairway need not be open.

EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS). EIFS are nonstructural, nonload bearing, exterior wall cladding systems that consist of an insulation board attached either adhesively or mechanically, or both, to the

substrate, an integrally reinforced base coat and a textured protective fnish coat.

EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) WITH DRAINAGE. An EIFS that incorporates a means of drainage applied over a water-resistive barrier.

EXTERIOR SURFACES. Weather-exposed surfaces.

EXTERIOR WALL. A wall, bearing or nonbearing, that is used as an enclosing wall for a building, other than a fre wall, and that has a slope of 60 degrees (1.05 rad) or greater with the horizontal plane.

EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. A material or assembly of materials applied on the exterior side of exterior walls for the purpose of providing a weather-resisting barrier, insulation or for aesthetics, including but not limited to, veneers, siding, exterior insulation and fnish systems, architectural trim and embellishments such as cornices, soffts, facias, gutters and leaders.

EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. A system or assembly of exterior wall components, including exterior wall fnish materials, that provides protection of the building structural members, including framing and sheathing materials, and conditioned interior space, from the detrimental effects of the exterior environment.

F RATING. The time period that the through-penetration frestop system limits the spread of fre through the penetration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479.

FABRIC PARTITION. A partition consisting of a fnished surface made of fabric, without a continuous rigid backing, that is directly attached to a framing system in which the vertical framing members are spaced greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center.

FABRICATION AREA. An area within a semiconductor fabrication facility in which processes using hazardous production materials are conducted.

FACILITY. All or any portion of buildings, structure, site improvements, elements and pedestrian or vehicular routes located on a site.

FACTORED LOAD. The product of a nominal load and a load factor. FAMILY.

1. A single person occupying a dwelling unit and maintaining a common household with not more than two boarders, roomers or lodgers;

2. Two or more persons related by blood, adoption, legal guardianship, marriage or domestic partnership; occupying a dwelling unit and maintaining a common household with not more than two boarders, roomers or lodgers;

3. Not more than three unrelated persons occupying a dwelling unit and maintaining a common household;

4. Not more than three unrelated persons occupying a dwelling unit in a congregate housing or shared living arrangement and maintaining a common household;

5. Members of a group home;

6. Foster children placed in accordance with provisions of the New York State Social Services Law, their foster parent(s), and other persons related to the foster parents by blood, marriage or domestic partnership; where all residents occupy and maintain a common household with not more than two boarders, roomers or lodgers; or

7. Up to seven unrelated students enrolled at a single accredited college or university occupying a student apartment and maintaining a common household pursuant to a lease, sublease, or occupancy agreement directly with such college or university, provided that:

7.1. The entire structure in which the dwelling unit is located is fully sprinklered in accordance with Chapter 9 of this code;

7.2. Such occupancy does not exceed the maximums contained in Section 27-2075(a) of the New York City Housing Maintenance Code;

7.3. Prior to commencement of such occupancy, and on an annual basis thereafter such college or university has submitted a fre safety plan containing fre safety and evacuation procedures for such dwelling unit that is acceptable to the Fire Commissioner and in compliance with any rules promulgated by the Fire Commissioner; and

7.4. The dwelling unit complies with additional occupancy and construction requirements as may be established by rule by the Housing Preservation and Development Commissioner.

A common household is deemed to exist if all household members have access to all parts of the dwelling unit. Lack of access to all parts of the dwelling unit establishes a rebuttable presumption that no common household exists.

FENESTRATION. Skylights, roof windows, vertical windows (fxed or moveable), opaque doors, glazed doors, glazed block and combination opaque/glazed doors. Fenestration includes products with glass and nonglass glazing materials.

FIBERBOARD. A fbrous, homogeneous panel made from lignocellulosic fbers (usually wood or cane) and having a density of less than 31 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (497 kg/m3) but more than 10 pcf (160 kg/m3).

FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER. A polymeric composite material consisting of reinforcement fbers, such as glass, impregnated with a fber-bonding polymer which is then molded and hardened. Fiber-reinforced polymers are permitted to contain cores laminated between fber-reinforced polymer facings.

FIBER-CEMENT SIDING. A manufactured, fber-reinforcing product made with an inorganic hydraulic or calcium silicate binder formed by chemical reaction and reinforced with discrete organic or inorganic nonasbestos fbers, or both. Additives that enhance manufacturing or product performance are permitted. Fiber cement siding products have either smooth or textured faces and are intended for exterior wall and related applications.

FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER. A polymeric composite material consisting of glass reinforcement fbers impregnated with a fber-binding polymer which is then molded and hardened.

FILM SIGN. A fat section of a material that is extremely thin in comparison to its length and breadth and has a nominal maximum thickness of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm).

FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See "Manual Fire Alarm Box."

FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. A system component that receives inputs from automatic and manual fre alarm devices and may be capable of supplying power to detection devices and transponders or off-premises transmitters. The control unit may be capable of providing a transfer of power to the notifcation appliances and transfer of condition to relays or devices.

FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by a fre alarm-initiating device such as a manual fre alarm box, automatic fre detector, waterfow switch, or other device whose activation is indicative of the presence of a fre or fre

signature.

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. A system or portion of a combination system consisting of components and circuits arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fre alarm or supervisory signal-initiating devices and to initiate the appropriate response to those signals.

FIRE AREA. The aggregate foor area enclosed and bounded by fre walls, fre barriers, exterior walls and/or horizontal assemblies of a building. Areas of the building not provided with surrounding walls shall be included in the fre area if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof or foor next above.

FIRE BARRIER. A fre-resistance-rated wall assembly of materials complying with Section 707 designed to restrict the spread of fre in which continuity of the fre-resistance rating is maintained.

FIRE COMMAND CENTER. The principal attended or unattended location where the status of detection, alarm communications and control systems is displayed, and from which the systems can be manually controlled.

FIRE DAMPER. See Dampers, Types of.

FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. A device designed to detect the presence of a fre signature and to initiate action.

FIRE DOOR. The door component of a fre door assembly.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of a fre door, frame, hardware, and other accessories that together, as an opening protective, provide a specifc degree of fre protection to the opening.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY, FLOOR. See "Floor fre door assembly."

FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. Panic hardware that is listed for use on fre door assemblies.

FIRE LANE. A public or private road, roadway lane, parking lot lane or other surface designed to allow vehicular access, that has been specifcally designated by means of signs or roadway markings as a priority thoroughfare for fre apparatus.

FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials complying with Section 708, designed to restrict the spread of fre in which openings are protected.

FIRE PROTECTION RATING. The period of time that an opening protective assembly will maintain the ability to confne a fre as determined by tests

prescribed in Section 716. Ratings are stated in hours or minutes.

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices, equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to detect a fre, activate an alarm, extinguish or control a fre, control or manage smoke and products of a fre or any combination thereof.

FIRE PUMP. A pump exclusively used to boost water supply pressures in a fre protection system.

FIRE PUMP, AUTOMATIC STANDPIPE. A fre pump located at or below street level or as required, at the design food elevation, that supplies the lower 300 feet (91.4 m) of an automatic standpipe system or a combined standpipe and sprinkler system. This does not apply to manual wet standpipe systems which are combined with sprinkler systems.

FIRE PUMP, FOAM. A fre pump used to boost water supply pressures in a fre protection system where such system uses frefghting foam as an additive.

FIRE PUMP, LIMITED SERVICE. A fre pump with a motor rating not exceeding 30 hp and utilizing a limited service fre pump controller.

FIRE PUMP, SPECIAL SERVICE. A fre pump that is located above street level, and above food level, and that receives its water supply from a gravity tank or suction tank.

FIRE PUMP, SPRINKLER BOOSTER PUMP. A fre pump that supplies sprinkler systems only.

FIRE PUMP, WATER MIST SYSTEM. A fre pump used to boost water supply pressures in a fre protection system where such system utilizes water misting technology.

FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of excessive heat, hot gases or fames under conditions of use.

FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. Building and fre control functions that are intended to increase the level of life safety for occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of fre.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured from the building face to one of the following:

1. The closest interior tax lot line;

2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public space; or

3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the same tax lot.

The distance shall be measured at right angles from the face of the wall.

FIRE WALL. A fre-resistance-rated smoke-tight wall having protected openings, which restricts the spread of fre and extends continuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with suffcient structural stability under fre conditions to allow collapse of construction on either side without collapse of the wall.

FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window, as an opening protective, constructed and glazed to give protection against the passage of fre, smoke and hot gases.

FIREBLOCKING. A building material or materials approved for use as freblocking to resist the free passage of fame or hot gases to other areas of the building through concealed spaces.

FIRECUT. A sloping cut on the ends of wood beams, joists and rafters resting on masonry or concrete walls.

FIREPLACE. A hearth and fre chamber or similar prepared place in which a fre may be made and that is built in conjunction with a chimney

FIREPLACE THROAT. The opening between the top of the frebox and the smoke chamber.

FIRE-RATED GLAZING. Glazing with either a fre protection rating or a fre-resistance rating.

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a building element, component or assembly maintains the ability to withstand fre exposure, continues to perform a given structural function, or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based on tests, prescribed in Section 703.

FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assemblage of specifc materials or products that are designed, tested, and fre-resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E 1966 or UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the passage of fre through joints made in or between fre resistance-rated assemblies.

FIRESTOPPING. A through-penetration frestop or a membrane penetration frestop.

FIREWORKS. Any article or device that does not present a mass explosion hazard, that is manufactured or used to produce a visible or audible effect for entertainment or other display purposes by combustion, defagration or

detonation that meets the defnition of 1.4G freworks or 1.3G freworks as set forth herein.

Fireworks, 1.3G. Large frework devices, classifed as UN0335 by the United States Department of Transportation regulations, intended for use in freworks displays and designed to produce audible or visible effects by combustion, defagration or detonation including frecrackers containing more than 130 milligrams (2 grains) of explosive composition, aerial shells containing more than 40 grams of pyrotechnic material, and other display pieces which exceeds the limits for classifcation as 1.4G freworks.

Fireworks, 1.4G. Small frework devices, classifed as UN 0336 by United States Department of Transportation regulations, containing restricted amounts of pyrotechnic materials designed primarily to produce visible or audible effects by combustion.

FISSURED (SOIL). A soil material that has a tendency to break along defnite planes of fracture with little resistance, or a material that exhibits open cracks, such as tension cracks, in an exposed surface.

FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO). A commercial business granted the right by the airport sponsor to operate on an airport and provide aeronautical services, such as fueling, hangaring, tie-down and parking, aircraft rental, aircraft maintenance and fight instruction.

FIXED HEADED PILE (DEEP FOUNDATION). A pile connected to a pile cap in a manner that prevents rotation of the pile head.

FIXED SEATING. Furniture or fxture designed and installed for the use of sitting and secured in place including bench-type seats and seats with or without backs or arm rests.

FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of fame over a surface.

FLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparative measure, expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual measurements of the spread of fame versus time for a material tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723.

FLAMMABLE GAS. A material which has a boiling point and becomes a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure which:

1. Is ignitable at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air, in accordance with testing procedures set forth in ASTM E 681; or

2. Has a fammable range at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) with air of at least 12 percent, regardless of the lower explosive limit, in accordance with testing procedures set forth in ASTM E 681.

The limits specifed shall be determined at 14.7 psia (101 kPa) of pressure and a temperature of 68°F (20°C) in accordance with ASTM E 681.

FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. A liquefed gas that, under a charged pressure, is partially liquid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C) and which is fammable.

FLAMMABLE LIQUID. For the purposes of transportation, a fammable liquid as defned in the regulations of the United States Department of Transportation, as set forth in 49 CFR 173.120. For all other purposes, a liquid, other than a compressed gas or cryogenic fuid, having a closed cup fash point below 100°F (38°C) classifed as follows:

Class IA. Liquids having a fash point below 73°F (23°C) and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C).

Class IB. Liquids having a fash point below 73°F (23°C) and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C).

Class IC. Liquids having a fash point at or above 73°F (23°C) and below 100°F (38°C).

FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of being readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a temperature of 600°F (316°C) or less.

FLAMMABLE SOLID. A solid, other than a blasting agent or other explosive, whether in elemental or alloy form, that is capable of causing fre through friction, absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or heat retained from manufacturing or processing, or which has an ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or which burns so vigorously and persistently when ignited as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered a fammable solid if upon testing using the method prescribed in CPSC regulations, as set forth in 16 CFR 1500.44, if it ignites and burns with a self-sustained fame at a rate greater than 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) per second along its major axis.

FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. The concentration of fammable constituents in air that exceed 25 percent of their lower fammable limit (LFL).

FLASH POINT. The minimum temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at which a liquid will give off suffcient vapors to form an ignitable mixture with air

near the surface or in the container, but will not sustain combustion. The fash point of a liquid shall be determined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specifed in ASTM D 56, ASTM D 93 or ASTM D 3278.

FLIGHT. A continuous run of rectangular treads, winders or combination thereof from one landing to another.

FLOOD or FLOODING. A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land from:

1. The overfow of inland or tidal waters.

2. The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source.

FLOOD DESIGN CLASS. See Section G201.1.2.

FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The following two areas:

1. The area within a food plain subject to a 1-percent or greater chance of fooding in any year. Also defned as the "special food hazard area".

2. Where buildings are classifed as Flood Design Class 4, the area within a food plain delineated as shaded X-Zones.

FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). An offcial map of a community on which the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has delineated both the special food hazard areas and the risk preminum zones applicable to the community.

FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY (FIS). The offcial report provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) containing the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the water surface elevation of the base food and supporting technical data.

FLOOD-DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Any construction material, including fnishes, capable of withstanding direct and prolonged contact with foodwaters without sustaining any damage that requires more than cosmetic repair.

FLOODPROOFING, DRY. For buildings and structures that are nonresidential (for food zone purposes), a combination of design modifcations that results in the building's or structure's being water tight to the design food elevation, including the attendant utility and sanitary facilities, with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capacity to resist loads as identifed in ASCE 7.

FLOODPROOFING, WET. A foodproofng method designed to permit parts of the structure below the design food elevation that are used for parking, storage, building access, or crawl space to intentionally food, by equalizing hydrostatic pressures and by relying on the use of food damage resistant materials and construction techniques.

FLOODWAY. The channel of the river, creek or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base food without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated height. Floodways are mapped only in the Boroughs of the Bronx and Staten Island.

FLOOR AREA, GROSS. The foor area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns or other features. The foor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounded exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or foor above. The gross foor area shall not include interior courts.

FLOOR AREA, NET. The actual occupied area not including the thickness of walls, partitions, columns, furred-in spaces, fxed cabinets, equipment, and unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairways, toilet rooms, mechanical rooms and closets.

FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. A combination of a fre door, a frame, hardware and other accessories installed, as an opening protective, in a horizontal plane, which together provide a specifc degree of fre protection to a through opening in a fre-resistance-rated foor (see Section 712.1.13.1).

FLOOR SURFACE AREA. See Section 28-101.4.5.2 of the Administrative Code.

FLUE. A passageway within a chimney or vent through which gaseous combustion products pass.

FLUE APPLIANCE. The passage(s) within an appliance through which combustion products pass from the combustion chamber of the appliance to the draft hood inlet opening on an appliance equipped with a draft hood or to the outlet of the appliance on an appliance not equipped with a draft hood.

FLUE GASES. Products of combustion and excess air.

FLUE LINER (LINING). A system or material used to form the inside surface of a fue in a chimney vent, for the purpose of protecting the surrounding structure from the effects of combustion products and for conveying combus-

tion products without leakage into the atmosphere.

FLY GALLERY. A raised foor area above a stage from which the movement of scenery and operation of other stage effects are controlled.

FLY-THROUGH CONDITIONS. One or more panels of glass that provide a clear line of sight through such elements creating the illusion of a void leading to the other side, including parallel glass elements, at a distance of 17 feet (5182 mm) or less, or a convergence of glass sides creating a perpendicular, acute or obtuse corner.

FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. A plastic that is intentionally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to produce a reduced-density plastic containing voids consisting of open or closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal insulating or acoustical purposes and that has a density less than 20 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/m3).

FOAM-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A special system discharging a foam made from concentrates mechanically over the area to be protected.

FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. Tiered seating having an overall shape and size that is capable of being reduced for purposes of moving or storing and is not a building element.

FOOD COURT. See Section 402.2.

FOOTING. A foundation element consisting of an enlargement of a foundation pier or foundation wall, wherein the soil materials along the side of and underlying the element may be visually inspected prior to and during its construction.

FOUNDATION PIER. An isolated vertical foundation member whose horizontal dimension measured at right angles to its thickness does not exceed three times its thickness and whose height is equal to or less than four times its thickness.

FREE HEADED PILE. A pile with a head that is free to rotate.

FRONTAGE SPACE. A street or an open space adjoining a building not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) in any dimension. Such open space shall be accessible from a street by a driveway, lane, private road or alley at least 20 feet (6096 mm) in width. Such open space including accessways shall be permanently maintained free of all obstructions that might interfere with its use by the Fire Department.

FUNCTIONALLY DEPENDENT FACILITY. See Section G201.1.2.

GABLE. The triangular portion of a wall beneath the end of a dual-slope, pitched, or mono-slope roof or portion thereof and above the top plates of the story or level of the ceiling below.

GAS CABINET. A fully enclosed, noncombustible enclosure used to provide an isolated environment for compressed gas containers in storage or use, including any doors and access ports for exchanging containers and accessing pressure-regulating controls.

GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed room in which only compressed gases and associated equipment and supplies are stored or used.

GEOTECHNICAL CAPACITY OF DEEP FOUNDATIONS. The load that can be supported by the soil or rock surrounding deep foundation as determined using a recognized method of analysis or as established by load tests. The geotechnical capacity can be developed through skin friction, end bearing, or a combination thereof.

GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation consisting of inorganic glass fbers formed into rigid boards using a binder. The board has a top surface faced with asphalt and kraft reinforced with glass fber.

GRADE (LUMBER). The classifcation of lumber in regard to strength and utility in accordance with American Softwood Lumber Standard DOC PS 20 and the grading rules of an approved lumber rules-writing agency.

GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the level of the curb as established by the city engineer in the Borough President's offce, measured at the center of the front of a building. Where a building faces on more than one street, the grade plane shall be the average of the levels of the curbs at the center of each front. Exception: The grade plan shall not be referenced to the level of the curb, but shall be considered the average elevation of the fnal grade adjoining all exterior walls of a building, calculated from fnal grade elevations taken at intervals of 10 feet (3048 mm) around the perimeter of the building where:

1. No curb elevation has been legally established on the city map; or

2. Every part of the building is setback more than 25 feet (7620 mm) from a street line.

GRANDSTAND. Tiered seating supported on a dedicated structural system and two or more rows high and is not a building element (see "Bleachers").

GRANULAR SOIL. Gravel, sand, or silt (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay content. Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry.

GREEN ROOF SYSTEM. See defnition for "VEGETATIVE ROOF."

GRIDIRON. The structural framing over a stage supporting equipment for hanging or fying scenery and other stage effects.

GROSS LEASABLE AREA. See Section 402.2.

GROUND SIGN. A billboard or similar type of sign that is supported by one or more uprights, poles or braces in or upon the ground other than a combination sign or pole sign, as defned by this code.

GROUP HOME. A facility for the care and maintenance of not fewer than seven nor more than 12 children, supervised by the New York State Board of Social Welfare, and operated pursuant to and meeting any additional construction requirements of Section 374-C of the New York State Social Services Law and applicable regulations of the New York State Department of Social Services. Such a facility occupied by more than 12 children shall be classifed as Group I-1.

GROUT. A plastic mixture of cementitious materials, aggregates, and water, with or without admixtures, initially produced to pouring consistency without segregation of the constituents during placement, or the equivalent of such mixtures, conforming to ASTM C 476.

GUARD. A building component or a system of building components located at or near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from the walking surface to a lower level.

GUARDRAIL SYSTEM (SCAFFOLD). A vertical barrier as described in Section 3314.8 consisting of, but not limited to, toprails, midrails and posts, erected to prevent falling from a scaffold platform or walkway to lower levels.

GUY. A rope used to steady or secure the mast or other members in the desired position.

GYPSUM BOARD. Gypsum wallboard, gypsum sheathing, gypsum base for gypsum veneer plaster, exterior gypsum sofft board, predecorated gypsum board or water-resistant gypsum backing board complying with the standards listed in Tables 2506.2, 2507.2 and Chapter 35.

GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS. The general name for a family of sheet

products consisting essentially of gypsum.

GYPSUM PLASTER. A mixture of calcined gypsum or calcined gypsum and lime and aggregate and other approved materials as specifc in this code.

GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. Gypsum plaster applied to an approved base in one or more coats normally not exceeding 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in total thickness.

HABITABLE SPACE. All rooms and spaces within a dwelling unit in Group R or I-1, including bedrooms, living rooms, studies, recreation rooms, kitchens, dining rooms and other similar spaces. Exception: The following spaces within a dwelling unit shall not be considered habitable space:

1. A dining space 55 square feet (5.1 m2) or less located off a living room, foyer or kitchen;

2. A kitchenette;

3. A bathroom or toilet room;

4. A laundry room; and

5. A corridor, passageway, or private hall; and a foyer used as an entrance hall in a dwelling unit: not exceeding 10 percent of the total foor area of the dwelling unit; or not exceeding 20 percent of the foor area of the dwelling unit where every habitable room is at least 20 percent larger than the required minimum room sizes established by the New York City Housing Maintenance Code.

HALL CALL CONSOLE. A collection of features arranged in close proximity to one another, the purpose of which is to call a destination-oriented elevator car to an elevator landing on which the console is provided. Such features can be provided as a single assembly or as individual elements functioning together.

HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A fre-extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an element from the halogen chemical series; fuorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.

HANDHELD DEVICE (DEMOLITION). Equipment, mechanical or non-mechanical, utilized to physically demolish a building or structure, or elements of a building or structure, that is held, lifted, moved, and operated by a single person. A handheld device shall also include any item accessory to such equipment, including but not limited to a compressor, regardless of if such accessory item is held, lifted, moved, and operated by a single person. A handheld device does not include remote controlled equipment.

HANDLING (HAZARDOUS MATERIAL). The movement of a material in its container, the removal of the material from its container, or any other action or process that may affect the material, other than its storage or use.

HANDRAIL. A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasping by the hand for guidance or support.

HARDBOARD. A fbrous-felted, homogeneous panel made from lignocellulosic fbers consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press to a density not less than 31 pcf (497 kg/m3).

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Those chemicals or substances that are physical hazards or health hazards as defned and classifed in the New York City Fire Code and this code, whether the materials are in usable or waste condition.

HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM). A solid, liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manufacturing that has a degree-of-hazard rating in health, fammability or instability of Class 3 or 4 as defned in NFPA 704 and that is used directly in research, laboratory or production processes that have as their end product materials that are not hazardous.

HEAD JOINT. Vertical mortar joint placed between masonry units within the wythe at the time the masonry units are laid.

HEALTH HAZARD. A classifcation of a chemical for which there is statistically signifcant evidence that acute or chronic health effects are capable of occurring in exposed persons. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals that are toxic or highly toxic, and corrosive.

HEAVY DUTY SCAFFOLD. A supported scaffold capable of supporting loads of up to 75 pounds per square foot (366.15 kg/m2), and not more than those imposed by workers and heavy material, including but not limited to stone.

HEAVY DUTY SIDEWALK SHED. A sidewalk shed designed to carry a live load of at least 300 pounds per square foot (1465 kg/m2 ).

HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from the grade plane to the average height of the highest roof surfaces.

HELICAL PILES. Helical piles are manufactured deep foundation steel elements consisting of a shaft and one or more helical bearing plates (helices) screwed into the ground by application of torque on the shaft. The various products marketed as screw piles, torque anchors, and helical piles are considered helical piles.

HELIPAD. A structural surface that is used for the landing, taking off, taxiing and parking of helicopters.

HELIPORT. An area of land or water or a structural surface that is used, or intended for the use, for the landing and taking off of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas that are used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings or other heliport facilities.

HELISTOP. The same as "heliport," except that no fueling, defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.

HIGHLY TOXIC MATERIAL. A chemical that is lethal at the following doses or concentrations:

1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each;

2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each; or

3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC50) in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

HIGH-PRESSURE BOILER. See Section 28-401.3 of the Administrative Code.

HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR-GRADE COMPACT

LAMINATE (HPL). An exterior wall covering fabricated using HPL in a specifc assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate, framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design.

HIGH-RISE BUILDING. A building with an occupied foor located more than 75 feet ( 860 mm) above the lowest level of fre department vehicle access.

HISTORIC STRUCTURE. A building or structure which is a designated New York City landmark or interior landmark, is located within a designated New York City historic district, or is listed on the New York State or National Register of Historic Places.

HISTORIC STRUCTURE (FLOOD-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION). See Section G201.1.2.

HOISTING EQUIPMENT. Power or manually operated equipment that raises or lowers a suspended load. The defnition of hoisting equipment shall also include a hoisting machine, bucket hoist, material hoist, personnel hoist, or industrial rope access equipment. The defnition of hoisting equipment shall not include an elevator, mast climber, or scaffold.

HOISTING MACHINE. A power operated machine that lifts or lowers a suspended load utilizing a drum and a rope. The defnition of hoisting machine shall also include a crane, derrick, cableway, or telehandler. The defnition of hoisting machine shall not include an elevator, mast climber, or scaffold.

HOISTING MECHANISM. A hoist drum and rope reeving system used for lifting and lowering loads.

HOISTWAY. The hoistway is the opening through a building or structure for the travel of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material lifts, extending from the pit foor to the roof or foor above.

HOLD-DOWN. See "TIE-DOWN".

HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fre-resistance-rated foor or roof assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of fre in which continuity of the fre-resistance rating is maintained.

HOSPITALS AND PSYCHIATRIC CENTERS. See Section 308.2.

HOUSING UNIT. See Section 408.1.1.

H-PILES. Steel H-piles are constructed by driving a steel H-shaped section into the ground.

HPM FLAMMABLE LIQUID. An HPM liquid that is defned as either a Class I fammable liquid or a Class II or Class IIIA combustible liquid.

HPM ROOM. A room used in conjunction with or serving a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used and that is classifed as a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occupancy.

HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. New York City is within the hurricane-prone region for Risk Category II, III, and IV buildings.

HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed room designed to exclusively house the generation of gaseous hydrogen for immediate on-premises use in indoor fuel cells or other energy production

process, and incidental indoor storage of gaseous hydrogen. A hydrogen fuel gas room is not intended to house the production or dispensing of hydrogen motor fuel. I-4 MIX. A type of heavy duty asphaltic concrete mix containing 0.75 inch (19 mm) nominal maximum size aggregate with 25 percent to 50 percent of the aggregate capable of passing through a No. 8 sieve and in which all sand contained in the mix is crushed.

ICE-SENSITIVE STRUCTURE. A structure for which the effect of an atmospheric ice load governs the design of a structure or portion thereof. This includes, but is not limited to, lattice structures, guyed masts, overhead lines, light suspension and cable-stayed bridges, aerial cable systems (e.g., for ski lifts or logging operations), amusement rides, open catwalks and platforms, fagpoles and signs.

IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of air borne contaminants that poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed permanent adverse health effects, or effects that could prevent escape from such an environment as established by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) based on both toxicity and fammability. It generally is expressed in parts per million by volume (ppm v/v) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3). If adequate data do not exist for precise establishment of IDLH concentrations, an independent certifed industrial hygienist, industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory agency or other source approved by the Fire Commissioner shall make such determination.

IMPACT LOAD. The load resulting from moving machinery, elevators, craneways, vehicles and other similar forces and kinetic loads, pressure and possible surcharge from fxed of moving loads.

IMPORTANCE FACTOR, I. A factor that accounts for the degree of hazard to human life and damage to property.

INCAPABLE OF SELF-PRESERVATION. Persons who, because of age, physical limitations, mental limitations, chemical dependency or medical treatment, cannot respond as an individual to an emergency situation.

INCIDENT. An occurrence directly caused by construction or demolition activity or site conditions that result in one or more of the following:

1. A fatality to a member of the public;

2. Any type of injury to a member of the public;

3. A fatality to a worker;

4. An injury to a worker that requires transport by emergency medi-

cal services or requires immediate emergency care at a hospital or offsite medical clinic;

5. Any complete or partial structural collapse or material failure;

6. Any complete or partial collapse or failure of pedestrian protection, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, or material handling equipment; or

7. Any material fall exterior to the building or structure.

INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, if mixed or combined, could explode, generate heat, gases or other byproducts, or react in such a way that are hazardous to life or property.

INDUSTRIAL ROPE ACCESS. The use of rope access equipment in which a person descends or ascends on a rope, or traverses along a rope, and in which the ropes are used as the primary means of support and positioning. Industrial rope access does not include window washing.

INERT GAS. A gas that is capable of reacting with other materials only under abnormal conditions such as high temperatures, pressures and similar extrinsic physical forces. Within the context of the code, inert gases do not exhibit either physical or health properties as defned (other than acting as a simple asphyxiant) or hazard properties other than those of a compressed gas. Some of the more common inert gases include argon, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen and xenon.

INITIATING DEVICE. A system component that originates transmission of a change-of-state condition, such as in a smoke detector, manual fre alarm box or supervisory switch.

INSTALLING/INSTALLATION/INSTALL (SCAFFOLD). The initial installation or reinstallation of a scaffold at a site.

Initial installation (scaffold). The initial assembly, set-up, or placement of a scaffold at a site.

Reinstallation (scaffold). The addition, relocation, or removal of any part, component, or attachment to a scaffold at a site, including but not limited to counterweights, tie-backs, anchorages, or connections to the building or structure, that occurs subsequent to the initial installation, and which does not otherwise occur in an automated, automatic fashion, as part of the normal use of the scaffold.

INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESIDENCE. This refers to a dwelling unit or sleeping unit that can or will be used all or part of the time as the occupant's place of abode.

INTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves to meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and provides for a protected path of egress travel to the exit discharge or public way.

INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. A stairway not meeting the defnition of an exterior exit stairway.

INTERIOR FINISH. Interior fnish includes interior wall and ceiling fnish and interior foor fnish.

INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. The exposed foor surfaces of buildings including coverings applied over a fnished foor or stair, including risers.

INTERIOR FLOOR-WALL BASE. Interior foor fnish trim used to provide a functional or decorative border at the intersection of walls and foors.

INTERIOR SURFACES. Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. The exposed interior surfaces of buildings including, but not limited to: fxed or movable walls and partitions; toilet room privacy partitions; columns; ceilings; and interior wainscoting, paneling or other fnish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical correction, surface insulation, structural fre resistance or similar purposes, but not including trim.

INTERLAYMENT. A layer of felt or nonbituminous saturated felt not less than 18 inches (457 mm) wide, shingled between each course of a woodshake roof covering.

INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Thin flm liquid mixture applied to substrates which expands into a protective foamed layer to provide fre-resistant protection of the substrates when exposed to fame or intense heat.

JIB. An extension attached to the boom point to provide added boom length for lifting specifed loads. The jib may be in line with the boom or offset to various angles in the vertical plane of the boom.

JOINT. The opening in or between adjacent assemblies that is created due to building tolerances, or is designed to allow independent movement of the building in any plane caused by thermal, seismic, wind or any other loading.

JUMP (JUMPING or CLIMBING). The raising or lowering of a tower crane to a new working height. This can include, but is not limited to, the process of adding or removing mast or tower sections to equipment that has already been erected.

KEY ELEMENT. An element of the structural system, including its connections, that meets one or more of the following criteria:

1. An element which when lost, results in more than local collapse.

2. An element that braces a key element, the failure of which results in failure of the key element (further secondary elements need not be considered key elements).

3. An element whose tributary area exceeds 3,000 square feet (279 m2) on a single level.

KITCHEN. A room with 80 square feet (7.4 m2) or more of foor area that is intended, arranged, designed or used for cooking or warming of food.

KITCHENETTE. A space with less than 80 square feet (7.4 m2) of foor area that is intended, arranged, designed or used for cooking or warming of food.

L RATING. The air leakage rating of a through-penetration frestop system or a fre-resistant joint system when tested in accordance with UL 1479 or UL 2079, respectively.

LABORATORY BUILDING. See Section 427.4.

LABORATORY CHEMICAL. See Section 427.4.

LABORATORY, NONPRODUCTION. See Section 427.4.

LABORATORY UNIT. See Section 427.4.

LAYERED (SOIL). Two or more distinctly different soil or rock types arranged in layers. Micaceous seams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered layered.

LETTER OF MAP AMENDMENT (LOMA). See Section G201.1.2.

LETTER OF MAP REVISION BASED ON FILL (LOMR-F). See Section G201.1.2.

LETTER OF MAP REVISION (LOMR). See Section G201.1.2.

LIGHT DUTY SCAFFOLD. A supported scaffold capable of supporting loads of up to 25 pounds per square foot (122.05 kg/m2), and not more than those imposed by workers and lightweight material, including but not limited to wood or paint.

LIGHT DUTY SIDEWALK SHED. A sidewalk shed designed to carry a live load of at least 150 pounds per square foot (732.3 kg/m2).

LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM. Construction consisting in whole or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffes made with light-transmitting plastics positioned below independently mounted electrical light sources, skylights or light-transmitting plastic roof panels. Lenses, panels, grids and baffes that are part of an electrical fxture shall not be considered as a light-diffusing system.

LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION. A type of construction whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily formed by a system of repetitive wood or cold-formed steel framing members.

LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS. Structural plastic panels other than skylights that are fastened to structural members, or panels or sheathing, and that are used as light transmitting media in the plane of the roof.

LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS. Plastic materials that are fastened to structural members, or to structural panels or sheathing, and that are used as light-transmitting media in exterior walls.

LIMIT STATE. A condition beyond which a structure or member becomes unft for service and is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function (serviceability limit state) or to be unsafe (strength limit state).

LIMITED AREA SPRINKLER SYSTEM. An automatic sprinkler system serving fewer than 6 sprinkler heads on any single connection.

LIMITED SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CARD. A card that is issued before the SST full compliance date, in a form and manner established by the department and that satisfes each of the following conditions:

1. Such card is issued by an SST provider to a person who submits an application to such provider demonstrating, in a form and manner established by the department, that such applicant satisfes the requirements of Item 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3:

1.1. Such applicant has successfully completed (i) an OSHA 10-hour class and (ii) 20 additional SST credits specifed by the department, including eight SST credits relating to safeguarding against the dangers posed by falling workers and objects.

1.2. Such applicant has successfully completed an OSHA 30hour class.

1.3. Such applicant has successfully completed a 100-hour train-

ing program.

2. If such applicant completed the training to comply with Item 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 but did not complete such training within the fve years preceding submission of such application, such applicant has, in the one-year period preceding submission of such application, completed at least eight SST credits specifed by the department.

3. Such card is issued by an SST provider who does not require applicants to submit any information except for (i) the information necessary to establish that the requirements in Item 1 have been satisfed, as specifed by the department, (ii) a photograph of the applicant and (iii) such additional information as the department may allow by rule.

4. Such card expires on the day before the SST full compliance date and is not renewable.

LIQUEFACTION. For granular soils, liquefaction is defned as the loss of shear strength in soils resulting from increased pore-water pressure and reduced effective stress that may develop as a result of cyclic loading during earthquakes. For cohesive soils with a plasticity index of less than 20, liquefaction is defned as any transient softening and increased cyclic shear strains that may occur during earthquakes.

LIQUID. A material that has a melting point that is equal to or less than 68°F (20°C) and a boiling point that is greater than 68°F (20°C) at 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) (101 kPa). When not otherwise identifed, the term "liquid" includes both fammable and combustible liquids.

LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classifed as Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of fammable or combustible liquids in an unopened condition.

LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM. A room in which Class I, II and IIIA fammable or combustible liquids are used, dispensed or mixed in open containers.

LIVE LOAD. A load produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include construction or environmental loads such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load, food load or dead load.

LIVE LOAD (ROOF). A load on a roof produced:

1. During maintenance by workers, equipment and materials;

2. During the life of the structure by movable objects such as planters

or other small decorative appurtenances that are not occupancy related; or

3. By the use and occupancy of the roof such as for roof gardens or assembly areas.

LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD). A method of proportioning structural members and their connections using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to appropriate load combinations. The term "LRFD" is used in the design of steel and wood structures.

LOAD BLOCK, LOWER. The assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended by the hoisting ropes.

LOAD BLOCK, UPPER. The assembly of shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended from the boom point.

LOAD EFFECTS. Forces and deformations produced in structural members by the applied loads.

LOAD FACTOR. A factor that accounts for deviations of the actual load from the nominal load; for uncertainties in the analysis that transforms the load into a loud effect, and for the probability that more than one extreme load will occur simultaneously.

LOAD RATING CHART. A full and complete range of manufacturer's load ratings at all stated operating radii, boom angles, work areas, boom lengths and confgurations, jib lengths and angles (or offset), as well as alternative ratings for use and nonuse of optional equipment, such as outriggers and extra counterweights, that affect ratings.

LOAD RATINGS. Crane and derrick ratings in pounds (kilograms) established by the manufacturer in accordance with standards set forth in rules promulgated by the commissioner.

LOAD (WORKING). The external load, in pounds (kilograms), applied to the crane or derrick, including the weight or auxiliary load attaching equipment, such as lower load blocks, shackles, and slings.

LOADS. Forces or other actions that result from the weight of building materials, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movement and restrained dimensional changes. Permanent loads are those loads in which variations over time are rare or of small magnitude, such as dead loads. All other loads are variable loads (see also "Nominal loads").

LOCAL COLLAPSE. Failure of a structural element that results in the

collapse of areas being directly supported by that element and not extending vertically more than three stories.

LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.

LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a street or any public place.

LOT, TAX. A portion or parcel of land classifed as such by the department of fnance. Where a tax lot line shifts in a vertical plane, the commissioner shall determine the manner in which provisions of this code apply with respect to measurements to or from such tax lot lines, in order to protect public safety.

LOW ENERGY POWER-OPERATED DOOR. Swinging door that opens automatically upon an action by a pedestrian such as pressing a push plate or waving a hand in front of a sensor. The door closes automatically, and operates with decreased forces and decreased speeds (See "Power-assisted door" and "Power-operated door").

LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). The minimum concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of fame will occur in the presence of an ignition source. The LFL is sometimes referred to as "LEL" or "lower explosive limit."

LOWEST FLOOR. The lowest foor of the lowest enclosed area, including crawl spaces and basements (for food zone purposes).The lowest foor shall not include any wet foodproofed spaces usable solely for vehicle parking, building access, storage or crawl space, provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of Appendix G, including that:

1. Such enclosure shall allow for the automatic entry and exit of foodwaters;

2. Such enclosure shall be constructed solely of food-resistant materials and fnishes;

3. Such enclosure shall have a foor elevation equal to or higher than the outside adjacent grade on at least one side; and

4. Such outside adjacent grade shall slope down, towards the source of fooding, providing positive drainage by gravity, thus preventing accumulations of water under or in the structure after the foodwaters recede without the use of pumps, pipes or drains.

MAILBOXES. Receptacles for the receipt of documents, packages or other deliverable matter. Mailboxes include, but are not limited to, post offce box-

es and receptacles provided by commercial mail-receiving agencies, apartment houses and schools.

MAIN WIND FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. An assemblage of structural elements assigned to provide support and stability for the overall structure. The system generally receives wind loading from more than one surface.

MAINTENANCE (SCAFFOLD). Regular or periodic upkeep as specifed by the manufacturer to keep the scaffold, including all parts or components, in like new condition and safe working order, and that does not otherwise meet the defnition of an installation, removal, or repair.

MAJOR BUILDING. An existing or proposed building 10 or more stories or 125 feet (38 100 mm) or more in height, or an existing or proposed building with a building footprint of 100,000 square feet (480 m2) or more regardless of height, or an existing or proposed building so designated by the commissioner due to unique hazards associated with the construction or demolition of the structure.

MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated device used to initiate an alarm signal.

MANUFACTURE DATE (Crane). For a particular crane, the earlier of the following dates:

1. The date the crane was originally manufactured for its intended purpose.

2. The date that the oldest major component of the crane was originally manufactured.

MANUFACTURED HOME. See Section G201.1.2.

MANUFACTURED HOME PARK OR SUBDIVISION. See Section G201.1.2.

MARKET VALUE OF STRUCTURE. See Section G201.1.2.

MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and that projects into the public right-of-way.

MASONRY. A built-up construction or combination of building units or materials of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gypsum, stone or other approved units bonded together with or without mortar or grout or other accepted methods of joining.

Glass unit masonry. Masonry composed of glass units bonded by mortar.

Plain masonry. Masonry in which the tensile resistance of the masonry is taken into consideration and the effects of stresses in reinforcement are neglected.

Reinforced masonry. Masonry construction in which reinforcement acting in conjunction with the masonry is used to resist forces.

Solid masonry. Masonry consisting of solid masonry units laid contiguously with the joints between the units flled with mortar.

Unreinforced (plain) masonry. Masonry in which the tensile resistance of masonry is taken into consideration and the resistance of the reinforcing steel, if present, is neglected.

MASONRY UNIT. Brick, tile, stone, glass block or concrete block conforming to the requirements specifed in Section 2103.

Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in any plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is less than 75 percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.

Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in every plane parallel to the load-bearing surface is 75 percent of more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.

MASS CONCRETE. Any volume of concrete with dimensions large enough to require that measures be taken to cope with generation of heat from hydration of the cement and attendant volume change to minimize cracking, reduction of compressive strength, and/or delayed ettringite formation.

MAST CLIMBER. A powered device consisting of an elevating platform mounted on a base or chassis and mast, that when erected is capable of supporting personnel, material, equipment and tools on a deck or platform that is capable of traveling vertically in infnitely adjustable increments to reach the desired work level.

MASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Liquid mixture applied to a substrate by brush, roller, spray or trowel that provides fre-resistant protection of a substrate when exposed to fame or intense heat.

MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT. Power or manually operated equipment that moves or transports material or personnel during the construction or demolition of a building or structure. Material handling equipment shall not include an elevator, hoisting equipment, mast climber, or scaffold.

MATERIAL HOIST (MATERIAL HOISTING EQUIPMENT). A power or manually operated platform, car, or cage, that (i) is temporarily installed at a construction or demolition site, (ii) moves vertically on guide members to raise or lower material, and (iii) is controlled from a point outside the conveyance.

MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GEOMETRIC MEAN (MCEG) PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION. The most severe earthquake effects considered by this standard determined for geometric mean peak ground acceleration and without adjustment for targeted risk. The MCEG peak ground acceleration adjusted for site effects (PGAM) is used in this standard for evaluation of liquefaction, lateral spreading, seismic settlements, and other soil-related issues. The PGAM values adjusted for site effects are provided in Table 1816.2.1 or can be derived from the site specifc procedures provided in Section 21.5 of ASCE 7.

MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCE) GROUND MOTION. The most severe earthquake effects considered by this code more specifcally defned in the terms, maximum considered earthquake geometric mean (MCEG) peak ground acceleration and risk-targeted maximum considered earthquake (MCER) ground motion response acceleration.

MEAN ROOF HEIGHT. The average of the roof eave height and the height to the highest point on the roof surface, except that eave height shall be used for roof angle of less than or equal to 10 degrees (0. 1745 rad).

MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed path of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any occupied portion of a building or structure to a public way. A means of egress consists of three separate and distinct parts: the exit access, the exit and the exit discharge.

MECHANICAL-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGE. Open parking garages employing parking machines, lifts, elevators or other mechanical devise for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT. Mechanically driven or powered equipment that is utilized to physically demolish a building or structure, or elements of a building or structure, either within or exterior to the building or structure, or that is utilized to move debris or material within the building or structure. Mechanical demolition equipment shall not include mechanically driven or powered equipment that is utilized to move debris or material outside of the building or structure.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. A partially enclosed rooftop

structure used to aesthetically conceal heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) electrical or mechanical equipment from view.

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS (STRUCTURAL). For the purposes of determining seismic loads in this code, mechanical systems shall also include fre protection, plumbing and fuel gas systems as specifed therein.

MEDIUM DUTY SCAFFOLD. A supported scaffold capable of supporting loads of up to 50 pounds per square foot (244.1 kg/m2), and not more than those imposed by workers and moderate material, including but not limited to brick and pipe.

MEMBRANE PENETRATION. A breach in one side of a foor-ceiling, roof-ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate an item installed into or passing through the breach.

MEMBRANE-COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. A nonpressurized structure in which a mast and cable system provides support and tension to the membrane weather barrier and the membrane imparts stability to the structure.

MEMBRANE-COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. A nonpressurized building wherein the structure is composed of a rigid framework to support a tensioned membrane that provides the weather barrier.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material, device, or assemblage of specifc materials or products that is designed, tested and fre-resistance rated to resist for a prescribed time period the passage of fame and heat through openings in a protective membrane in order to accommodate cables, cable trays, conduit, tubing, piping or similar items.

MEMBRANE-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An assemblage consisting of a fre resistance-rated foor-ceiling, roof-ceiling or wall assembly, one or more penetrating items installed into or passing through the breach in one side of the assembly and the materials or devices, or both, installed to resist the spread of fre into the assembly for a prescribed period of time.

MERCHANDISE PAD. A merchandise pad is an area for display of merchandise surrounded by aisles, permanent fxtures or walls. Merchandise pads contain elements such as nonfxed and moveable fxtures, cases, racks, counters and partitions from which customers browse or shop.

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). A factory-manufactured panel consisting of metal skins bonded to both faces of a plastic core.

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYSTEM. An exterior wall covering fabricated using MCM in a specifc assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate, framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design.

METAL ROOF PANEL. An interlocking metal sheet having a minimum installed weather exposure of 3 square feet (.279 m2) per sheet.

METAL ROOF SHINGLE. An interlocking metal sheet having an installed weather exposure less than 3 square feet (.279 m2) per sheet.

MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the foor and ceiling of any story in accordance with Section 505.

MICROPILE. A micropile is a drilled and grouted deep foundation element with a diameter that measures 5 inches (127 mm) to 14 inches (356 mm) that develops its load-carrying capacity by means of a bond zone in soil (also commonly known as a minipile).

MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation board consisting of either felted mineral fber or cellular beads of expanded aggregate formed into fat rectangular units.

MINERAL FIBER. Insulation composed principally of fbers manufactured from rock, slag or glass, with to without binders.

MINERAL WOOL. Synthetic vitreous fber insulation made by melting predominantly igneous rock or furnace slag, and other inorganic materials, and then physically forming the melt into fbers.

MINOR ALTERATIONS. See Section 105.4.2 of the Administrative Code.

MOBILE CRANE. A crane equipped with rubber-tired wheels or crawler treads for travel. The defnition of mobile crane shall include, but is not limited, to a commercial truck mounted crane, crawler crane, wheel mounted crane (multiple control stations) or wheel mounted crane (single control station). The defnition of mobile crane shall not include a truck mounted crane or a self erecting tower crane.

MOBILE SCAFFOLD. A powered or unpowered, portable, caster, track or wheel-mounted supported scaffold.

MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. One or more layers of polymer-modifed asphalt sheets. The sheet materials shall be fully adhered or mechanically attached to the substrate or held in place with an approved ballast layer.

MOIST (SOIL). A condition in which a soil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohesive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles.

MONOPOLE SIGN. A ground sign wholly supported by a single pole structure.

MORTAR. A mixture consisting of cementitious materials, fne aggregates, water, with or without admixtures, that is used to construct unit masonry assemblies.

MORTAR, SURFACE-BONDING. A mixture to bond concrete masonry units that contains hydraulic cement, glass fber reinforcement with or without inorganic fllers or organic modifers and water.

MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating that is arranged in distinct levels where each level is comprised of either multiple rows, or single row of box seats accessed from a separate level.

MULTIPLE-STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or more single-station alarm devices that can be interconnected such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audible alarms to operate. A multiple-station alarm device can consist of one single-station alarm device having connections to other detectors or to a manual fre alarm box.

MULTIPLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or more single-station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection such that actuation of one causes the appropriate alarm signal to operate in all interconnected alarms and not connected to a fre alarm system.

MULTIPOINT ADJUSTABLE SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD. A suspended scaffold consisting of a platform(s) that is suspended by more than two ropes from overhead supports and equipped with a means to raise and lower the platform to the desired work levels.

MULTISTORY UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit with habitable space located on more than one story.

NAILING, BOUNDARY. A special nailing pattern required by design at the boundaries of diaphragms.

NAILING, EDGE. A special nailing pattern required by design at the edges of each panel within the assembly of a diaphragm or shear wall.

NAILING, FIELD. Nailing required between the sheathing panels and framing members at locations other than boundary nailing and edge nailing.

NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM (NGVD). The national vertical datum standard established in 1929; used as a reference for establishing elevations within a foodplain.

NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of the following species except for the occasional piece with corner sapwood, provided 90 percent or more of the width of each side on which it occurs is heartwood:

Decay resistant. Redwood, cedar, black locust and black walnut.

Termite resistant. Redwood, Alaska yellow cedar, Eastern red cedar and Western red cedar.

NEW CONSTRUCTION. See Section G201.1.2.

NOMINAL LOADS. The magnitudes of the loads specifed in Chapter 16 (dead, live, soil, wind, snow, rain, food and earthquake).

NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER). The commercial size designation of width and depth, in standard sawn lumber and glued-laminated lumber grades; somewhat larger than the standard net size of dressed lumber, in accordance with DOC PS 20 for sawn lumber and with the ANSI/AWC NDS for glued-laminated lumber.

NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A membrane structure in which the membrane and all component parts of the structure are noncombustible.

NONRESIDENTIAL (FOR FLOOD ZONE PURPOSES). A building or structure that either:

1. Contains no space classifed in Group I-1, R-1, R-2 or R-3, and contains no space that is accessory, as such term is defned in the New York City Zoning Resolution, to any Group I4 1, R-1, R-2 or R-3 occupancy; or

2. Contains such space(s), but also contains space at or below the DFE that is not accessory, as such term is defned in the New York City Zoning Resolution, to a Group I-1, R-1, R-2 or R7 3 occupancy.

NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (NTP). A temperature of 70°F (21°C) and a pressure of 1 atmosphere (14.7 psia (101 kPa)).

NORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL DATUM (NAVD). The national vertical datum standard established in 1988, used as a reference for establishing elevations within a foodplain.

NOSING. The leading edge of treads of stairs and of landings at the top of stairway fights.

NOTATIONS. For Chapter 16, see Section 1602.1.

NOTATIONS. For Chapter 21, see Section 2102.1.

NOTIFICATION ZONE. See "Zone, notifcation."

NURSING HOMES. See Section 308.2.2.

OCCUPANT LOAD. The number of persons for which the means of egress of a building or portion thereof is designed.

OCCUPANT SENSOR. A device that detects the presence or absence of people within an area and causes lighting, equipment, or appliances to be regulated accordingly.

OCCUPIABLE SPACE. A room or enclosed space, other than a habitable space, designed for human occupancy or use in which individuals may remain for a period of time for rest, amusement, treatment, education, dining, shopping, employment, labor or other similar purposes.

OPEN-ENDED CORRIDOR. An interior corridor that is open on each end and connects to an exterior stairway or ramp at each end with no intervening doors or separation from the corridor.

OPEN EXTERIOR SPACE. See Section 1002.1.2.

OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a structure with the openings as described in Section 406.5.2 that is used for the parking or storage of private motor vehicles as described in Section 406.5.3.

OPEN PARKING LOT. An exterior space with surfacing at grade used for the storage or sale of more than four motor vehicles, including but not limited to parking lots, motor vehicles sales lots, and accessory open parking spaces.

OPEN SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous material in equipment or a vessel or system that remains open during normal operation such that vapors are emitted during the operation of such equipment, vessel or system and the material is exposed to the atmosphere during such operation. Examples of open systems for solids and liquids include dispensing from or into open beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank operations.

ORDINARY REPAIRS. See Section 105.4.2 of the Administrative Code.

ORGANIC PEROXIDE. An organic compound having a double oxygen or peroxy (-O-O-) in its chemical structure. Organic peroxides can present an explosion hazard (detonation or defagration), can be shock sensitive, or can

be susceptible to decomposition into various unstable compounds over an extended period of time and are classifed as follows based upon their hazardous properties:

Class I. Organic peroxides that are capable of defagration but not detonation.

Class II. Organic peroxides that burn very rapidly and that pose a moderate reactivity hazard.

Class III. Organic peroxides that burn rapidly and that pose a moderate reactivity hazard.

Class IV. Organic peroxides that burn in the same manner as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reactivity hazard.

Class V. Organic peroxides that burn with less intensity than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion and that pose no reactivity hazard.

Unclassifed detonable. Organic peroxides that are capable of detonation and pose an extremely high explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition.

ORTHOGONAL. To be in two horizontal directions, at 90 degrees (1.57 rad) to each other.

OSHA. The United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

OSHA 10-HOUR CLASS. A class that includes 10 or more hours in construction industry safety and health that is intended for workers and satisfes the following conditions:

1. Such class is (i) approved by OSHA and conducted in accordance with the OSHA outreach training program or (ii) an equivalent 10 or more hour class approved by the department.

2. Such class consists of in-person training, actively proctored online training or, if such training is conducted before the effective date of the local law that added this defnition, online training.

OSHA 30-HOUR CLASS. A class that includes 30 or more hours in construction industry safety and health that is intended for supervisors and satisfes the following conditions:

1. Such class is (i) approved by OSHA and conducted in accordance with the OSHA outreach training program or (ii) an equivalent 30

or more hour class approved by the department.

2. Such class consists of in-person training, actively proctored online training or, if such training is conducted before the effective date of the local law that added this defnition, online training.

OTHER STRUCTURES. Structures, other than buildings, for which loads are specifed in Chapter 16.

OUTRIGGER (CRANE). Extendable or fxed members attached to the mounting base that rest on supports at the outer ends used to support the crane.

OUTRIGGER (SCAFFOLD). The structural member of a supported scaffold used to increase the base width of a scaffold in order to provide support for and increased stability of the scaffold.

OUTRIGGER BEAM (THRUSTOUT). The structural member of a suspended scaffold or outrigger scaffold that provides support for the scaffold by extending the scaffold point of attachment to a point out and away from the structure or building.

OUTRIGGER SCAFFOLD. A supported scaffold consisting of a platform resting on outrigger beams (thrustouts) projecting beyond the wall or face of the building or structure, the inboard ends of which are secured inside the building or structure.

OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or other oxidizing gas or that readily reacts to promote or initiate combustion of combustible materials, and if heated or contaminated can result in vigorous self-sustained decomposition, classifed as follows:

Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reaction due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physical shock and causes a severe increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes into contact.

Class 3. An oxidizer that causes a severe increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes in contact.

Class 2. An oxidizer that causes a moderate increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes in contact.

Class 1. An oxidizer that causes a readily measurable increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes in contact, but less than a moderate increase.

OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate combustion of other materials more than air does.

PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). The selection of a foor, wall or roof comprised between the supporting frame of two adjacent rows of columns and girders or column bands of foor or roof construction.

PANIC HARDWARE. A door-latching assembly incorporating a device that releases the latch upon the application of a force in the direction of egress travel.

PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a structure, other than a private garage or carport, used for the parking or storage of motor vehicles.

PARTICLEBOARD. A generic term for a panel primarily composed of cellulosic materials (usually wood), generally in the form of discrete pieces or particles, as distinguished from fbers. The cellulosic material is combined with synthetic resin or other suitable bonding system by a process in which the interparticle bond is created by the bonding system under heat and pressure.

PATIENT CARE AREA (FOR FLOOD ZONE PURPOSES). Any space meeting the following conditions:

1. The space is located within a building or structure, or portion thereof, that is classifed in Group I-2; and

2. The space is primarily used for the provision of medical services to persons, including, but not limited to, consultation, evaluation, monitoring and treatment services.

Exceptions: The following spaces shall not be considered patient care areas (for food zone purposes):

1. "Emergency rooms or departments" as defned in 10 NYCRR 700.2(a)(2) and

2. Spaces primarily used for the provision of medical services identifed in 10 NYCRR 703.6(c)(2)(i).

PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A through-penetration frestop or a membrane-penetration frestop.

PENTHOUSE. An enclosed rooftop structure that is designed or used for human occupancy.

PERFORMANCE CATEGORY. A designation of wood structural panels as related to the panel performance used in Chapter 23.

PERMANENT PRESTRESSED ROCK AND SOIL ANCHORS. Corrosion-protected tendons consisting of bars or strands installed in drilled and grouted holes in soil or rock that are stressed.

PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. The care of residents who do not require chronic or convalescent medical or nursing care. Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the resident while inside the building.

PERSONNEL HOIST. A mechanism and its hoistway that is (i) temporarily installed at a construction or demolition site, and (ii) is equipped with a car that moves vertically on guide members to raise or lower workers or workers and materials.

PHOTOSENSOR. A device that detects the presence of visible light.

PHOTOLUMINESCENT. Having the property of emitting light that continues for a length of time after excitation by visible or invisible light has been removed.

PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE. A complete, environmentally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics and other components, exclusive of tracker, designed to generate DC power when exposed to sunlight.

PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL. A collection of modules mechanically fastened together, wired and designed to provide a feld-installable unit.

PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL SYSTEM. A system that incorporates discrete photovoltaic panels that converts solar radiation into electricity, including rack support systems.

PHOTOVOLTAIC SHINGLES. A roof covering resembling shingles that incorporates photovoltaic modules.

PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is evidence that it is a combustible liquid, compressed gas, cryogenic explosive, fammable gas, fammable liquid, fammable solid, organic peroxide, oxidizer, pyrophoric or unstable (reactive) or water-reactive material.

PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD LEVEL. A concentration of air-borne contaminants, normally expressed in parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3), that represents the concentration at which persons can sense the presence of the contaminant due to odor, irritation or other quick-acting physiological response. When used in conjunction with the permissible exposure limit (PEL), the physiological warning threshold levels are those consistent with the classifcation system used to establish the PEL. See the defnition of "Permissible exposure limit (PEL)" in the New

York City Fire Code.

PIER FOUNDATION. A pier foundation is a shallow foundation element of masonry or cast-in place concrete construction. Piers are relatively short in comparison to their width, with lengths less than or equal to 12 times the least horizontal dimension of the pier. Piers derive their load-carrying capacity from end bearing on soil or rock.

PILE DRIVER. Equipment that is confgured to drive, hammer, press, or vibrate piles into the earth ("pile drive").

PINRAIL. A rail on or above a stage through which belaying pins are inserted and to which lines are fastened.

PLACE OF ASSEMBLY. A building, structure, or portion thereof, excluding a dwelling unit, but including outdoor spaces, used or intended to be used for the gathering of a group of persons for purposes such as civic, social, or religious functions, recreation, food or drink consumption, educational or instructional purposes, awaiting transportation, or similar group activities when such use requires a place of assembly Certifcate of Operation pursuant to Section 303.7.

PLASTIC, APPROVED. Any thermoplastic, thermosetting or reinforced thermosetting plastic material that conforms to combustibility classifcations specifed in the section applicable to the application and plastic type.

PLASTIC, COMPOSITE. A generic designation that refers to wood/plastic composites and plastic lumber.

PLASTIC GLAZING. Plastic materials that are glazed or set in frame or sash and not held by mechanical fasteners that pass through the glazing material.

PLASTIC LUMBER. A manufactured product made primarily of plastic materials (flled or unflled) that is generally rectangular in cross section.

PLASTIC (SOIL). A property of a soil that allows the soil to be deformed or molded without cracking, or appreciable volume change.

PLATFORM (SPECIAL USE). See Section 410.2.2.

PLATFORM. A work surface elevated above lower levels. Platforms can be constructed using individual wood planks, fabricated planks or fabricated decks.

POLE SIGN. A sign wholly supported by a sign structure in the ground.

POLYPROPYLENE SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from

polypropylene homopolymer or copolymer, which in some cases contains fllers or reinforcements, that is used to clad exterior walls of buildings.

PORCELAIN TILE. Tile that conforms to the requirements of ANSI 137.1.3 for ceramic tile having an absorption of 0.5 percent or less in accordance with ANSI 137.4.1-Class Table and ANSI 137.1.6.1 Allowable Properties by Tile Type-Table 10.

POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. The drainage condition in which consideration has been made for all loading defections of the roof deck, including ponding instability, and additional slope has been provided to ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of precipitation.

POST-CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT FACILITY. See Section 28- 104.11.1 of the Administrative Code

POST-FIRE SMOKE PURGE SYSTEM. A mechanical or natural ventilation system intended to move smoke from the smoke zone to the exterior of the building. Such systems are intended for the timely restoration of operations and overhaul activities once a fre is extinguished. Post-fre smoke purge systems are not intended or designed to be life safety systems.

POST-FIRM DEVELOPMENT. See Section G201.1.2.

POST-FIRM STRUCTURE. See Section G201.1.2.

POWER BUGGIES. An automotive vehicle designed or used for the transportation of materials on or about construction or demolition sites. It shall not include automobiles, motor trucks, general purpose tractors, or excavating or similar material handling machinery.

POWER-ASSISTED DOOR. Swinging door that opens by reduced pushing or pulling force on the door-operating hardware. The door closes automatically after the pushing or pulling force is released and functions with decreased forces. See "Low-energy power-operated door" and "Power-operated door".

POWER-OPERATED DOOR. Swinging, sliding, or folding door that opens automatically when approached by a pedestrian or opens automatically upon an action by a pedestrian. The door closes automatically and includes provisions such as presence sensors to prevent entrapment. See "Low energy power-operated door" and "Power-assisted door".

PRE-FIRM DEVELOPMENT. See Section G201.1.2.

PRE-FIRM STRUCTURE. See Section G201.1.2.

PREFABRICATED WOOD I-JOIST. Structural member manufactured using sawn or structural composite lumber fanges and wood structural panel webs bonded together with exterior exposure adhesives, which forms an "I" cross-sectional shape.

PRESIGNAL SYSTEM. A fre alarm system having a feature that allows initial fre alarm signals to sound in a constantly attended central location and for which a human action is subsequently required to achieve a general alarm, or a feature that allows the control equipment to delay the general alarm by more than 1 minute after the start of the alarm processing.

PRESSURIZATION. Creation and maintenance of pressure levels in zones of a building, including elevator shafts and stairwells, that are higher than the pressure level at the smoke source, such pressure levels being produced by positive pressures of a supply of uncontaminated air; by exhausting air and smoke at the smoke source; or by a combination of these methods.

PRESTRESSED MASONRY. Masonry in which internal stresses have been introduced to counteract potential tensile stresses in masonry resulting from applied loads.

PRIMARY FUNCTION AREAS. An area of a building or facility containing a major activity for which the building or facility is intended is a primary function area.

PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME. The primary structural frame shall include all of the following structural members:

1. The columns;

2. Structural members having direct connections to the columns, including girders, beams, trusses and spandrels;

3. Members of the foor construction and roof construction having direct connections to the columns; and

4. Bracing members that are essential to the vertical stability of the primary structural frame under gravity loading, shall be considered part of the primary structural frame whether or not the bracing member carries gravity loads.

PRIVATE GARAGE. An enclosed structure or portion of a structure, accessory to a Group R-2 or R-3 occupancy, used for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles. Such facility shall not exceed 650 square feet (60 m2) in area and one story in height.

PROJECTING SIGN. A sign other than a wall sign that projects from and

is supported by a wall of a building or structure.

PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage from the auditorium or assembly seating area.

PUBLIC ENTRANCE. An entrance that is not a service entrance.

PUBLIC WAY. A street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air leading to a street that has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and which has a clear width and height of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm).

PUBLIC-USE AREAS. Interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public.

PYROPHORIC MATERIAL. A material with an auto-ignition temperature in air, at or below a temperature of 130°F (54°C).

PYROTECHNIC MATERIAL. A chemical mixture consisting predominantly of solids that, upon ignition, are capable of producing a controlled, self-sustaining, and self-contained exothermic reaction, that functions without external oxygen, resulting in a visible or audible effect by combustion, defagration, or detonation.

QUALIFIED PERSON. A person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certifcate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his or her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work, or the project.

RADIANT BARRIER. A material having a low-emittance surface of 0.1 or less installed in building assemblies.

RAMP. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope).

RAMP-ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGE. Open parking garages employing a series of continuously rising foors or a series of interconnecting ramps between foors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street level.

RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT. Asphalt pavement that has been processed for reuse in asphaltic concrete.

RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings ("as builts") that document the location of all devices, appliances, wiring sequences, wiring methods and connections of the components of a fre alarm system as installed.

RECREATIONAL VEHICLE. See Section G201.1.2.

REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE FOIL INSULATION. An insulation material packaged in rolls, that is less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick, with at least one exterior low emittance surface (0.1 or less) and a core material containing voids or cells.

REFUGE AREA. A foor area to which egress is made through a horizontal exit.

RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or portion thereof intended for the performance of religious services.

REMOVING/REMOVAL/REMOVE (SCAFFOLD). The fnal process of taking apart a scaffold in a specifc sequence and removing it from the site.

REPAIR (SCAFFOLD). Work performed to restore a scaffold, or any part or component, to like new condition and safe working order following decay, wear, or damage. The defnition of repair shall also include the replacement of a part or component.

REPLACEMENT (SCAFFOLD). A repair involving the exchange or substitution of one part or component with another identical or similar part or component in order to restore a scaffold, or any part or component, to like new condition and safe working order following decay, wear, or damage.

REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an existing roof covering. See "Roof recover" and "Roof replacement."

RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An accessory building less than 2,000 square feet (186 m2) and 20 feet (6096 mm) in building height constructed on a one- or two-family property where aircraft are stored. Such use will be considered as a residential accessory use incidental to the dwelling.

RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part thereof housing persons, on a 24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other reasons, live in a supervised residential environment that provides personal care services. The occupants are capable of self-preservation and are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff. This classifcation shall include, but not limited to, the following: residential board and care facilities, assisted living facilities, halfway houses, congregate care facilities, social rehabilitation facilities, alcohol and drug abuse rehabilitation centers and convalescent facilities.

RESIDENTIAL (FOR FLOOD ZONE PURPOSES). A building or structure containing any space that is either:

1. Classifed in Group I-1, R-1, R-2, or R-3; or

2. Accessory, as such term is defned in the New York City Zoning Resolution, to any Group I-1, R-1, R-2, or R-3 occupancy.

Exception: Such a building or structure shall be considered nonresidential (for food zone purposes) when also containing space at or below the DFE that is not accessory, as such term is defned in the New York City Zoning Resolution, to a Group I-1, R-1, R-2, or R-3 occupancy.

RESISTANCE FACTOR. A factor that accounts for deviations of the actual strength from the nominal strength and the manner of consequences of failure (also called "strength reduction factor").

RESPONSE RATIO. The ratio of an ultimate response quantity (e.g., defection) to its value at yield.

RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. An entrance that is made available for public use but on a controlled basis, and that is not a service entrance.

RETAINING WALL. A wall that resists lateral or other forces caused by soil, rock, water or other materials, thereby limiting lateral displacement and the movement of the supported materials. Basement walls and vault walls that are parts of buildings and underground structures, including but not limited to utility vault structures, tunnels, transit stations, and swimming pools, are not considered retaining walls.

RETRACTABLE AWNING. A retractable awning is a cover with a frame that retracts against a building or other structure to which it is entirely supported.

RIM BOARD. In light-frame construction, a full depth structural member designed to transfer horizontal (shear) and vertical (compression) loads, provide attachment for diaphragm sheathing, siding and exterior deck ledgers, and provide lateral support at the ends of foor or roof joists or rafters.

RISK CATEGORY. A categorization of buildings and other structures for determination of food, wind, snow, ice and earthquake loads based on the risk associated with unacceptable performance.

RISK-TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS. The most severe earthquake effects considered by this standard determined for the orientation that results in the largest maximum response for horizontal ground motions and with adjustment for targeted risk. The MCER Ground

Motion values can be determined from general procedure in Section 1613.3.3 of this code or can be derived from the site specifc procedures provided in Sections 21.1 and 21.2 of ASCE 7.

ROPE. A continuous line of material comprised of a number of twisted or braided strands of fber (natural or synthetic) or metal wire.

ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather protection and resistance to design loads. The system consists of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly includes the roof deck, vapor retarder, substrate or thermal barrier, insulation and roof covering.

ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof deck for weather resistance, fre classifcation or appearance.

ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See "Roof assembly."

ROOF DECK. The fat or sloped surface constructed on top of the exterior walls of a building or other supports for the purpose of enclosing the story below, or sheltering an area, to protect it from the elements, not including its supporting members or vertical supports.

ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without removing the existing roof covering.

ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.

ROOF REPLACEMENT. The process of removing the existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate and installing a new roof covering.

ROOF SIGN. A sign erected on or above a roof or parapet of a building or structure.

ROOF VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such air from, attics, cathedral ceilings or other enclosed spaces over which a roof assembly is installed.

ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. An enclosed or unenclosed structure on or above the roof of any part of a building.

ROOMING HOUSE. A dwelling (i) which was originally erected as single- or two-family private dwelling pursuant to the New York City Building Code in effect prior to December 6, 1968, (ii) which is a "Class B converted dwelling" as such term is defned in the New York City Housing Maintenance

Code, and (iii) which has more than half of its habitable rooms as sleeping units. The creation of or conversion to a rooming house shall be limited by Section 27-2077 of the New York City Housing Maintenance Code.

ROTATING TELEHANDLER. A telehandler whose boom is mounted on a rotating or slewing superstructure.

ROTATION. The angle, measured at the ends of a member, whose tangent is equal to the defection of the member at midspan divided by half the length of the member.

RUNBACK STRUCTURE. A temporary system of hoistway landing runways, vertical supports and horizontal diaphragms designed to bridge between the hoistway and the parent structure and to transmit both vertical and horizontal loads to the supporting structure and/or foundation.

RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units such that head joints in successive courses are horizontally offset at least one-quarter the unit length.

SAFE AREA. See Section 1002.1.2.

SAFETY NETTING SYSTEM (SAFETY NETTING). Debris or structural nets, installed vertically or horizontally, along with all supports, components, and connections.

Horizontal safety netting. A safety netting system, installed horizontally, consisting of structural netting lined with debris netting.

Vertical safety netting. A safety netting system, installed vertically, consisting of debris netting.

SALLYPORT. See Section 408.1.1.

SAND DUNES. Naturally occurring accumulations of sand in ridges or mounds landward of a beach.

SCAFFOLD. Any temporary elevated platform and its supporting structure (including points of anchorage) used for supporting workers or workers and material, including but not limited to supported scaffolds, suspended scaffolds, and mobile scaffolds.

SCAFFOLD CONTROLLING ENTITY. The contractor or other entity that exercises responsibility for the site where the scaffold is located.

SCISSOR STAIRWAY. Two interlocking stairways providing two separate paths of egress located within one stairwell enclosure.

SCUPPER. An opening in a wall or parapet that allows water to drain from a roof.

SEATING SECTION. See Section 1002.1.2.

SECONDARY MEMBERS. The following structural members shall be considered secondary members and not part of the primary structural frame:

1. Structural members not having direct connections to the columns;

2. Members of the foor construction not having direct connections to the columns; and

3. Bracing members other than those that are part of the primary structural frame.

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. A classifcation assigned to a structure based on its risk category and the severity of the design earthquake ground motion at the site.

SEISMIC FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. The part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic forces.

SELF-CLOSING. As applied to a fre door or other opening, means equipped with a listed and approved device that will ensure closing after having been opened.

SELF-ERECTING TOWER CRANE. A tower crane that adjusts its operating radius by means of a trolley traversing a jib and that; (i) possesses a vertical or nearly vertical tower or mast that is bottom slewing and mounted on fxed, traveling, or mobile bases; and (ii) is capable of folding and unfolding to facilitate transit from site to site with minimal assembly.

SELF-LUMINOUS. Illuminated by a self-contained power source, other than batteries, and operated independently of external power sources.

SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. Real property designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing individual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of storing and removing personal property on a self-service basis.

SERVICE CORRIDOR. A fully enclosed passage other than one designated as a required means of egress, through which HPM can be moved during handling.

SERVICE ENTRANCE. An entrance solely for delivery of goods or services.

SERVICES. Includes, but is not limited to, toilet rooms, drinking fountains, public telephones and food.

SHADED X-ZONE. The land in the foodplain delineated as subject to a 0.2-percent or greater chance of fooding, but less than one percent chance of fooding, in any given year. Such areas are designated on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) as shaded X-Zones.

SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in successive foors, or foors and roof.

SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction forming the boundaries of a shaft.

SHALLOW FOUNDATION. A shallow foundation is an individual or strip footing, a mat foundation, a slab-on-grade foundation or a similar foundation element.

SHEAR WALL. A wall designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of a wall.

Shear wall, perforated. A wood structural panel sheathed wall with openings, that has not been specifcally designed and detailed for force transfer around openings.

Shear wall segment, perforated. A section of shear wall with fullheight sheathing that meets the height-to-width ratio limits of Section 4.3.4 of AWC SDPWS.

SHORE, MULTI-STAGE. Formwork assemblies on a single level comprised of discontinuous vertical post elements stacked on top of each other. SIDELITES. Fixed transparent panels that form part of or are immediately adjacent to and within 6 feet (1829 mm) horizontally of the vertical edge of an opening in which transparent doors are located. A sidelite shall consist of transparent material in which the transparent area above a reference line 18 inches (457 mm) above the adjacent ground, foor or equivalent surface is 80 percent or more of the remaining area of the panel above such reference line.

SIGN. Any letter, fgure, character, mark, plane, point, marquee sign, design, poster, pictorial, picture, stroke, stripe, line, trademark, reading matter or illuminated service, which shall be constructed, placed, attached, painted, erected, fastened or manufactured in any manner whatsoever, so that the same shall be used for the attraction of the public to anyplace, subject, person, frm, corporation, public performance, article, machine or merchandise, whatsoever, which is displayed in any manner outdoors. Every sign shall be classifed and conform to the requirements of that classifcation as set forth in this code.

SIGN STRUCTURE. Any structure that supports or is capable of supporting a sign as defned in this code.

SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE. A roofng membrane that is feld applied using one layer of membrane material (either homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple layers.

SINGLE-POINT ADJUSTABLE SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD. A suspended scaffold consisting of a platform suspended by one rope from an overhead support and equipped with means to permit the movement of the platform to desired work levels.

SINGLE-STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the alarm-sounding device in one unit, operated from a power supply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installation.

SITE. A parcel of land bounded by a lot line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way.

SITE CLASS. A classifcation assigned to a site based on the types of soils present and their engineering properties as defned in Section 1613.3.2.

SITE COEFFICIENTS. The values of, F a, and, F v, indicated in Tables 1613.3.3(1) and 1613.3.3(2), respectively.

SITE-FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. A system, fabricated on site and intended for acoustical, tackable or aesthetic purposes, that is comprised of three elements: (a) a frame (constructed of plastic, wood, metal or other material) used to hold fabric in place, (b) a core material (infll, with the correct properties for the application), and (c) an outside layer, comprised of a textile, fabric or vinyl, that is stretched taut and held in place by tension or mechanical fasteners via the frame.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CARD. A card that is issued in a form and manner established by the department and that satisfes each of the following conditions:

1. Such card is issued by an SST provider to a person who submits an application to such provider demonstrating, in a form and manner established by the department, that such applicant satisfes the requirements of Item 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3:

1.1. Such applicant has successfully completed (i) an OSHA 10-hour class and (ii) 30-45 additional SST credits specifed by the department, including eight SST credits relating to

safeguarding against the dangers posed by falling workers and objects.

1.2. Such applicant has successfully completed (i) an OSHA 30-hour class and (ii) 10-25 additional SST credits specifed by the department, including eight SST credits relating to safeguarding against the dangers posed by falling workers and objects.

1.3. Such applicant has successfully completed a 100-hour training program.

2. If such applicant completed the training to comply with Item 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 but did not complete such training within the fve years preceding submission of such application, such applicant has, in the one-year period preceding submission of such application, completed at least eight SST credits specifed by the department.

3. Such card is issued by an SST provider who does not require applicants to submit any information except for (i) the information necessary to establish that the requirements in Item 1 have been satisfed, as specifed by the department, (ii) a photograph of the applicant and (iii) such additional information as the department may allow by rule.

4. Such card expires fve years after issuance and is renewable upon a showing by the applicant that such applicant has, in the one-year period preceding submission of such renewal application, successfully completed eight SST credits specifed by the department.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CREDIT. One hour of training that satisfes each of the requirements of Item 1, 2 and 3:

1. Such training relates to a topic identifed by department rule.

2. If such training is conducted on or after the effective date of the local law that added this defnition, such training is in-person training or actively proctored online training.

3. If such training is conducted on or after March 1, 2018, such training is conducted by an SST provider.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) FULL COMPLIANCE DATE. March 1, 2021.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) PROVIDER. An entity that satisfes the requirements of Items 1 and 2:

1. Such entity satisfes the conditions of Item 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4

1.1. Such entity is a not-for-proft organization with a history of at least three years of experience in providing construction-related workforce development, construction related education or site safety training, which may be demonstrated by submitting training logs to the department or in a form and manner otherwise determined by the department, and training offered by such entity is offered by a person who has (i) successfully completed all applicable OSHA or department requirements for conducting OSHA 10-hour classes and OSHA 30-hour classes and is authorized to conduct such classes and (ii) if such person is conducting training for SST credits other than training that is part of an OSHA 10-hour class or OSHA 30-hour class, such person demonstrates suffcient knowledge of this chapter in a form and manner established by the department. Such entity shall not be required to demonstrate any professional standing, approval, licensure, accreditation or certifcation, including approval, licensure, accreditation or certifcation pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision d of section 105-03 of subchapter E of chapter 100 of title 1 of the rules of the city of New York, as in effect on January 1, 2018, beyond showing that such entity and a person offering training on behalf of such entity satisfy the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence. Where the department provides content, developed in accordance with department-approved course requirements, for the delivery of SST credits, such entity shall deliver SST credits in accordance with such content. Where the department does not provide content for the delivery of SST credits, such entity shall be responsible for the development of content in accordance with department approved course requirements. Such content and the delivery of such content may be subject to approval or audit by the department.

1.2. Such entity is providing training through a 100-hour training program.

1.3. Such entity has been approved by the department to conduct a 40-hour course approved by the department pursuant to Article 402 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code

1.4. The department may establish by rule additional ways for

an entity to satisfy the requirements of this Item 1. If the department elects to promulgate such rules, an entity shall be deemed to satisfy this Item 1 if such entity satisfes the requirements set forth in such rules or if such entity satisfes the requirements set forth in Item 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3.

2. On and after the SST full compliance date, such entity has certifed to the department that such entity satisfes at least one of the following conditions:

2.1. Such entity has a language access plan for training that relates to SST credits such entity offers and such plan complies with requirements established by an agency or offce designated by the mayor.

2.2. Such entity satisfes each of the following conditions:

2.2.1. Such entity is able to provide instruction in a language that students understand.

2.2.2. If a student's vocabulary is limited, such entity will accommodate that limitation.

2.2.3. A person offering training on behalf of such entity is fuent in the training language or will use translators or interpreters and any such translators or interpreters will have a background in occupational safety and health.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) SECOND COMPLIANCE DATE. December 1, 2019, or, if the department publishes a fnding by September 1, 2019, that there is insuffcient capacity to provide the training required by Section 3321 this code code to the workers who would need such training, a later date established by the department, provided that such date is not later than June 1, 2020.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) SUPERVISOR CARD. A card that satisfes each of the following conditions:

1. Such card is issued in a form and manner established by the department to a person who demonstrates that such person has an SST card and has successfully completed an OSHA 30-hour class.

2. Such card expires fve years after issuance and is renewable upon a showing by the applicant that such applicant has, in the one-year period preceding such submission of such renewal application, suc-

cessfully completed 16 SST credits specifed by the department.

SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) TASK FORCE. The task force established pursuant to Section 28-103.28 of the Administrative Code.

SKYLIGHT, UNIT. A factory-assembled, glazed fenestration unit, containing one panel of glazing material that allows for natural lighting through an opening in the roof assembly while preserving the weather-resistant barrier of the roof.

SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a slope of 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or more from vertical. Glazing material in skylights, including unit skylights, solariums, sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls, are included in this defnition.

SLEEPING UNIT. A dwelling unit, which may contain either toilet or kitchen facilities but not both. Any sleeping unit housing more than one family shall also be classifed as a congregate living unit. The creation of or conversion to sleeping units shall be limited by Section 27-2077 of the New York City Housing Maintenance Code

SLEEPING UNIT (ACCESSIBILITY). As used in Chapter 11 and Appendix E, a room or space in which people sleep, which can also include permanent provisions for living, eating, and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both. Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not sleeping units.

SMALL WIND TURBINE. A turbine with a swept area smaller than 200 m2 that generates a voltage below 1000 V (AC) or 1500 V (DC).

SMALL WIND TURBINE TOWER. A structure that supports a small wind turbine.

SMOKE. Air-borne solid and liquid particulates and gases evolved when a material undergoes pyrolysis or combustion, including the quality of air that is entrained or otherwise mixed into the mass.

SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple-station alarm responsive to smoke and not connected to a fre alarm system. See "Multiple-station smoke alarm" and "Single-station smoke alarm."

SMOKE BARRIER. A continuous membrane, either vertical or horizontal, such as a wall, foor, or ceiling assembly, that is designed and constructed in accordance with Section 709 to restrict the movement of smoke.

SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a building enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including the top and bottom.

SMOKE CONTROL MODE. A predefned operational confguration of a system or device for the purpose of smoke control.

SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM, MECHANICAL. An engineered system that includes all methods that can be used singly or in combination to modify smoke movement.

SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM, PASSIVE. A system of smoke barriers arranged to limit the migration of smoke.

SMOKE CONTROL ZONE. A space within a building enclosed by smoke barriers that is part of a smoke control system.

SMOKE DAMPER. See Dampers, Types of.

SMOKE DETECTOR. A listed device that senses visible or invisible particles of combustion or smoke.

SMOKE PARTITION. A continuous vertical assembly that is designed and constructed to restrict the movement of smoke and is not generally required to have a fre-resistance rating in accordance with Section 710.

SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure, expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from measurements of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. An exit stairway, ramp or passageway designed and constructed so that the movement of the products of combustion produced by a fre occurring in any part of the building into the enclosure is limited.

SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating served by means of egress that is not subject to smoke accumulation within or under a structure.

SOIL AND FOUNDATION WORK (SOIL OR FOUNDATION WORK). Excavation, fll, grading, augering, boring, or drilling, whether in soil or rock; or the installation or removal of foundations, piles, underpinning, sheeting, shoring, or supports of excavation.

SOLID. A material that has a melting point, decomposes or sublimates at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C).

SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. A special amusement building is any temporary or permanent building or portion thereof that is occupied for amusement, entertainment or educational purposes and that contains a device or system that conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, around or

over a course in any direction so arranged that the means of egress path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio distractions or is intentionally confounded or is not readily available because of the nature of the attraction or more of conveyance through the building or structure.

SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. Land in the foodplain subject to a 1% or greater chance of fooding in any given year; area delineated on the Flood Insurance Rate Map as Zone A, AE, A1-30, A99, AR, AO, AH, V, VO, VE, or V1-30. Such areas include A-Zones, Coastal A-Zones, and V-Zones.

SPECIAL INSPECTION, CONTINUOUS. The observation of work requiring special inspection by a special inspector who is continuously present in the area where the work is being performed while the work is being performed.

SPECIAL INSPECTION, PERIODIC. The intermittent observation of work requiring special inspection by a special inspector who is present in the area where the work has been or is being performed and at the completion of the work. All work requiring special inspection shall remain accessible and exposed until approved by the special inspector.

SPECIFIC LOCAL LOAD. A load applied to a structural element or structural system as specifed in Section 1617.6.

SPECIFIC LOCAL RESISTANCE METHOD. A design approach that accounts for extreme event loads by providing suffcient strength for elements that may fail. In a specifc local resistance design, key elements are designed for specifc local loads as required by Section 1617.

SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY, f'm. Minimum compressive strength, expressed as force per unit of net cross-sectional area, required of the masonry used in construction by the approved construction documents, and upon which the project design is based. Whenever the quantity f'm is under the radical sign, the square root of numerical value only is intended and the result has units of pounds per square inch (psi) (Mpa).

SPLICE. The result of a factory and/or feld method of joining or connecting two or more lengths of a fre-resistant joint system into a continuous entity.

SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Cementitious or fbrous materials that are sprayed to provide fre-resistant protection of the substrates.

STABLE (ROCK). A condition in which natural solid mineral matter (rock) can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed.

STACK EFFECT. The vertical airfow within buildings caused by the temperature-created density differences between the building interior and exterior or between two interior spaces.

STAGE. A space within a building utilized for entertainment or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound.

STAIR. A change in elevation, consisting of two or more risers.

STAIR TOWER (SCAFFOLD STAIRWAY/TOWER). A tower comprised of scaffold components and that contains internal stairway units and rest platforms. These towers are used to provide access to scaffold platforms and other elevated points such as foors and roofs.

STAIRWAY. One or more fights of stairs, either exterior or interior, with the necessary landings and platforms connecting them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted passage from one level to another.

STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. A stairway having a closed circular form in its plan view with uniform section-shaped treads attached to and radiating from a minimum-diameter-supporting column.

STANDARD CUBIC FEET (SCF). Cubic feet of gas at normal temperature and pressure (NTP).

STANDARD GUARDRAIL SYSTEM (SCAFFOLD). See "Guardrail system (scaffold)."

STAND-OFF BRACKET (SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD). A rigid member that attaches to a cornice hook (c-hook) in order to provide additional outreach from the face of the parapet or wall.

STANDPIPE SYSTEM. Piping, installed in a building or structure, that serves to supply water to hose connections at one or more locations in a building or structure, for frefghting purposes.

STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. Standpipe classes are as follows:

Class I system. A system providing 21/2-inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply water for use by the Fire Department and those trained in handling heavy fre streams.

Class II system. A system providing 11/2-inch (38 mm) hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the building occupants or by the Fire Department during initial response.

Class III system. A system providing 11/2-inch (38 mm) hose stations

to supply water for use by building occupants and 21/2-inch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a larger volume of water for use by the Fire Department and those trained in handling heavy fre streams.

STANDPIPE SYSTEM, TYPES OF. Standpipe system types are as follows:

Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally flled with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a device, such as dry pipe valve, to admit water into the system piping automatically upon the opening of a hose valve. The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system demand.

Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water supply that is capable of supplying the system demand automatically.

Manual dry. A dry standpipe system that does not have a permanent water supply attached to the system. Manual dry standpipe systems require water from a Fire Department pumper to be pumped into the system through the Fire Department connection in order to meet the system demand.

Manual wet. A wet standpipe system connected to a water supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the system but that does not have a water supply capable of delivering the system demand attached to the system. Manual-wet standpipe systems require water from a Fire Department pumper to be pumped into the system in order to meet the system demand.

Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is arranged through the use of a device, such as a deluge valve, to admit water into the system piping upon activation of a remote control device location at a hose connection. A remote control activation device shall be provided at each hose connection. The water supply for a semiautomatic dry standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system demand.

START OF CONSTRUCTION. See Section G201.1.2.

STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD-FORMED. That type of construction made up entirely or in part of steel structural members cold formed to shape from sheet or strip steel such as roof deck, foor and wall panels, studs, foor joists, roof joists and other structural elements.

STEEL ELEMENT, STRUCTURAL. Any steel structural member of a building or structure consisting of rolled shapes, pipe, hollow structural sections, plates, bars, sheets, rods or steel castings other than cold-formed steel,

or steel joist members.

STEEL JOIST. Any steel structural member of a building or structure made of hot-rolled or cold formed solid or open-web sections, or riveted or welded bars, strip or sheet steel members, or slotted and expanded, or otherwise deformed rolled sections.

STEEP SLOPE. A roof slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope).

STONE MASONRY. Masonry composed of feld, quarried or cast stone units bonded by mortar.

STORAGE CABINET. See Section 427.4.

STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The keeping, retention or leaving of hazardous materials in closed containers, tanks, cylinders, or similar vessels; or vessels supplying operations through closed connections to the vessel.

STORAGE ROOM. See Section 427.4.

STORM SHELTER. See Section 423.2.

Community storm shelter. See Section 423.2.

Residential storm shelter. See Section 423.2.

STORMWATER CONSTRUCTION PERMIT. See Section 28-104.11.1 of the Administrative Code.

STORY. That portion of a building included between the upper surface of a foor and the upper surface of the foor or roof next above (also see "Basement" and "Mezzanine"). It is measured as the vertical distance from top to top of two successive tiers of beams or fnished foor surfaces and, for the topmost story, from the top of the foor fnish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters.

STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its fnished foor surface entirely above grade plane, except that a basement shall also be considered a story above grade plane (see "Story" and "Basement").

STREET. A thoroughfare, including sidewalks and roadways, dedicated or devoted to public use by legal mapping or other lawful means, or a public way.

STREET FLOOR. A foor, usually the principal entrance foor, that is not more than one-half story above or below grade at the location from which egress is provided to the street.

STREET LINE. A lot line separating a street from other land.

STRENGTH DESIGN. A method of proportioning structural members such that the computed forces produced in the members by factored loads do not exceed the member design strength (also called "load and resistance factor design" (LRFD)). The term "strength design" is used in the design of concrete and masonry structural elements.

STRENGTH.

Design strength. Nominal strength multiplied by a strength reduction factor.

Nominal strength. Strength of a member or cross-section calculated in accordance with these provisions before application of any strength-reduction factors.

Required strength. Strength of a member or cross-section required to resist factored loads.

STRENGTH, NOMINAL. The capacity of a structure or member to resist the effects of loads, as determined by computations using specifed material strengths and dimensions and equations derived from accepted principles of structural mechanics or by feld tests or laboratory tests of scaled models, allowing for modelling effects and differences between laboratory and feld conditions.

STRENGTH, REQUIRED. Strength of a member, cross section or connection required to resist factored loads or related internal moments and forces in such combinations as stipulated by these provisions.

STRIPPING OPERATIONS. Removal on the foor of any parts of the concrete formwork including shoring, bracing and other supports.

STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. Structural member manufactured using wood elements bonded together with exterior adhesives. Examples of structural composite lumber are:

Laminated strand lumber (LSL). A composite of wood strand elements with wood fbers primarily oriented along the length of the member, where the least dimension of the wood strand elements is 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) or less and their average lengths not less than 150 times the least dimension of the wood strand elements.

Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). A composite of wood veneer sheet elements with wood fbers primarily oriented along the length of the member, where the veneer element thicknesses are 0.25 inches (6.4

mm) or less.

Oriented strand lumber (OSL). A composite of wood strand elements with wood fbers primarily oriented along the length of the member, where the least dimension of the wood strand elements is 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) or less and their average lengths not less than 75 times and less than 150 times the least dimension of the strand elements.

Parallel strand lumber (PSL). A composite of wood strand elements with wood fbers primarily oriented along the length of the member where the least dimension of the wood strand elements is 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) or less and their average lengths not less than 300 times the least dimension of the wood strand elements.

STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER. An engineered, stress-rated product of a timber laminating plant, comprised of assemblies of specially selected and prepared wood laminations in which the grain of all laminations is approximately parallel longitudinally and the laminations are bonded with adhesives.

STRUCTURAL NET (STRUCTURAL NETTING). A system of nets capable of complying with the prototype test described in ANSI A10.11.

SUBMERGED SOIL. Soil which is underwater or is free seeping.

SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition or improvement of a building or structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the improvement or repair is started. If the structure has sustained substantial damage, any repairs are considered substantial improvement regardless of the actual repair work performed. The term does not, however, include either:

1. Any project for improvement of a building required to correct pre-FIRM health, sanitary or safety code violations identifed by the commissioner, the Fire Commissioner, the Commissioner of Housing Preservation and Development, or the Commissioner of Health and Mental Hygiene, and that are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions; or

2. Any alteration of a historic structure provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure's continued designation as a historic

structure.

SUN CONTROL DEVICE. An architectural projection that provides protection against solar radiation entering a building through glazed areas and is supported by the building to which it is attached. Sun control device includes, but is not limited to, a fxed, retractable or rotating sun control device. A fxed sun control device has no moving parts and is typically composed of horizontal overhangs or vertical fns. A retractable sun control device extends or retracts, and in the extended position casts a shadow on designated portions of the building. A rotating sun control device may be of fxed or adjustable length and pivots at its base. Sun control device shall not include awnings and scanopies.

SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to a building with a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of the structure's exterior walls and roof.

SUPERINTENDENT OF CONSTRUCTION. See Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.

SUPERSTRUCTURE. The rotating upper frame structure of the machine and the operating machinery mounted thereon.

SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives signals from protected premises' fre alarm systems and at which personnel are in attendance at all times to respond to these signals.

Supervising station, central. A supervising station that is listed and approved by the Fire Department for central station service.

Supervising station, proprietary. A supervising station under the same ownership as the protected premises' fre alarm system(s) that it supervises (monitors) and to which alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals are received and where personnel are in attendance at all times to supervise operation and investigate signals.

Supervising station, remote. A supervising station to which alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals or any combination of those signals emanating from protected premises' fre alarm systems are received and where personnel are in attendance at all times to respond.

SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condition of fxed suppression systems or other systems for the protection of life and property.

SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. A signal indicating the need for action in

connection with the supervision of guard tours, fre suppression systems or equipment, fre alarm systems, or the maintenance features of related systems.

SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICE. An initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch, water-level indicator or low-air pressure switch on a dry-pipe sprinkler system, whose change of state signals an off-normal condition and its restoration to normal of a fre protection or life safety system, or a need for action in connection with the supervision of guard tours, fre suppression systems or equipment, fre alarm systems, or the maintenance features of related systems.

SUPPORTED SCAFFOLD. One or more platforms supported by outrigger beams, brackets, poles, legs, uprights, posts, frames, including prefabricated frames that are mechanized but not motorized, or any similar rigid support, including back structures connecting hoistways to buildings, and including structures where sidewalk protection is constructed as an integral part of the apparatus.

SUSCEPTIBLE BAY. A roof or portion thereof with:

1. A slope less than 1/4-inch per 1 foot (0.0208 rad); or

2. On which water is impounded, in whole or in part, and the secondary drainage system is functional but the primary drainage system is blocked.

A roof surface with a slope of 1/4-inch per 1 foot (0.0208 rad) or greater towards points of free drainage is not a susceptible bay.

SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD. One or more platforms suspended by ropes or other means from an overhead structure.

SUSPENDED SCAFFOLD FOREMAN. An individual, male or female, designated by and working under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master or special rigger, or a licensed master or special sign hanger, in accordance with the rules of the department.

SUSTAINABLE ROOFING ZONE. Areas of a roof assembly where a solar photovoltaic electricity generating system, a green roof system, or a combination thereof, is installed.

SWIMMING POOL. Any indoor or outdoor swimming, wading, spa, or special-purpose pool. Exceptions:

1. Portable, freestanding wading pools containing water less than 24 inches (610 mm) in depth.

2. Float tanks or relaxation tanks sized for use by one person at a time.

3. Pools used for religious purposes.

4. Spa pools used for prescribed medical therapy or rehabilitation and under medical supervision.

SWIMMING POOL, PRIVATE. A swimming pool that is accessory to a one- or two-family dwelling, or to a single-dwelling unit of a multiple dwelling, and that is solely for the use of the occupants for noncommercial purposes.

SWIMMING POOL, PUBLIC. A swimming pool that is not a private swimming pool. Public swimming pools include swimming pools that are accessory to bathing establishments as such term is defned in the New York City Health Code, whether owned or operated by city agencies, or commercial interests or private entities, including, but not limited to, public or private schools, corporations, hotels, motels, camps, apartment houses, condominiums, country clubs, gymnasia and health establishments.

SWING. Rotation of the superstructure for movement of loads in a horizontal direction about the axis of rotation.

T RATING. The time period that the penetration frestop system, including the penetrating item, limits the maximum temperature rise to 325°F (163°C) above its initial temperature through the penetration on the nonfre side when tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479.

TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREA. Open elevated areas or spaces intended for entertainment technicians to walk on and occupy for servicing and operating entertainment technology systems and equipment. Galleries, including fy and lighting galleries, gridirons, catwalks, and similar areas are designed for these purposes.

TELEHANDLER. A machine that consists of a powered chassis onto which is mounted an extendable boom. The outer end of the boom can be ftted with various lifting or manipulative devices, including but not limited to pallet forks.

TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATIONS. Installations that are not part of the permanent structure and that are installed to facilitate construction or demolition work, and are intended to be taken apart or removed after a limited period following their installation. Such installations include, but are not limited to, scaffolds, sidewalk sheds, fences, tower cranes, run back structures, and similar construction and demolition related installations.

TEMPORARY SIGN. A sign, with display area 500 square feet (46.5 m2) or less, erected for a period of 30 days or less.

TEMPORARY SITE SAFETY TRAINING (SST) CARD. A card that is issued in a form and manner established by the department and that satisfes each of the following conditions:

1. Such card is issued by an SST provider to a person who demonstrates that such person has successfully completed an OSHA 10-hour class and who is a new entrant to the construction or demolition work force as determined by such provider pursuant to department rules.

2. Such card expires six months after issuance and is not renewable.

TEMPORARY STRUCTURES. Tents, grandstands, platforms, reviewing stands, outdoor bandstands, stages, sculptures, and similar miscellaneous structures erected for a limited period.

TENABLE ENVIRONMENT. An environment in which the concentration and location of smoke is limited or otherwise restricted to allow for ready evaluation through the space.

TENSILE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A membrane structure having a shape that is determined by tension in the membrane and in the geometry of the support structure. Typically, the structure consists of both fexible elements (e.g. membrane and cables), non-fexible elements (e.g. struts, masts beams and arches), and the anchorage (e.g. supports and foundations). This includes frame supported tensile membrane structures.

TENT. A nonpressurized membrane structure of a fabric weather barrier supported by poles and guys, in which the fabric weather barrier does not impart stability to the structure. Tents need not be fully enclosed on the sides.

THERMAL ISOLATION. Physical and space conditioning separation from conditioned space(s). The conditioned space(s) shall be controlled as separate zones for heating and cooling or conditioned by separate equipment.

THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL. A plastic material that is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature.

THERMOSETTING MATERIAL. A plastic material that is capable of being changed into a substantially nonreformable product when cured.

THROUGH-PENETRATION. A breach in both sides of a foor, foor-ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate an item passing through the breaches.

THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM. An assemblage consisting of a fre resistance-rated foor, foor-ceiling, or wall assembly, one or more penetrating items passing through the breaches in both sides of the assembly and the materials or devices, or both, installed to resist the spread of fre through the assembly for a prescribed period of time.

TIE-DOWN (HOLD-DOWN). A device used to resist uplift of the chords of shear walls.

TIE, WALL. Metal connector that connects wythes of masonry walls together.

TILE, STRUCTURAL CLAY. A hollow masonry unit composed of burned clay, shale, fre clay or mixture thereof, and having parallel cells.

TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. Storage of tires where the area available for storage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m3).

TOOL. See "Equipment."

TOWER CRANE. A crane that utilizes a vertical mast or tower to support a working boom (jib) in an elevated position. Loads are suspended from the working boom. While the working boom may be of the fxed type (horizontal or angled) or have luffng capability, it can always rotate to swing loads, either by rotating on the top of the tower (top slewing) or by the rotation of the tower (bottom slewing). The tower base may be fxed in one location or ballasted and moveable between locations. The defnition of a tower crane shall include a climber crane. The defnition of a tower crane shall not include mobile cranes that are confgured with luffng jib and/or tower attachments.

TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling constructed in a group of three or more attached units in which each unit extends from the foundation to roof and with open space on at least two sides.

TOXIC MATERIAL. A chemical that is lethal at the following doses or concentrations:

1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more than 50 milligrams per 1 kilogram, but not more than 500 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each; or

2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more than 200 milligrams per 1 kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare

skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each; or

3. A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC50) in air of more than 200 parts per million but not more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

Exception: For purposes of this code, chlorine shall be classifed as a highly toxic material.

TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit for not more than 30 days.

TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT. Aircraft based at another location and that is at the transient location for not more than 90 days.

TRANSIENT LODGING. A building, facility or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities and long-term care facilities, that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping units. Examples of transient lodging include, but are not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, dormitories, homeless shelters, halfway houses and social service lodging.

TRANSIT. The moving or transporting of a crane from one jobsite to another.

TRANSPARENT. The property of a material which is not opaque and through which objects lying beyond are clearly visible.

TRANSPARENT DOOR. A door, manually or power actuated, fabricated of transparent material, in which the transparent area above a reference line 18 inches (457 mm) above the bottom edge of the door is 80 percent or more of the remaining area of the door above such reference line.

TRANSPARENT SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS. Materials which will clearly transmit light and also minimize the possibility of cutting or piercing injuries resulting from breakage of the material. Materials covered by this defnition include laminated glass, heat-toughened glass, case hardened glass or chemically tempered glass, wired glass, and plastic glazing.

TRAVEL. The function of the machine moving under its own power from one location to another on a jobsite.

TREATED WOOD. Wood products that are conditioned to enhance fre-retardant or preservative properties.

Fire-retardant-treated wood. Wood products that, when impregnated with chemicals by a pressure process or other means during manufacture, exhibit reduced surface-burning characteristics and resist propagation of fre.

Preservative-treated wood. Wood products that, conditioned with chemicals by a pressure process or other means, exhibit reduced susceptibility to damage by moisture, mold, fungi, insects or marine borers.

TRENCH. A narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4572 mm). If forms or other structures are installed or constructed in an excavation so as to reduce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to 15 feet (4572 mm) or less (measured at the bottom of the excavation), the excavation is also considered to be a trench. TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails, door and window frames and similar decorative or protective materials used in fxed applications.

TROUBLE SIGNAL. A signal initiated by the fre alarm system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or component.

TWO-POINT

SUSPENDED

SCAFFOLD (SWING STAGE). A suspended scaffold consisting of a platform supported by hangers (stirrups) suspended by two ropes from overhead supports and equipped with means to permit the raising and lowering of the platform to desired working levels.

TYPE A SOIL. Cohesive soils with an unconfned compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Examples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Cemented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A. However, no soil is Type A if:

(iv) The soil is fssured;

(v) The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffc, pile driving, or similar effects;

(vi) The soil has been previously disturbed;

(vii) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or greater; or

(viii) The material is subject to other factors that would require it

to be classifed as a less stable material.

TYPE B SOIL. Soils that meet one of the following:

(i) Cohesive soil with an unconfned compressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa);

(ii) Granular cohesionless soils including: angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silt loam, sandy loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam;

(iii) Previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classed as Type C soil;

(iv) Soil that meets the unconfned compressive strength or cementation requirements for Type A, but is fssured or subject to vibration;

(v) Dry rock that is not stable; or

(vi) Material that is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope less steep than four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V), but only if the material would otherwise be classifed as Type B.

TYPE B UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code and the provisions for Type B units in ICC A117.1, consistent with the design and construction requirements of the federal Fair Housing Act.

TYPE B+NYC UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code and Section 1004 (Type B Units) of ICC A117.1, except as modifed by Sections 1107.2.1 through 1107.2.8 of this code.

TYPE C SOIL. Soils that meet one of the following:

(i) Cohesive soil with an unconfned compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less;

(ii) Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy sand;

(iii) Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping;

(iv) Submerged rock that is not stable, or

(v) Material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation or a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper.

UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (SOIL). The load per unit

area at which a soil will fail in compression. It can be determined by laboratory testing, or estimated in the feld using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetration tests, and other methods.

UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of approved material over which a roof covering is applied.

UNDERPINNING. The alteration of an existing foundation to transfer loads to a lower bearing stratum using new piers, piles, or other structural support elements installed below the existing foundation.

UNENCLOSED PERIMETER. Any exterior portion of a building that is not solidly enclosed with the permanent façade, including the windows; or any exterior edge of a roof that is not enclosed with its permanent parapet or guardrail.

UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material, other than an explosive, which in the pure state or as commercially produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense or become self reactive and undergo other violent chemical changes, including explosion, when exposed to heat, friction or shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in the presence of contaminants, or in contact with incompatible materials. Unstable (reactive) materials shall be classifed as follows:

Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily capable of detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and pressures. This class includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or localized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pressures.

Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable of detonation or of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction but which require a strong initiating source or which must be heated under confnement before initiation. This class includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechanical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally unstable and readily undergo violent chemical change but do not detonate. This class includes materials that can undergo chemical change with rapid release of energy at normal temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally stable but which can become unstable at elevated temperatures and pressure.

USE (MATERIAL). Placing a material into action, including solids, liquids

and gases.

USE/USING (SCAFFOLD). Any work or activity performed on or from the scaffold. In addition, for a suspended scaffold, the use of the scaffold shall include the operation of the scaffold at the site, provided during such operation any vertical or horizontal relocation of the scaffold does not require a modifcation to the counterweight, or does not require the placement, relocation, or removal of any anchorage, attachment, outrigger beam, tie-back, or connection to the building or structure.

VALUE (OF ALTERATIONS, TO DETERMINE REQUIRED ACCESSIBLITY). The value of alterations shall be determined by adding the estimated cost of the proposed alteration, including minor alterations but excluding ordinary repairs, computed as of the time of submitting the application for construction document approval, or, where no permit is required, computed at the time of the work, to the actual cost of any and all alterations and minor alterations made in the preceding 12- month period. Where the alteration includes an enlargement, the value of the alteration shall include the cost of the enlargement.

VALUE (OF ALTERATIONS, TO DETERMINE REQUIRED FIRE PROTECTION). The value of alterations shall be determined by adding the estimated cost of the proposed alteration, excluding minor alterations and ordinary repairs computed as of the time of submitting the application for construction document approval, to the actual cost of any and all alterations made in the preceding 12-month period. Where the proposed alteration includes an enlargement, the value of such alteration shall also include the cost of the enlargement.

VALUE (OF EXISTING BUILDING OR SPACE). The value of an existing building shall be determined at the option of the applicant on the basis of one and one-quarter times the current assessed valuation of the building, as adjusted by the current State equalization rate, or on the basis of the current replacement cost of the building. The value of an existing space shall be determined on the basis of the current replacement cost of the space. Satisfactory evidence of current replacement cost shall be submitted to the commissioner. Where the alteration includes an enlargement, the value of the existing building shall be determined without including the value of the enlargement.

VAPOR-PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. A material or covering having a permeance rating of 5 perms (52.9 10-10 kg/Pa.s. m2) or greater, when tested in accordance with the dessicant method using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. A vapor-permeable material or covering permits the passage of moisture vapor.

VAPOR RETARDER CLASS. A measure of a material or assembly's ability to limit the amount of moisture that passes through that material or assembly. Vapor retarder class shall be defned using the desiccant method of ASTM E 96 as follows:

Class I: 0.1 perm or less.

Class II: 0.1 < perm < 1.0 perm.

Class III: 1.0 < perm < 10 perm.

VARIANCE. See Section G201.1.2.

VAULT. Any space below the surface of a street that is covered over, except those openings that are used exclusively as places for descending, by means of steps to the cellar or basement of any building.

VEGETATIVE ROOF. A system constructed in-situ consisting of either a roof assembly and additional landscape material components, including growing media, engineered soils, flter fabric, integral drainage systems and roof surface to facilitate the growth of vegetation or a pre-vegetated tray or trays no more than 6 inches (152 mm) high and assembled on top of a roof covering.

VEHICLE BARRIER. A component or a system of components near open sides or walls of garage foors or ramps that acts as a restraint for vehicles.

VEHICULAR GATE. A gate that is intended for use at a vehicular entrance or exit and that is not intended for use by pedestrian traffc.

VENEER. A facing attached to a wall for the purpose of providing ornamentation, protection or insulation, but not counted as adding strength to the wall. Veneers are nonstructural in that they do not carry any load other than their own weight.

VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such air from, any space.

VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) that is used as an exterior wall covering.

VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A notifcation appliance that alerts by the sense of sight.

V-ZONE. Velocity Zones V, VO, VE, or V1-30 (See Coastal High Hazard Area).

WALKABLE FLOOR (CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). A foor where the concrete slab has been poured and the formwork stripped.

WALKABLE FLOOR (PRECAST CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION).

A foor where the frame is erected and the precast concrete foor is fxed in place.

WALKABLE FLOOR (STEEL CONSTRUCTION). A foor where the frame is erected and the deck is tack welded or fxed in place.

WALKWAY, PEDESTRIAN. A walkway used exclusively as a pedestrian traffcway.

WALL. A vertical element with a horizontal length-to-thickness ratio greater than three, used to enclose space.

Cavity wall. A wall built of masonry units or of concrete, or a combination of these materials, arranged to provide an airspace within the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall are tied together with metal ties.

Dry-stacked, surface-bonded walls. A wall built of concrete masonry units where the units are stacked dry, without mortar on the bed or head joints, and where both sides of the wall are coated with a surface-bonding mortar.

Parapet wall. The part of any wall entirely above the roof line.

WALL, LOAD-BEARING. Any wall meeting either of the following classifcations:

1. Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than 100 pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of vertical load in addition to its own weight.

2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than 200 pounds per linear foot (2919 N/m) of vertical load in addition to its own weight.

WALL, NONLOAD-BEARING. Any wall that is not a load-bearing wall.

WALL SIGN. Any sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building or structure, projecting no more than 15 inches (381 mm) from the face of the wall, with the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to the plane of said wall.

WATERPROOFING. Waterproofng is a protective measure applied to building foundation walls and slabs to prevent moistures and liquid water from passing into interior spaces.

WATER-REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that explodes; violently

reacts; produces fammable, toxic or other hazardous gases; or generates enough heat to cause auto-ignition or ignition of combustible materials upon exposure to water or moisture. Water-reactive materials are classifed as follows:

Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water without requiring heat or confnement.

Class 2. Materials that react violently with water or cause water to boil upon contact; produce fammable, toxic or other hazardous gases upon contact with water; or upon contact with water generate suffcient heat to cause auto-ignition of adjoining combustible materials.

Class 1. Materials that may react with water with some release of energy, but not violently.

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. A material behind an exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water that has penetrated behind the exterior wall covering from further intruding into the exterior wall assembly.

WEATHER-EXPOSED SURFACES. Surfaces of walls, ceilings, foors, roofs, soffts and similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:

1. Ceilings and roof soffts enclosed by walls, fascia, bulkheads or beams that extend a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) below such ceiling or roof soffts.

2. Walls or portions of walls beneath an unenclosed roof area, where located a horizontal distance form an open exterior opening equal to at least twice the height of the opening.

3. Ceiling and roof soffts located a minimum horizontal distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the outer edges of the ceiling or roof soffts.

WET-CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A solution of water and potassium-carbonate based chemical, potassium-acetate-based chemical or a combination thereof, forming a fre extinguishing agent.

WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (MULTIPLE CONTROL STATIONS).

A mobile crane consisting of a rotating superstructure, operating machinery, and operator's station and boom, mounted on a crane carrier equipped with axles and rubber-tired wheels for travel, a power source(s), and having separate stations for driving and operating.

WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (SINGLE CONTROL STATION). A

mobile crane consisting of a rotating superstructure, operating machinery, and boom, mounted on a crane carrier equipped with axles and rubber-tired wheels for travel, a power source, and having a single control station for driving and operating.

WHEELCHAIR SPACE. A space for a single wheelchair and its occupant.

WIND SPEED, V (BASIC). Basic design wind speeds.

WIND SPEED, VASD. (ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN). Allowable stress design wind speeds.

WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurricane-prone regions located:

1. Within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the coastal mean high water line where the basic design wind speed, V, is 130 mph (58 m/s) or greater. For Risk Category IV buildings and structures, and Risk Category III health care facilities, the wind-borne debris region shall be based on the basic design wind speed for Risk Category IV on Table 1609.3.

WINDER. A stair tread with nonparallel edges.

WIRE BACKING. Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical supports that, when covered with the building paper, provide a backing for cement plaster.

WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without the aid of wire.

WOOD SHEAR PANEL. A wood foor, roof or wall component sheathed to act as a shear wall or diaphragm.

WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufactured from veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination of veneer and wood strands or wafers bonded together with waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems. Examples of wood structural panels are:

Composite panels. A wood structural panel that is comprised of wood veneer and reconstituted wood-based material and bonded together with waterproof adhesive;

Oriented strand board (OSB). A mat-formed wood structural panel comprised of thin rectangular wood strands arranged in cross-aligned layers with surface layers normally arranged in the long panel direction and bonded with waterproof adhesive; or

Plywood. A wood structural panel comprised of plies of wood veneer

arranged in cross-aligned layers. The plies are bonded with waterproof adhesive that cures on application of heat and pressure.

WOOD/PLASTIC COMPOSITE. A composite material made primarily from wood or cellulose based materials and plastic.

WORKING DECK (CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). The level where the foor is being formed.

WORKING DECK (DEMOLITION). The level where the foor is being broken up.

WORKING DECK (PRECAST CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION). The level where the foor is being placed.

WORKING DECK (STEEL CONSTRUCTION). The foor where the metal decking and steel components are being placed before concrete is poured.

WORKSTATION. A defned space within a fabrication area in which a specifc function, laboratory procedure or research activity relating to semiconductor manufacture is conducted. A workstation may include equipment using HPM, hazardous materials storage cabinets, fammable liquid storage cabinets or gas cabinets, ventilation equipment, fre protection devices, detection devices, and electrical devices.

WYTHE. Each continuous, vertical section of a wall, one masonry unit in thickness.

YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from the ground to the sky, except where specifcally provided by this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.

ZERO CLEARANCE VESTIBULE. A limited space on the elevator lobby between the exterior of the hoistway door and the security door attached to the elevator hoistway.

ZONE. A defned area within the protected premises. A zone can defne an area from which a signal can be received, an area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a form of control can be executed.

ZONE, NOTIFICATION. An area within a building or facility covered by notifcation appliances that are activated simultaneously.

Dear , I pledge to consider safety in every decision I make, because I want to come home to you at the end of the day and be there for you forever. If I cannot do my job safely, then I will not do it at all. Love, PLEDGE TO

SAFETY

• Fill out the name of your loved one and then sign your name.

• Take a photo of this card and add it to your favorites.

• Set it as wallpaper on your phone and computer.

A reminder of the undisputed importance of practicing safety every moment of your day.

Courses for novice students, experienced professionals, and organizations alike.

SAFETY-FOCUSED TRAINING AND CULTURE 100%

Preparing new workers for entry-level placement

Reflecting an understanding of DOB regulations, specific certification courses are scheduled. A topical expert leads hands-on practice and extensive tool safety training.

Elevating field leaders to foreman or superintendent roles

Combining advanced certification courses, extensive instruction on paperwork and safety regulations, this training nurtures management skills to complement participants’ field experience.

Honing technical skills for industry leaders

Many roles require both conventional education and field knowledge. These programs create a pathway to strengthen whichever is the secondary skill set.

T: 1.347.510.4283

49-29 31st Street Long Island City, NY 11101 www.AndromedaAcademy.com

Member

PRINTED IN THE USA

LEGAL DISCLAIMER: THE ENCLOSED COPY IS A RE-STATEMENT OF CHAPTER 33 FROM THE NEW 2022 BUILDING CODE OF NYC DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED OR RELIED UPON AS LEGAL ADVICE OR ANALYSIS.